BEGIN:VCALENDAR
VERSION:2.0
PRODID:-//A-Chalet - ECPv6.17.3.1//NONSGML v1.0//EN
CALSCALE:GREGORIAN
METHOD:PUBLISH
X-WR-CALNAME:A-Chalet
X-ORIGINAL-URL:https://achalet.com
X-WR-CALDESC:Events for A-Chalet
REFRESH-INTERVAL;VALUE=DURATION:PT1H
X-Robots-Tag:noindex
X-PUBLISHED-TTL:PT1H
BEGIN:VTIMEZONE
TZID:America/Los_Angeles
BEGIN:DAYLIGHT
TZOFFSETFROM:-0800
TZOFFSETTO:-0700
TZNAME:PDT
DTSTART:20250309T100000
END:DAYLIGHT
BEGIN:STANDARD
TZOFFSETFROM:-0700
TZOFFSETTO:-0800
TZNAME:PST
DTSTART:20251102T090000
END:STANDARD
BEGIN:DAYLIGHT
TZOFFSETFROM:-0800
TZOFFSETTO:-0700
TZNAME:PDT
DTSTART:20260308T100000
END:DAYLIGHT
BEGIN:STANDARD
TZOFFSETFROM:-0700
TZOFFSETTO:-0800
TZNAME:PST
DTSTART:20261101T090000
END:STANDARD
BEGIN:DAYLIGHT
TZOFFSETFROM:-0800
TZOFFSETTO:-0700
TZNAME:PDT
DTSTART:20270314T100000
END:DAYLIGHT
BEGIN:STANDARD
TZOFFSETFROM:-0700
TZOFFSETTO:-0800
TZNAME:PST
DTSTART:20271107T090000
END:STANDARD
END:VTIMEZONE
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261002T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261002T000000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215625Z
CREATED:20261016T215625Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215625Z
UID:14044-1790899200-1790899200@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours
DESCRIPTION:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer approximately 90-minute narrated sightseeing cruises on Big Bear Lake from Pine Knot Marina. The published 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, with daytime departures at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM. A 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise is listed for Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday evenings. Tours are weather permitting and require a minimum number of passengers to operate.  \nThe cruise combines lake views with narration covering Big Bear history dating back to 1845\, folklore\, local stories\, and possible celebrity sightings. Pine Knot Marina recommends advance reservations and asks guests to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before departure.  \nFor visitors coming from outside the mountains\, the cruise is easy to turn into a one- or two-night Big Bear trip. A Chalet offers vacation cabins in Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and other nearby mountain communities\, giving couples\, families\, and groups a place to relax before or after a day on the lake.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Miss Liberty cruise weekend. \nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\n\n\n2026 season\nAugust 19-November 1\, 2026\n\n\nTour length\nApproximately 90 minutes\n\n\nDaytime departures\n12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\n\n\nTwilight Cruise\n6:00 PM Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday\n\n\nVenue\nPine Knot Marina\n\n\nAddress\n439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nAdult daytime ticket\n$32 for ages 13 and older\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nChild daytime ticket\n$21 for ages 4-14\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nSenior / military daytime ticket\n$26\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nTwilight adult ticket\n$36 for ages 13 and older\n\n\nTwilight child ticket\n$26 for ages 4-14\n\n\nParking\nAvailable at Pine Knot Marina\n\n\nRecommended arrival\n15-30 minutes before departure\n\n\nOfficial tour website\nPine Knot Marina Miss Liberty Tours\n\n\n\nThe 2026 schedule and ticket information above are currently published by Visit Big Bear. Pine Knot Marina notes that schedules and pricing can change\, so travelers should verify the details shown during booking for their specific cruise date.  \nWhat Is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty is a narrated sightseeing boat operating from Pine Knot Marina on Big Bear Lake. Instead of renting a boat and navigating the lake yourself\, you can board for a guided cruise while learning more about the history and character of Big Bear Valley. \nThe approximately 90-minute narration covers highlights of Big Bear history dating to 1845\, along with folklore\, interesting facts\, and local stories. This makes the cruise especially appealing for first-time visitors who want to understand more about the destination while enjoying views from the water.  \nPine Knot Marina identifies Miss Liberty as a 64-foot Skipperliner 1500LX built in 1994 and refurbished in 2006. The operator currently lists a shaded upper deck\, enclosed and heated main salon\, modern restrooms\, small-group seating areas\, and capacity for 80 passengers.  \nThe vessel also has a galley where passengers can purchase light snacks and beverages. The current operator information mentions soft drinks as well as beer\, wine\, and champagne. Available items can change\, so do not plan a meal around the onboard selection without checking first.  \nMiss Liberty can work well for couples\, families\, multigenerational groups\, and visitors looking for an activity that does not require operating their own watercraft. The combination of an outdoor upper deck and enclosed salon also provides flexibility when mountain temperatures change. \nWhen and Where Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026.  \nThe current daytime schedule lists departures at: \n\n12:00 PM\n2:00 PM\n4:00 PM\n\nFriday\, Saturday\, and Sunday also have a published 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise.  \nAll cruises depart from: \nPine Knot Marina\n439 Pine Knot Ave\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nPine Knot Marina describes its location as the point “where the Village meets the lake\,” which makes the cruise easy to combine with time around Big Bear Lake’s Village area.  \nThe marina asks guests to arrive approximately 15 to 30 minutes before departure. Give yourself additional time if you’re driving into Big Bear on the same day\, since parking\, mountain traffic\, weather\, or road conditions can affect your arrival.  \nWhat Can Visitors Expect on Miss Liberty?\nThe Miss Liberty experience is primarily a scenic and educational cruise rather than a high-speed boating activity. Once onboard\, passengers can settle in and enjoy approximately an hour and a half on Big Bear Lake while listening to the narrated tour. \nHistory is a central part of the experience. The narration highlights Big Bear’s past beginning in the mid-19th century while mixing in folklore and other stories connected to the valley.  \nThe shaded upper deck provides an open-air vantage point\, while the heated enclosed salon offers another place to sit when conditions are cooler. This can be particularly useful later in the 2026 season\, when an evening on the lake may feel noticeably colder than an afternoon in town.  \nPine Knot Marina states that Miss Liberty is handicapped accessible. Travelers with particular mobility needs should still contact the operator before booking to ask about boarding\, seating\, restroom access\, and any assistance they may require.  \nThe boat is also available for private parties\, corporate groups\, and other group arrangements. Travelers interested in a private use of the vessel should contact Pine Knot Marina for current rates\, capacity requirements\, and available amenities rather than relying on standard tour ticket pricing.  \nHow Much Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour Tickets?\nThe current 2026 event listing publishes the following prices:  \n\n\n\nTicket\nPublished Price\nSchedule\n\n\n\n\nAdult\, age 13+\n$32\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nChild\, ages 4-14\n$21\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nSenior 65+ / Military\n$26\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nTwilight Cruise adult\, age 13+\n$36\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\nTwilight Cruise child\, ages 4-14\n$26\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\n\nThose are the currently published 2026 rates rather than guaranteed future prices. Pine Knot Marina specifically states that its schedules and pricing are subject to change\, so confirm the amount shown during the reservation process.  \nTickets\, Parking\, and Transportation\nDo You Need to Reserve Miss Liberty Tickets in Advance?\nPine Knot Marina says reservations are suggested and should be made early. Booking ahead is particularly useful if you want a specific departure time or a weekend Twilight Cruise.  \nThe operator also notes that all tours are weather permitting. In addition\, the published 2026 event information states that a minimum number of guests is required for the boat to tour the lake. Check any communication from the marina before traveling\, especially if weather conditions are uncertain.  \nWhere Do You Park for Miss Liberty?\nThe 2026 event listing states that parking is available at Pine Knot Marina.  \nArriving early is still important\, especially during busy weekends. The marina is close to The Village\, so the surrounding area can see additional pedestrian and vehicle activity during popular travel periods. \nHow Early Should You Arrive?\nPlan to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before your departure time. This gives you time to park\, locate the correct boarding area\, check in\, and be ready before the vessel departs.  \nIf you’re driving up the mountain on the day of your cruise\, leave considerably more than a 15-minute buffer. Traffic\, road work\, weather\, and mountain driving conditions can all affect travel time. \nWhat Should You Bring on a Miss Liberty Cruise?\nYou do not need much equipment for a 90-minute sightseeing cruise\, but these items can make the outing more comfortable: \n\nLayers: Big Bear Lake can feel cooler on the water than conditions onshore.\nA jacket: Particularly useful for the 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise or late-season departures.\nSun protection: Bring sunscreen\, sunglasses\, and a hat for daytime tours.\nYour reservation information: Keep your booking confirmation accessible.\nA charged phone or camera: Expect plenty of lake and mountain views.\nPersonal accessibility necessities: Contact Pine Knot Marina before your trip if you need assistance boarding.\n\nThe vessel has a shaded upper deck and an enclosed heated salon\, but passengers should still check the day’s forecast and dress appropriately.  \nHow to Make a Weekend of Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nArrival Day: Check In and Explore Big Bear\nArrive in Big Bear Lake the afternoon or evening before your cruise if your schedule allows. Checking into your cabin before tour day eliminates the need to coordinate a mountain drive with a fixed boat departure. \nOnce settled\, spend some time around The Village or enjoy a relaxed dinner. Pine Knot Marina’s location close to The Village makes it straightforward to combine shopping\, dining\, and the waterfront within the same portion of your trip.  \nCruise Day: See Big Bear Lake From the Water\nFor a daytime tour\, have a relaxed morning and head to the marina early enough to be there 15 to 30 minutes before departure. \nAfter your approximately 90-minute cruise\, keep the remainder of the day flexible. You could spend additional time near the lake or return to the cabin for a slower afternoon. \nFor a Friday\, Saturday\, or Sunday Twilight Cruise\, leave your late afternoon relatively open. The current Twilight departure is at 6:00 PM\, so you do not want another activity running late and forcing you to rush to the marina.  \nOnce the boat returns\, having an overnight cabin means you can enjoy the rest of your evening in Big Bear rather than immediately starting a drive down the mountain. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Miss Liberty weekend. \nDeparture Day: Enjoy More of the Lake\nUse the following morning for another Big Bear experience before heading home. Pine Knot Marina currently offers additional boating and water activities beyond Miss Liberty\, including seasonal rentals and recreation. Verify what’s operating on your travel date before adding another lake activity.  \nA slower departure morning also gives your group time to eat\, pack\, and leave the mountains without turning the entire weekend into a tight driving schedule. \nWhere to Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nBecause Miss Liberty departs from Big Bear Lake\, accommodations in Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear communities are the logical choices for most visitors. Staying in Lake Arrowhead solely for a Miss Liberty trip would add unnecessary mountain travel. \nA Chalet currently offers vacation rentals across Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and Lake Arrowhead\, with a mix of smaller and larger properties. For this particular cruise\, focus your search on the Big Bear inventory.  \nA couple can consider a smaller one- or two-bedroom cabin for a simple lake weekend. Families often benefit from two or three bedrooms and a shared living area\, while groups traveling together can compare larger properties that keep everyone under one roof. \nA Chalet’s current collection includes examples ranging from the one-bedroom Bear Den to two-bedroom properties such as Heavenly Bay Retreat and Jaybird Cabin\, three-bedroom options such as Conklin Canopy\, and four-bedroom properties including Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge. Bedroom and bathroom counts should always be rechecked on the live listing before booking.  \nIf cooking at the cabin is important to your trip\, confirm that the particular property you choose currently lists a kitchen. The same rule applies to hot tubs\, pet-friendly policies\, parking\, air conditioning\, and other amenities: different A Chalet properties have different features. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your 2026 Big Bear Lake cruise dates. \nTips for Booking an Event Weekend Cabin\nReserve your cruise first. Knowing whether you have a noon\, afternoon\, or Twilight departure makes it easier to choose check-in and checkout dates. \nStay in the Big Bear area. The tour leaves from Pine Knot Marina in Big Bear Lake\, so prioritize Big Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities. \nChoose the correct cabin size. A couple does not necessarily need a large group property\, while families and friends may appreciate additional bedrooms and gathering space. \nVerify current property details. Check guest capacity\, bedrooms\, parking\, amenities\, house rules\, and cancellation terms on the current listing. \nConsider arriving the day before. This removes much of the risk associated with combining mountain traffic and a fixed cruise departure. \nConsider staying after a Twilight Cruise. An extra night allows you to relax after the evening cruise rather than immediately making a nighttime drive home. \nKeep weather flexibility in mind. Miss Liberty cruises are weather permitting\, so avoid building a trip where every other reservation depends on the boat operating exactly as planned.  \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026. Daytime cruises are listed at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\, with 6:00 PM Twilight Cruises on Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday.  \nWhere is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty departs from Pine Knot Marina\, 439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315.  \nDo You Need Tickets for Miss Liberty?\nYes. The cruise is a ticketed attraction\, and Pine Knot Marina recommends making reservations early. Published 2026 prices vary by passenger category and cruise type.  \nIs Miss Liberty Good for Children?\nThe sightseeing format can work well for families\, and the published 2026 ticket structure includes a child category for ages 4-14. Families traveling with younger children should confirm current ticket and boarding requirements directly with Pine Knot Marina.  \nWhere Do You Park for the Miss Liberty Tour?\nParking is currently listed as available at Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes before the cruise to give yourself time to park and board.  \nWhat Should I Bring on the Cruise?\nBring layers\, a jacket for cooler departures\, sun protection for daytime cruises\, your reservation details\, and a phone or camera. Check the forecast because conditions can feel cooler on the water. \nWhere Should I Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours?\nBig Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities are the most practical lodging areas. A Chalet offers cabins for couples\, families\, and groups across the Big Bear area. Browse current A Chalet availability for your Miss Liberty cruise dates. \nPlan Your Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer an easy way to experience Big Bear Lake from the water while learning about the valley’s history\, folklore\, and local stories. The 2026 season is currently scheduled through November 1\, with approximately 90-minute daytime tours and weekend Twilight Cruises.  \nStart by choosing your cruise and confirming the current schedule with Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes early\, check the weather before traveling\, and keep enough flexibility in your itinerary for changing lake or mountain conditions. \nFor visitors coming from outside Big Bear\, an overnight stay makes it easier to enjoy the cruise without planning the entire day around driving. Arrive early\, spend some time in The Village\, cruise the lake\, return to your cabin afterward\, and enjoy another morning in the mountains before heading home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and reserve a Big Bear stay that fits your 2026 Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour plans.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/miss-liberty-paddlewheel-tours-24/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261002T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261002T000000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215621Z
CREATED:20261016T215621Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215621Z
UID:14045-1790899200-1790899200@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Plein Air Art Competition
DESCRIPTION:Plein Air Art Competition 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nThe Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026 is Visit Big Bear’s third annual plein air competition and a month-long celebration of outdoor painting across the Big Bear Valley. Artists can create their competition work between September 12 and October 10\, 2026\, with gallery events beginning in September and the main Competition Gallery and awards scheduled for October. \nRegistered artists first complete online registration\, then visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center at 40824 Big Bear Boulevard to have their painting substrates stamped. The Visitor Center is currently listed as open daily from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. Artists may have multiple substrates stamped\, but the competition information says there is one submission per artist for galleries.  \nThe main submitted works will be displayed at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake. Visit Big Bear lists the principal competition awards as $2\,000 for first place\, $1\,500 for second place\, and $500 for third place. The awards ceremony is scheduled for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nThis event is particularly well suited to an overnight or multi-night Big Bear trip because artists are intentionally given time to explore the valley\, choose landscapes\, return to locations\, and continue developing their work. A Chalet offers cabins in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City that can serve as a base between painting sessions\, gallery visits\, and other fall activities.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear art trip. \nPlein Air Art Competition 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nBig Bear Plein Air Art Competition & Festival of Artist Events\n\n\nOrganizer\nVisit Big Bear\n\n\nCompetition year\n2026 — 3rd annual event\n\n\nCreate period\nSeptember 12-October 10\, 2026\n\n\nArtist registration\nOnline registration required before arrival\n\n\nMaximum artists\n75 participants\n\n\nSubstrate stamping\nBig Bear Lake Visitor Center\n\n\nVisitor Center\n40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nVisitor Center hours\nDaily\, 9:00 AM-5:00 PM\n\n\nCompetition Gallery\nDestination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake\n\n\nMain gallery period\nOctober 14-18\, 2026\n\n\nAwards ceremony\nOctober 18\, 2026 at 10:00 AM\n\n\nMain awards\n1st: $2\,000; 2nd: $1\,500; 3rd: $500\n\n\nPublic gallery access\nPublic invited; artwork available for purchase\n\n\nParking\nNo single competition-wide parking plan is published; follow instructions and posted rules at each location\n\n\nOfficial website\nVisit Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition\n\n\n\nVisit Big Bear confirms the September 12-October 10 creation period and lists every day in that period as part of the recurring competition calendar.  \nWhat Is the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition?\nThe Plein Air Art Competition invites artists to create landscapes outdoors in the Big Bear Valley\, working directly from the scenery rather than solely from photographs or studio references. \nWhat distinguishes the Big Bear format is its extended creation period. Artists do not have to arrive on one morning and complete their work under a short time limit. Visit Big Bear gives participants from September 12 through October 10 to explore\, select a location\, paint\, and potentially return to Big Bear to continue their work.  \nThat format encourages artists to experience the valley during early fall\, when the character of the landscape can change with light\, weather\, and seasonal conditions. Participants choose their own Big Bear landscape subject rather than being assigned one specific painting location for the main competition. \nFor 2026\, Visit Big Bear has expanded the program with a Festival of Artist Events. Registration in the main competition includes access to the highlighted festival activities\, and artists may choose to participate in one or several. The competition is limited to a maximum of 75 artist participants.  \nWhen Is the Plein Air Art Competition 2026?\nThe competition is not a single-day event. Instead\, it unfolds across several phases. \nSeptember 12-October 10: Create\nArtists may visit Big Bear at any point during this period to create their competition work. Before arriving\, participants are instructed to complete online registration. \nAfter reaching Big Bear\, artists must stop at the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center\, 40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, to have their painting substrates stamped. Visit Big Bear says artists can have as many substrates stamped as they wish. Completed competition artwork is then returned to the Visitor Center for storage before the gallery opens.  \nOctober 14-18: Competition Gallery\nVisit Big Bear’s dedicated competition page identifies the main gallery and awards period as October 14-18. The event calendar separately shows the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition Gallery running during this same mid-October period at 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake.  \nThe public is invited to view the competition artwork\, and Visit Big Bear states that artwork at the galleries will be available for purchase.  \nOctober 18: Awards Ceremony\nThe awards ceremony is scheduled for Sunday\, October 18 at 10:00 AM at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.  \nWhat Special Artist Events Are Part of the 2026 Festival?\nThe expanded 2026 Festival of Artist Events adds several opportunities beyond the main competition. \nArtist’s Best Work en Plein Air Gallery — September 18-19\nThis gallery gives participating artists another chance to exhibit and sell plein air work. Visit Big Bear lists a $500 Best of Show award for this portion of the festival.  \nThe Village Paint-Out — September 19\nA dedicated Paint-Out is scheduled in The Village Big Bear Lake on September 19. This provides a more concentrated event within the broader month-long competition period.  \nMoonridge Corridor Paint-Out — October 3\nAnother Paint-Out takes place in the Moonridge Corridor on October 3\, followed by a gallery on October 4. Visit Big Bear lists a separate $500 Best of Show award for this event.  \nMain Competition Gallery and Awards — October 14-18\nThe main competition concludes with the complete collection of submitted works and the awards ceremony. The principal prizes currently published are: \n\nFirst Place: $2\,000\nSecond Place: $1\,500\nThird Place: $500\n\nVisit Big Bear lists John Budicin\, Diane Moore\, and Lisa Mozzini-McDill as distinguished judges associated with the 2026 competition.  \nHow Do Artists Register and Submit Their Work?\nArtists should begin at the official Visit Big Bear Plein Air Competition page and complete the linked registration before traveling to Big Bear. \nThe currently published process is: \n\nComplete registration online before arriving.\nVisit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center during operating hours.\nHave the painting substrates you may use stamped.\nExplore Big Bear and create the work during the September 12-October 10 competition period.\nReturn the completed competition painting to the Visitor Center.\nSubmitted artwork is stored until the Competition Gallery opens.\n\nVisit Big Bear states that the 2026 competition has a maximum of 75 participating artists and allows one submission per artist for the galleries.  \nThe public page reviewed for this guide does not display a clearly stated universal competition registration price in its main event information. Artists should check the live registration form for the current fee and full participation terms rather than relying on a prior year’s price. \nWhere Are the Visitor Center and Competition Gallery?\nBig Bear Lake Visitor Center\n40824 Big Bear Boulevard\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nThe Visitor Center is currently listed as open daily from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM and is the location where artists get substrates stamped and return completed competition paintings.  \nDestination Big Bear Event Room\n713 Stocker Rd.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA \nThis is the published location for the Competition Gallery\, the October 18 awards ceremony\, and the public pop-up galleries associated with the festival.  \nNo single parking plan covering every competition location is published. Artists and gallery visitors should follow event instructions and posted parking regulations at the Visitor Center\, The Village\, Moonridge\, and the Destination Big Bear Event Room. \nCan Non-Artists Attend the Plein Air Events?\nYes. The competition is not only for participating painters. \nVisit Big Bear specifically invites art enthusiasts\, collectors\, and members of the community to attend the pop-up galleries and view the complete collection of 2026 competition artwork. Artwork will also be available for purchase.  \nThat makes the October gallery period a good option for visitors who enjoy art but do not plan to enter the competition themselves. \nA public admission charge for the galleries is not stated on the current competition page. Visitors should check the individual gallery listing closer to their chosen date if admission\, opening hours\, or purchasing procedures are important to their plans. \nWhat Should Artists Bring?\nVisit Big Bear does not publish one universal equipment list because plein air painters work with different media and setups. Participants should therefore prepare according to their own painting method and the outdoor mountain environment. \nA practical artist packing list may include: \n\nYour preferred paints\, brushes\, and painting tools\nMultiple eligible substrates to have stamped at the Visitor Center\nPortable easel or pochade setup\nWater or appropriate painting medium\nSun protection\nWeather-appropriate layers\nWater and snacks\nProtective equipment for transporting wet artwork\nAny personal medications or necessities\n\nBecause artists choose their own locations around Big Bear\, conditions can vary significantly between lakefront areas\, forested locations\, The Village\, and higher-elevation viewpoints. Check the forecast and current access conditions before setting up outdoors. \nHow to Make a Weekend of the Plein Air Art Competition\nDay 1: Arrive\, Register\, and Scout Locations\nComplete online registration before leaving home. After arriving in Big Bear\, check into your cabin and visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center between 9:00 AM and 5:00 PM to get your substrates stamped. \nInstead of immediately committing to the first landscape you see\, use part of the afternoon to explore Big Bear Valley and observe how light falls across different areas. \nDay 2: Paint en Plein Air\nStart early enough to work during the light conditions you want to capture. Because the competition gives artists nearly a month to create\, there is no need to treat the trip like a speed-painting contest unless you’re participating in a specific Paint-Out. \nReturning to a cabin between sessions can be useful for organizing supplies\, resting\, eating\, and preparing for another painting period. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for your Plein Air Competition dates. \nReturn for the Gallery or Awards\nArtists do not have to treat the September-October creation period and October gallery as a single continuous stay. Visit Big Bear explicitly allows artists to visit once or return to Big Bear to continue their work.  \nYou might therefore plan one trip for painting and another for the Competition Gallery and October 18 awards ceremony. \nWhere to Stay for the Plein Air Art Competition\nBecause the competition spans the Big Bear Valley and important event locations are in Big Bear Lake\, staying in Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City makes practical sense. \nA Chalet currently offers cabins in both destinations\, with properties ranging from smaller two-bedroom stays to larger three- and four-bedroom rentals. Current examples shown in A Chalet’s collection include Heavenly Bay Retreat and Jaybird Cabin with two bedrooms\, Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms\, and Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge with four bedrooms.  \nFor an artist traveling alone or with a partner\, a smaller cabin can provide a straightforward base between painting sessions. Friends participating together may prefer additional bedrooms and common space for organizing the trip. \nIf you need particular features for an art-focused stay—such as parking capacity\, a kitchen\, laundry facilities\, pet permission\, or additional indoor space—verify them on the current individual property listing before booking. Amenities differ by cabin and should not be assumed. \nA multi-night stay may be especially useful for this competition because participants are encouraged to explore the landscape rather than paint against a single-day deadline. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking an Art Competition Weekend Cabin\nChoose your competition phase first. A September painting trip\, October 3 Moonridge Paint-Out weekend\, and October 14-18 gallery trip have different schedules. \nComplete artist registration before traveling. Visit Big Bear specifically instructs participants to register online before arriving. \nAllow time for the Visitor Center. Substrates need to be stamped\, and current Visitor Center hours are 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. \nConsider more than one night. One of the main advantages of this competition is the ability to explore different Big Bear landscapes and work without a short painting deadline. \nMatch the cabin to your group. Solo artists and couples may prefer smaller accommodations\, while several artists traveling together can compare multi-bedroom rentals. \nVerify amenities directly. Parking\, kitchens\, pet policies\, and other property features vary across A Chalet’s inventory. \nRecheck event details before your trip. Gallery hours\, registration availability\, and individual festival-event instructions can change. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026?\nArtists can create competition work from September 12 through October 10\, 2026. The main gallery period follows in mid-October\, with the awards ceremony scheduled for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nWhere Is the Plein Air Art Competition?\nPainting can take place across the Big Bear Valley. Substrate stamping and artwork drop-off are handled through the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center at 40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, while the main Competition Gallery is held at 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake.  \nDo Artists Need to Register?\nYes. Visit Big Bear directs artists to complete online registration before arriving. The 2026 competition is limited to a maximum of 75 artist participants.  \nWhat Are the 2026 Plein Air Competition Prizes?\nThe main competition awards are currently listed as $2\,000 for first place\, $1\,500 for second place\, and $500 for third place. Separate $500 Best of Show prizes are also listed for certain festival galleries.  \nCan the Public Visit the Galleries?\nYes. Visit Big Bear invites the public\, art enthusiasts\, and collectors to attend the galleries. Artwork is expected to be available for purchase.  \nWhen Is the Awards Ceremony?\nThe awards ceremony is scheduled for October 18\, 2026 at 10:00 AM at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.  \nWhere Should I Stay for the Plein Air Art Competition?\nBig Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City is practical because the competition is centered throughout the Big Bear Valley and key administrative and gallery locations are in Big Bear Lake. A Chalet offers cabins of several sizes in the Big Bear area. Browse current A Chalet availability. \nPlan Your Plein Air Art Competition 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nThe Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026 gives painters something many competitions do not: time. From September 12 through October 10\, registered artists can explore Big Bear\, choose their landscape\, paint\, return to refine their work\, and participate in an expanded schedule of festival events.  \nThe 2026 festival includes the Artist’s Best Work gallery on September 18-19\, The Village Paint-Out on September 19\, the Moonridge Paint-Out on October 3\, the Moonridge gallery on October 4\, and the main Competition Gallery and awards activities in mid-October. The awards ceremony is set for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nArtists should register online before arriving\, visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center to have substrates stamped\, and verify the latest competition instructions before beginning their work. \nFor a trip built around several painting sessions—or a separate return visit for the gallery and awards—an overnight cabin gives you a comfortable base in the Big Bear Valley instead of forcing the creative process into a single day. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around the Plein Air Art Competition 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/plein-air-art-competition-36/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261001T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261001T000000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215625Z
CREATED:20261016T215625Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215625Z
UID:14042-1790812800-1790812800@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours
DESCRIPTION:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer approximately 90-minute narrated sightseeing cruises on Big Bear Lake from Pine Knot Marina. The published 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, with daytime departures at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM. A 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise is listed for Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday evenings. Tours are weather permitting and require a minimum number of passengers to operate.  \nThe cruise combines lake views with narration covering Big Bear history dating back to 1845\, folklore\, local stories\, and possible celebrity sightings. Pine Knot Marina recommends advance reservations and asks guests to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before departure.  \nFor visitors coming from outside the mountains\, the cruise is easy to turn into a one- or two-night Big Bear trip. A Chalet offers vacation cabins in Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and other nearby mountain communities\, giving couples\, families\, and groups a place to relax before or after a day on the lake.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Miss Liberty cruise weekend. \nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\n\n\n2026 season\nAugust 19-November 1\, 2026\n\n\nTour length\nApproximately 90 minutes\n\n\nDaytime departures\n12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\n\n\nTwilight Cruise\n6:00 PM Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday\n\n\nVenue\nPine Knot Marina\n\n\nAddress\n439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nAdult daytime ticket\n$32 for ages 13 and older\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nChild daytime ticket\n$21 for ages 4-14\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nSenior / military daytime ticket\n$26\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nTwilight adult ticket\n$36 for ages 13 and older\n\n\nTwilight child ticket\n$26 for ages 4-14\n\n\nParking\nAvailable at Pine Knot Marina\n\n\nRecommended arrival\n15-30 minutes before departure\n\n\nOfficial tour website\nPine Knot Marina Miss Liberty Tours\n\n\n\nThe 2026 schedule and ticket information above are currently published by Visit Big Bear. Pine Knot Marina notes that schedules and pricing can change\, so travelers should verify the details shown during booking for their specific cruise date.  \nWhat Is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty is a narrated sightseeing boat operating from Pine Knot Marina on Big Bear Lake. Instead of renting a boat and navigating the lake yourself\, you can board for a guided cruise while learning more about the history and character of Big Bear Valley. \nThe approximately 90-minute narration covers highlights of Big Bear history dating to 1845\, along with folklore\, interesting facts\, and local stories. This makes the cruise especially appealing for first-time visitors who want to understand more about the destination while enjoying views from the water.  \nPine Knot Marina identifies Miss Liberty as a 64-foot Skipperliner 1500LX built in 1994 and refurbished in 2006. The operator currently lists a shaded upper deck\, enclosed and heated main salon\, modern restrooms\, small-group seating areas\, and capacity for 80 passengers.  \nThe vessel also has a galley where passengers can purchase light snacks and beverages. The current operator information mentions soft drinks as well as beer\, wine\, and champagne. Available items can change\, so do not plan a meal around the onboard selection without checking first.  \nMiss Liberty can work well for couples\, families\, multigenerational groups\, and visitors looking for an activity that does not require operating their own watercraft. The combination of an outdoor upper deck and enclosed salon also provides flexibility when mountain temperatures change. \nWhen and Where Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026.  \nThe current daytime schedule lists departures at: \n\n12:00 PM\n2:00 PM\n4:00 PM\n\nFriday\, Saturday\, and Sunday also have a published 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise.  \nAll cruises depart from: \nPine Knot Marina\n439 Pine Knot Ave\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nPine Knot Marina describes its location as the point “where the Village meets the lake\,” which makes the cruise easy to combine with time around Big Bear Lake’s Village area.  \nThe marina asks guests to arrive approximately 15 to 30 minutes before departure. Give yourself additional time if you’re driving into Big Bear on the same day\, since parking\, mountain traffic\, weather\, or road conditions can affect your arrival.  \nWhat Can Visitors Expect on Miss Liberty?\nThe Miss Liberty experience is primarily a scenic and educational cruise rather than a high-speed boating activity. Once onboard\, passengers can settle in and enjoy approximately an hour and a half on Big Bear Lake while listening to the narrated tour. \nHistory is a central part of the experience. The narration highlights Big Bear’s past beginning in the mid-19th century while mixing in folklore and other stories connected to the valley.  \nThe shaded upper deck provides an open-air vantage point\, while the heated enclosed salon offers another place to sit when conditions are cooler. This can be particularly useful later in the 2026 season\, when an evening on the lake may feel noticeably colder than an afternoon in town.  \nPine Knot Marina states that Miss Liberty is handicapped accessible. Travelers with particular mobility needs should still contact the operator before booking to ask about boarding\, seating\, restroom access\, and any assistance they may require.  \nThe boat is also available for private parties\, corporate groups\, and other group arrangements. Travelers interested in a private use of the vessel should contact Pine Knot Marina for current rates\, capacity requirements\, and available amenities rather than relying on standard tour ticket pricing.  \nHow Much Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour Tickets?\nThe current 2026 event listing publishes the following prices:  \n\n\n\nTicket\nPublished Price\nSchedule\n\n\n\n\nAdult\, age 13+\n$32\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nChild\, ages 4-14\n$21\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nSenior 65+ / Military\n$26\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nTwilight Cruise adult\, age 13+\n$36\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\nTwilight Cruise child\, ages 4-14\n$26\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\n\nThose are the currently published 2026 rates rather than guaranteed future prices. Pine Knot Marina specifically states that its schedules and pricing are subject to change\, so confirm the amount shown during the reservation process.  \nTickets\, Parking\, and Transportation\nDo You Need to Reserve Miss Liberty Tickets in Advance?\nPine Knot Marina says reservations are suggested and should be made early. Booking ahead is particularly useful if you want a specific departure time or a weekend Twilight Cruise.  \nThe operator also notes that all tours are weather permitting. In addition\, the published 2026 event information states that a minimum number of guests is required for the boat to tour the lake. Check any communication from the marina before traveling\, especially if weather conditions are uncertain.  \nWhere Do You Park for Miss Liberty?\nThe 2026 event listing states that parking is available at Pine Knot Marina.  \nArriving early is still important\, especially during busy weekends. The marina is close to The Village\, so the surrounding area can see additional pedestrian and vehicle activity during popular travel periods. \nHow Early Should You Arrive?\nPlan to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before your departure time. This gives you time to park\, locate the correct boarding area\, check in\, and be ready before the vessel departs.  \nIf you’re driving up the mountain on the day of your cruise\, leave considerably more than a 15-minute buffer. Traffic\, road work\, weather\, and mountain driving conditions can all affect travel time. \nWhat Should You Bring on a Miss Liberty Cruise?\nYou do not need much equipment for a 90-minute sightseeing cruise\, but these items can make the outing more comfortable: \n\nLayers: Big Bear Lake can feel cooler on the water than conditions onshore.\nA jacket: Particularly useful for the 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise or late-season departures.\nSun protection: Bring sunscreen\, sunglasses\, and a hat for daytime tours.\nYour reservation information: Keep your booking confirmation accessible.\nA charged phone or camera: Expect plenty of lake and mountain views.\nPersonal accessibility necessities: Contact Pine Knot Marina before your trip if you need assistance boarding.\n\nThe vessel has a shaded upper deck and an enclosed heated salon\, but passengers should still check the day’s forecast and dress appropriately.  \nHow to Make a Weekend of Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nArrival Day: Check In and Explore Big Bear\nArrive in Big Bear Lake the afternoon or evening before your cruise if your schedule allows. Checking into your cabin before tour day eliminates the need to coordinate a mountain drive with a fixed boat departure. \nOnce settled\, spend some time around The Village or enjoy a relaxed dinner. Pine Knot Marina’s location close to The Village makes it straightforward to combine shopping\, dining\, and the waterfront within the same portion of your trip.  \nCruise Day: See Big Bear Lake From the Water\nFor a daytime tour\, have a relaxed morning and head to the marina early enough to be there 15 to 30 minutes before departure. \nAfter your approximately 90-minute cruise\, keep the remainder of the day flexible. You could spend additional time near the lake or return to the cabin for a slower afternoon. \nFor a Friday\, Saturday\, or Sunday Twilight Cruise\, leave your late afternoon relatively open. The current Twilight departure is at 6:00 PM\, so you do not want another activity running late and forcing you to rush to the marina.  \nOnce the boat returns\, having an overnight cabin means you can enjoy the rest of your evening in Big Bear rather than immediately starting a drive down the mountain. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Miss Liberty weekend. \nDeparture Day: Enjoy More of the Lake\nUse the following morning for another Big Bear experience before heading home. Pine Knot Marina currently offers additional boating and water activities beyond Miss Liberty\, including seasonal rentals and recreation. Verify what’s operating on your travel date before adding another lake activity.  \nA slower departure morning also gives your group time to eat\, pack\, and leave the mountains without turning the entire weekend into a tight driving schedule. \nWhere to Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nBecause Miss Liberty departs from Big Bear Lake\, accommodations in Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear communities are the logical choices for most visitors. Staying in Lake Arrowhead solely for a Miss Liberty trip would add unnecessary mountain travel. \nA Chalet currently offers vacation rentals across Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and Lake Arrowhead\, with a mix of smaller and larger properties. For this particular cruise\, focus your search on the Big Bear inventory.  \nA couple can consider a smaller one- or two-bedroom cabin for a simple lake weekend. Families often benefit from two or three bedrooms and a shared living area\, while groups traveling together can compare larger properties that keep everyone under one roof. \nA Chalet’s current collection includes examples ranging from the one-bedroom Bear Den to two-bedroom properties such as Heavenly Bay Retreat and Jaybird Cabin\, three-bedroom options such as Conklin Canopy\, and four-bedroom properties including Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge. Bedroom and bathroom counts should always be rechecked on the live listing before booking.  \nIf cooking at the cabin is important to your trip\, confirm that the particular property you choose currently lists a kitchen. The same rule applies to hot tubs\, pet-friendly policies\, parking\, air conditioning\, and other amenities: different A Chalet properties have different features. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your 2026 Big Bear Lake cruise dates. \nTips for Booking an Event Weekend Cabin\nReserve your cruise first. Knowing whether you have a noon\, afternoon\, or Twilight departure makes it easier to choose check-in and checkout dates. \nStay in the Big Bear area. The tour leaves from Pine Knot Marina in Big Bear Lake\, so prioritize Big Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities. \nChoose the correct cabin size. A couple does not necessarily need a large group property\, while families and friends may appreciate additional bedrooms and gathering space. \nVerify current property details. Check guest capacity\, bedrooms\, parking\, amenities\, house rules\, and cancellation terms on the current listing. \nConsider arriving the day before. This removes much of the risk associated with combining mountain traffic and a fixed cruise departure. \nConsider staying after a Twilight Cruise. An extra night allows you to relax after the evening cruise rather than immediately making a nighttime drive home. \nKeep weather flexibility in mind. Miss Liberty cruises are weather permitting\, so avoid building a trip where every other reservation depends on the boat operating exactly as planned.  \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026. Daytime cruises are listed at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\, with 6:00 PM Twilight Cruises on Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday.  \nWhere is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty departs from Pine Knot Marina\, 439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315.  \nDo You Need Tickets for Miss Liberty?\nYes. The cruise is a ticketed attraction\, and Pine Knot Marina recommends making reservations early. Published 2026 prices vary by passenger category and cruise type.  \nIs Miss Liberty Good for Children?\nThe sightseeing format can work well for families\, and the published 2026 ticket structure includes a child category for ages 4-14. Families traveling with younger children should confirm current ticket and boarding requirements directly with Pine Knot Marina.  \nWhere Do You Park for the Miss Liberty Tour?\nParking is currently listed as available at Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes before the cruise to give yourself time to park and board.  \nWhat Should I Bring on the Cruise?\nBring layers\, a jacket for cooler departures\, sun protection for daytime cruises\, your reservation details\, and a phone or camera. Check the forecast because conditions can feel cooler on the water. \nWhere Should I Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours?\nBig Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities are the most practical lodging areas. A Chalet offers cabins for couples\, families\, and groups across the Big Bear area. Browse current A Chalet availability for your Miss Liberty cruise dates. \nPlan Your Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer an easy way to experience Big Bear Lake from the water while learning about the valley’s history\, folklore\, and local stories. The 2026 season is currently scheduled through November 1\, with approximately 90-minute daytime tours and weekend Twilight Cruises.  \nStart by choosing your cruise and confirming the current schedule with Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes early\, check the weather before traveling\, and keep enough flexibility in your itinerary for changing lake or mountain conditions. \nFor visitors coming from outside Big Bear\, an overnight stay makes it easier to enjoy the cruise without planning the entire day around driving. Arrive early\, spend some time in The Village\, cruise the lake\, return to your cabin afterward\, and enjoy another morning in the mountains before heading home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and reserve a Big Bear stay that fits your 2026 Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour plans.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/miss-liberty-paddlewheel-tours-25/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261001T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20261001T000000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215621Z
CREATED:20261016T215621Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215621Z
UID:14043-1790812800-1790812800@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Plein Air Art Competition
DESCRIPTION:Plein Air Art Competition 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nThe Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026 is Visit Big Bear’s third annual plein air competition and a month-long celebration of outdoor painting across the Big Bear Valley. Artists can create their competition work between September 12 and October 10\, 2026\, with gallery events beginning in September and the main Competition Gallery and awards scheduled for October. \nRegistered artists first complete online registration\, then visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center at 40824 Big Bear Boulevard to have their painting substrates stamped. The Visitor Center is currently listed as open daily from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. Artists may have multiple substrates stamped\, but the competition information says there is one submission per artist for galleries.  \nThe main submitted works will be displayed at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake. Visit Big Bear lists the principal competition awards as $2\,000 for first place\, $1\,500 for second place\, and $500 for third place. The awards ceremony is scheduled for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nThis event is particularly well suited to an overnight or multi-night Big Bear trip because artists are intentionally given time to explore the valley\, choose landscapes\, return to locations\, and continue developing their work. A Chalet offers cabins in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City that can serve as a base between painting sessions\, gallery visits\, and other fall activities.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear art trip. \nPlein Air Art Competition 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nBig Bear Plein Air Art Competition & Festival of Artist Events\n\n\nOrganizer\nVisit Big Bear\n\n\nCompetition year\n2026 — 3rd annual event\n\n\nCreate period\nSeptember 12-October 10\, 2026\n\n\nArtist registration\nOnline registration required before arrival\n\n\nMaximum artists\n75 participants\n\n\nSubstrate stamping\nBig Bear Lake Visitor Center\n\n\nVisitor Center\n40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nVisitor Center hours\nDaily\, 9:00 AM-5:00 PM\n\n\nCompetition Gallery\nDestination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake\n\n\nMain gallery period\nOctober 14-18\, 2026\n\n\nAwards ceremony\nOctober 18\, 2026 at 10:00 AM\n\n\nMain awards\n1st: $2\,000; 2nd: $1\,500; 3rd: $500\n\n\nPublic gallery access\nPublic invited; artwork available for purchase\n\n\nParking\nNo single competition-wide parking plan is published; follow instructions and posted rules at each location\n\n\nOfficial website\nVisit Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition\n\n\n\nVisit Big Bear confirms the September 12-October 10 creation period and lists every day in that period as part of the recurring competition calendar.  \nWhat Is the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition?\nThe Plein Air Art Competition invites artists to create landscapes outdoors in the Big Bear Valley\, working directly from the scenery rather than solely from photographs or studio references. \nWhat distinguishes the Big Bear format is its extended creation period. Artists do not have to arrive on one morning and complete their work under a short time limit. Visit Big Bear gives participants from September 12 through October 10 to explore\, select a location\, paint\, and potentially return to Big Bear to continue their work.  \nThat format encourages artists to experience the valley during early fall\, when the character of the landscape can change with light\, weather\, and seasonal conditions. Participants choose their own Big Bear landscape subject rather than being assigned one specific painting location for the main competition. \nFor 2026\, Visit Big Bear has expanded the program with a Festival of Artist Events. Registration in the main competition includes access to the highlighted festival activities\, and artists may choose to participate in one or several. The competition is limited to a maximum of 75 artist participants.  \nWhen Is the Plein Air Art Competition 2026?\nThe competition is not a single-day event. Instead\, it unfolds across several phases. \nSeptember 12-October 10: Create\nArtists may visit Big Bear at any point during this period to create their competition work. Before arriving\, participants are instructed to complete online registration. \nAfter reaching Big Bear\, artists must stop at the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center\, 40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, to have their painting substrates stamped. Visit Big Bear says artists can have as many substrates stamped as they wish. Completed competition artwork is then returned to the Visitor Center for storage before the gallery opens.  \nOctober 14-18: Competition Gallery\nVisit Big Bear’s dedicated competition page identifies the main gallery and awards period as October 14-18. The event calendar separately shows the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition Gallery running during this same mid-October period at 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake.  \nThe public is invited to view the competition artwork\, and Visit Big Bear states that artwork at the galleries will be available for purchase.  \nOctober 18: Awards Ceremony\nThe awards ceremony is scheduled for Sunday\, October 18 at 10:00 AM at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.  \nWhat Special Artist Events Are Part of the 2026 Festival?\nThe expanded 2026 Festival of Artist Events adds several opportunities beyond the main competition. \nArtist’s Best Work en Plein Air Gallery — September 18-19\nThis gallery gives participating artists another chance to exhibit and sell plein air work. Visit Big Bear lists a $500 Best of Show award for this portion of the festival.  \nThe Village Paint-Out — September 19\nA dedicated Paint-Out is scheduled in The Village Big Bear Lake on September 19. This provides a more concentrated event within the broader month-long competition period.  \nMoonridge Corridor Paint-Out — October 3\nAnother Paint-Out takes place in the Moonridge Corridor on October 3\, followed by a gallery on October 4. Visit Big Bear lists a separate $500 Best of Show award for this event.  \nMain Competition Gallery and Awards — October 14-18\nThe main competition concludes with the complete collection of submitted works and the awards ceremony. The principal prizes currently published are: \n\nFirst Place: $2\,000\nSecond Place: $1\,500\nThird Place: $500\n\nVisit Big Bear lists John Budicin\, Diane Moore\, and Lisa Mozzini-McDill as distinguished judges associated with the 2026 competition.  \nHow Do Artists Register and Submit Their Work?\nArtists should begin at the official Visit Big Bear Plein Air Competition page and complete the linked registration before traveling to Big Bear. \nThe currently published process is: \n\nComplete registration online before arriving.\nVisit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center during operating hours.\nHave the painting substrates you may use stamped.\nExplore Big Bear and create the work during the September 12-October 10 competition period.\nReturn the completed competition painting to the Visitor Center.\nSubmitted artwork is stored until the Competition Gallery opens.\n\nVisit Big Bear states that the 2026 competition has a maximum of 75 participating artists and allows one submission per artist for the galleries.  \nThe public page reviewed for this guide does not display a clearly stated universal competition registration price in its main event information. Artists should check the live registration form for the current fee and full participation terms rather than relying on a prior year’s price. \nWhere Are the Visitor Center and Competition Gallery?\nBig Bear Lake Visitor Center\n40824 Big Bear Boulevard\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nThe Visitor Center is currently listed as open daily from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM and is the location where artists get substrates stamped and return completed competition paintings.  \nDestination Big Bear Event Room\n713 Stocker Rd.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA \nThis is the published location for the Competition Gallery\, the October 18 awards ceremony\, and the public pop-up galleries associated with the festival.  \nNo single parking plan covering every competition location is published. Artists and gallery visitors should follow event instructions and posted parking regulations at the Visitor Center\, The Village\, Moonridge\, and the Destination Big Bear Event Room. \nCan Non-Artists Attend the Plein Air Events?\nYes. The competition is not only for participating painters. \nVisit Big Bear specifically invites art enthusiasts\, collectors\, and members of the community to attend the pop-up galleries and view the complete collection of 2026 competition artwork. Artwork will also be available for purchase.  \nThat makes the October gallery period a good option for visitors who enjoy art but do not plan to enter the competition themselves. \nA public admission charge for the galleries is not stated on the current competition page. Visitors should check the individual gallery listing closer to their chosen date if admission\, opening hours\, or purchasing procedures are important to their plans. \nWhat Should Artists Bring?\nVisit Big Bear does not publish one universal equipment list because plein air painters work with different media and setups. Participants should therefore prepare according to their own painting method and the outdoor mountain environment. \nA practical artist packing list may include: \n\nYour preferred paints\, brushes\, and painting tools\nMultiple eligible substrates to have stamped at the Visitor Center\nPortable easel or pochade setup\nWater or appropriate painting medium\nSun protection\nWeather-appropriate layers\nWater and snacks\nProtective equipment for transporting wet artwork\nAny personal medications or necessities\n\nBecause artists choose their own locations around Big Bear\, conditions can vary significantly between lakefront areas\, forested locations\, The Village\, and higher-elevation viewpoints. Check the forecast and current access conditions before setting up outdoors. \nHow to Make a Weekend of the Plein Air Art Competition\nDay 1: Arrive\, Register\, and Scout Locations\nComplete online registration before leaving home. After arriving in Big Bear\, check into your cabin and visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center between 9:00 AM and 5:00 PM to get your substrates stamped. \nInstead of immediately committing to the first landscape you see\, use part of the afternoon to explore Big Bear Valley and observe how light falls across different areas. \nDay 2: Paint en Plein Air\nStart early enough to work during the light conditions you want to capture. Because the competition gives artists nearly a month to create\, there is no need to treat the trip like a speed-painting contest unless you’re participating in a specific Paint-Out. \nReturning to a cabin between sessions can be useful for organizing supplies\, resting\, eating\, and preparing for another painting period. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for your Plein Air Competition dates. \nReturn for the Gallery or Awards\nArtists do not have to treat the September-October creation period and October gallery as a single continuous stay. Visit Big Bear explicitly allows artists to visit once or return to Big Bear to continue their work.  \nYou might therefore plan one trip for painting and another for the Competition Gallery and October 18 awards ceremony. \nWhere to Stay for the Plein Air Art Competition\nBecause the competition spans the Big Bear Valley and important event locations are in Big Bear Lake\, staying in Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City makes practical sense. \nA Chalet currently offers cabins in both destinations\, with properties ranging from smaller two-bedroom stays to larger three- and four-bedroom rentals. Current examples shown in A Chalet’s collection include Heavenly Bay Retreat and Jaybird Cabin with two bedrooms\, Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms\, and Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge with four bedrooms.  \nFor an artist traveling alone or with a partner\, a smaller cabin can provide a straightforward base between painting sessions. Friends participating together may prefer additional bedrooms and common space for organizing the trip. \nIf you need particular features for an art-focused stay—such as parking capacity\, a kitchen\, laundry facilities\, pet permission\, or additional indoor space—verify them on the current individual property listing before booking. Amenities differ by cabin and should not be assumed. \nA multi-night stay may be especially useful for this competition because participants are encouraged to explore the landscape rather than paint against a single-day deadline. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking an Art Competition Weekend Cabin\nChoose your competition phase first. A September painting trip\, October 3 Moonridge Paint-Out weekend\, and October 14-18 gallery trip have different schedules. \nComplete artist registration before traveling. Visit Big Bear specifically instructs participants to register online before arriving. \nAllow time for the Visitor Center. Substrates need to be stamped\, and current Visitor Center hours are 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. \nConsider more than one night. One of the main advantages of this competition is the ability to explore different Big Bear landscapes and work without a short painting deadline. \nMatch the cabin to your group. Solo artists and couples may prefer smaller accommodations\, while several artists traveling together can compare multi-bedroom rentals. \nVerify amenities directly. Parking\, kitchens\, pet policies\, and other property features vary across A Chalet’s inventory. \nRecheck event details before your trip. Gallery hours\, registration availability\, and individual festival-event instructions can change. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026?\nArtists can create competition work from September 12 through October 10\, 2026. The main gallery period follows in mid-October\, with the awards ceremony scheduled for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nWhere Is the Plein Air Art Competition?\nPainting can take place across the Big Bear Valley. Substrate stamping and artwork drop-off are handled through the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center at 40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, while the main Competition Gallery is held at 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake.  \nDo Artists Need to Register?\nYes. Visit Big Bear directs artists to complete online registration before arriving. The 2026 competition is limited to a maximum of 75 artist participants.  \nWhat Are the 2026 Plein Air Competition Prizes?\nThe main competition awards are currently listed as $2\,000 for first place\, $1\,500 for second place\, and $500 for third place. Separate $500 Best of Show prizes are also listed for certain festival galleries.  \nCan the Public Visit the Galleries?\nYes. Visit Big Bear invites the public\, art enthusiasts\, and collectors to attend the galleries. Artwork is expected to be available for purchase.  \nWhen Is the Awards Ceremony?\nThe awards ceremony is scheduled for October 18\, 2026 at 10:00 AM at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.  \nWhere Should I Stay for the Plein Air Art Competition?\nBig Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City is practical because the competition is centered throughout the Big Bear Valley and key administrative and gallery locations are in Big Bear Lake. A Chalet offers cabins of several sizes in the Big Bear area. Browse current A Chalet availability. \nPlan Your Plein Air Art Competition 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nThe Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026 gives painters something many competitions do not: time. From September 12 through October 10\, registered artists can explore Big Bear\, choose their landscape\, paint\, return to refine their work\, and participate in an expanded schedule of festival events.  \nThe 2026 festival includes the Artist’s Best Work gallery on September 18-19\, The Village Paint-Out on September 19\, the Moonridge Paint-Out on October 3\, the Moonridge gallery on October 4\, and the main Competition Gallery and awards activities in mid-October. The awards ceremony is set for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nArtists should register online before arriving\, visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center to have substrates stamped\, and verify the latest competition instructions before beginning their work. \nFor a trip built around several painting sessions—or a separate return visit for the gallery and awards—an overnight cabin gives you a comfortable base in the Big Bear Valley instead of forcing the creative process into a single day. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around the Plein Air Art Competition 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/plein-air-art-competition-37/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260930T180000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260930T193000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215630Z
CREATED:20261016T215630Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215630Z
UID:14041-1790791200-1790796600@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Hatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina
DESCRIPTION:Hatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina 2026: Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nHatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina 2026 is a recurring Wednesday evening yoga class in Big Bear City designed to help participants connect body and mind through meditative breathing and yoga. Classes run from 6:00 PM to 7:30 PM at the Ranch Clubhouse\, 2080 Erwin Ranch Rd.\, Big Bear City\, CA 92314. The class welcomes all experience levels and participants ages 16 and older\, and supplies are listed as available. The current Visit Big Bear listing confirms the Wednesday schedule\, location\, age requirement\, and parking information.  \nThis is a convenient wellness activity for Big Bear residents as well as visitors looking for a slower-paced addition to a mountain trip. Since the class finishes at 7:30 PM\, travelers coming from outside the mountains may find an overnight stay more comfortable than immediately beginning the drive home. A Chalet currently offers vacation rentals in Big Bear City\, Big Bear Lake\, and other mountain communities.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear yoga getaway. \nHatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nHatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina\n\n\nSchedule\nWednesdays\, 2026\n\n\nTime\n6:00 PM-7:30 PM\n\n\nLocation\nRanch Clubhouse\n\n\nAddress\n2080 Erwin Ranch Rd.\, Big Bear City\, CA 92314\n\n\nExperience level\nAll levels welcome\n\n\nAge requirement\nAges 16+\n\n\nSupplies\nSupplies are listed as available\n\n\nAdmission\nNo current price is stated in the published event information\n\n\nParking\nAvailable at the Ranch Clubhouse\n\n\nRecommended arrival\nNo official early-arrival time is published; arrive with enough time to park and prepare before the 6:00 PM start\n\n\nEvent information\nVisit Big Bear event calendar\n\n\n\nThe current event listing identifies this as a recurring Wednesday class and lists the session from 6:00 PM to 7:30 PM. It does not publish an admission price or state that advance tickets are required. Visitors should therefore check the current event listing before attending rather than assuming the class is free or that walk-ins are guaranteed.  \nWhat Is Hatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina?\nHatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina is an evening wellness class centered on yoga and meditative breathing. The event description invites participants to explore the connection between body and mind\, making it a natural fit for visitors who want to balance Big Bear’s more active outdoor experiences with a quieter wellness activity. \nOne of the most useful details for newcomers is that all levels are welcome. You do not need to be an advanced yoga practitioner to consider attending. The published information also sets the minimum age at 16 and states that supplies are available.  \nHatha yoga is generally associated with physical postures and controlled breathing practiced at a deliberate pace. For this particular event\, however\, visitors should rely on Instructor Paulina’s class guidance rather than assuming a specific sequence\, difficulty level\, or teaching format that has not been published. \nThe 90-minute evening schedule can work especially well for couples\, solo travelers\, wellness-focused visitors\, and older teens traveling with family. It can also provide a calmer activity after hiking\, sightseeing\, skiing\, mountain biking\, or spending the day exploring Big Bear. \nWhen and Where Is Hatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina in 2026?\nHatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina 2026 is scheduled on Wednesdays from 6:00 PM to 7:30 PM. The current Visit Big Bear calendar shows the recurring event continuing across multiple Wednesday dates.  \nThe class takes place at: \nRanch Clubhouse\n2080 Erwin Ranch Rd.\nBig Bear City\, CA 92314 \nIndependent venue information also identifies 2080 Erwin Ranch Rd. as the Big Bear Sports Ranch Clubhouse location\, supporting the published event address.  \nParking is listed as available at the Ranch Clubhouse. There is no published requirement to arrive a specific number of minutes early\, so visitors should simply allow enough time to park\, enter the venue\, and get situated before the 6:00 PM start.  \nBecause this is a recurring event\, verify that your intended Wednesday session is still scheduled before making a special trip. Event calendars can change\, particularly over a long recurring season. \nWhat Can Visitors Expect?\nThe published description focuses on two complementary elements: meditative breathing and yoga. The goal is to explore the connection between body and mind rather than presenting the class as a competitive fitness event. \nThe most important confirmed details for first-time participants are: \n\nAll experience levels are welcome.\nParticipants must be age 16 or older.\nSupplies are listed as available.\nThe session lasts 90 minutes.\nThe class takes place indoors at the Ranch Clubhouse.\n\nThe event information does not publish a detailed pose sequence\, class intensity\, instructor biography\, maximum attendance\, or specific list of provided equipment. Those details should not be assumed. \nIf you have an injury\, mobility concern\, or question about whether the session is appropriate for you\, contact the event organizer or venue before participating and follow your own healthcare professional’s guidance where applicable. \nAdmission\, Parking\, and Transportation\nHow Much Does Hatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina Cost?\nThe current event information does not publish an admission price. It also does not specify a ticketing or reservation requirement. Because those details are not confirmed\, visitors should not assume the class is free. \nCheck the current Visit Big Bear event information before your chosen Wednesday and follow any updated registration instructions that may be added. \nWhere Do You Park?\nParking is listed as available at the Ranch Clubhouse.  \nThe venue is in Big Bear City rather than central Big Bear Lake. If you are staying elsewhere in the valley\, check your route before leaving so you arrive before the 6:00 PM class. \nWhat Should Visitors Know About Mountain Driving?\nSince the class is held in the evening\, participants traveling from outside Big Bear should account for mountain road and weather conditions. Conditions can vary considerably across a recurring calendar that spans different seasons. \nCheck the forecast and current road conditions before traveling. In colder months\, allow additional time and make sure you understand any applicable mountain driving or chain requirements before starting your trip. \nWhat Should You Bring to Hatha Yoga?\nThe event listing states that supplies are available\, which is helpful for visitors who do not want to pack yoga equipment for a mountain trip. However\, it does not specify exactly which supplies are provided.  \nA practical personal packing list includes: \n\nComfortable clothing that allows easy movement\nA reusable water bottle\nA light layer for before and after class\nYour own yoga mat if you prefer using familiar equipment\nA small towel if useful for your practice\nAny personal items you normally use for yoga\n\nSince the class begins at 6:00 PM and ends at 7:30 PM\, temperatures may be noticeably cooler when you leave the venue\, particularly later in the year. Keeping an extra layer in your vehicle can make the transition from the warm indoor class to mountain evening conditions more comfortable. \nWho Is This Big Bear Yoga Class Best For?\nThe event is explicitly open to all skill levels\, so it can suit both experienced practitioners and people who are relatively new to yoga.  \nFor couples\, the class can provide a low-key evening activity before returning to a cabin for dinner or relaxation. Solo travelers may appreciate having a structured wellness activity during their visit\, while families traveling with teenagers can consider the class for family members age 16 and older. \nThe class can also fit naturally into an active Big Bear itinerary. A visitor might hike or explore the lake earlier in the day\, return to the cabin to change\, and then attend the evening session rather than scheduling another strenuous outdoor activity. \nBecause no universal accessibility details are currently published for the yoga class itself\, anyone needing specific accommodations should confirm them before attending. \nHow to Make a Wellness Getaway of Your Big Bear Yoga Class\nArrival Day: Settle Into the Mountains\nIf you’re coming from outside Big Bear\, consider arriving earlier on Wednesday or the previous evening. Check into your cabin\, unpack\, and leave enough unscheduled time that you do not have to rush directly from mountain traffic into a yoga session. \nKeep the afternoon simple. A relaxed walk\, a quiet meal\, or time at the cabin can complement the wellness focus of the evening. \nWednesday Evening: Attend Hatha Yoga\nHave an early meal or light snack based on your usual pre-yoga routine\, change into comfortable clothing\, and head to the Ranch Clubhouse with enough time to park and settle in before 6:00 PM. \nThe class finishes at 7:30 PM. Instead of immediately beginning a long drive after an evening session\, an overnight cabin lets you return to your accommodations\, have dinner\, and continue the slower pace of the evening. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Wednesday Big Bear wellness stay. \nNext Morning: Enjoy More of Big Bear\nA Thursday morning leaves room for another low-key mountain experience before departure. Depending on the season and conditions\, consider a walk\, time around Big Bear Lake\, or a leisurely breakfast before checking out. \nIf you prefer a more active trip\, you can use the morning for an appropriate trail or another seasonal Big Bear activity. Always check current operating conditions and trail information before heading out. \nWhere to Stay for Hatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina\nBecause the class takes place in Big Bear City\, visitors should prioritize accommodations in Big Bear City or another nearby Big Bear community rather than Lake Arrowhead. A Chalet currently lists Big Bear City and Big Bear Lake among its primary destinations.  \nA Chalet’s current cabin collection includes smaller properties as well as multi-bedroom cabins for families and groups. The live collection currently includes one-bedroom\, two- to three-bedroom\, and larger cabin categories.  \nFor a solo wellness traveler or couple\, a smaller cabin can keep the stay simple and comfortable. Families or friends attending together may prefer a property with multiple sleeping areas and more shared space. \nFor example\, Stargazer is currently included in A Chalet’s two- to three-bedroom collection and is listed with six beds and two bathrooms. Pendleton Pines is currently listed with eight beds and two bathrooms\, providing another option for a larger traveling party.  \nVisitors wanting a larger group property can also compare A Chalet’s four- to six-bedroom category. Since inventory and listing details change\, review the current property page for guest capacity\, amenities\, location\, parking\, and house rules before booking.  \nFor a yoga-centered stay\, features such as a kitchen can be particularly useful if you want to prepare a light meal before class or breakfast the following morning. Only rely on an amenity after confirming that it appears on the current listing for your selected property. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Big Bear yoga dates. \nTips for Booking a Cabin Around a Wednesday Yoga Class\nConfirm the class date first. This is a recurring event\, so verify that the Wednesday you plan to attend remains on the current schedule. \nChoose lodging in the Big Bear area. The class is in Big Bear City. Staying in Big Bear City or nearby Big Bear communities is more practical than adding a trip to or from Lake Arrowhead. \nThink about the 7:30 PM finish. If you are traveling a significant distance\, staying Wednesday night can make the evening more relaxed. \nMatch the cabin to your party. A couple may prefer a smaller property\, while friends or family traveling together can compare A Chalet’s multi-bedroom cabins. \nReview the live listing. Property amenities\, occupancy limits\, parking\, pet policies\, and house rules vary and can change. \nConsider arriving early enough to enjoy the destination. Rather than treating yoga as a quick evening stop\, arriving earlier can give you time to settle into the mountain environment before class. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen is Hatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina in 2026?\nThe class is listed for Wednesdays in 2026 from 6:00 PM to 7:30 PM. Because it is recurring\, check the current event calendar before traveling to confirm your chosen date.  \nWhere is Hatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina held?\nThe class takes place at the Ranch Clubhouse\, 2080 Erwin Ranch Rd.\, Big Bear City\, CA 92314.  \nDo I need a ticket or reservation?\nThe currently published event information does not state a ticket price or clearly specify an advance reservation requirement. Check the current event listing before attending rather than assuming walk-in participation. \nIs the class suitable for beginners?\nYes. The event listing specifically states that all levels are welcome.  \nCan children attend the yoga class?\nThe published minimum age is 16+. Travelers with younger children should plan another activity for them rather than assuming they can participate.  \nDo I need to bring a yoga mat?\nThe event information says that supplies are available but does not specify exactly what equipment is supplied. You may want to bring your own mat if you prefer familiar equipment\, or verify what is provided before attending.  \nWhere should I stay for Hatha Yoga in Big Bear City?\nBig Bear City and nearby Big Bear communities are the most practical areas for this class. A Chalet offers cabin options ranging from smaller stays to larger multi-bedroom properties. Browse current A Chalet cabin availability for your yoga getaway. \nPlan Your Hatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nHatha Yoga with Instructor Paulina 2026 gives Big Bear visitors a chance to add a slower\, wellness-focused experience to a mountain trip. The Wednesday class runs from 6:00 PM to 7:30 PM at the Ranch Clubhouse in Big Bear City\, welcomes all levels\, is open to ages 16 and older\, and lists supplies as available.  \nBefore attending\, confirm that your chosen Wednesday remains on the current schedule and check for any updated admission or registration information. Then plan enough time to reach the Ranch Clubhouse without rushing. \nFor visitors traveling from outside the mountains\, staying overnight can make an evening class easier to enjoy. Arrive earlier in the day\, settle into your cabin\, attend yoga\, return for a quiet evening\, and enjoy another morning in Big Bear before heading home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and find a Big Bear stay for your 2026 Hatha Yoga trip.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/hatha-yoga-with-instructor-paulina-6/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260930T170000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260930T190000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215627Z
CREATED:20261016T215627Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215627Z
UID:14040-1790787600-1790794800@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Locals Night at Barrel 33
DESCRIPTION:Locals Night at Barrel 33 2026: Date\, Specials\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nLocals Night at Barrel 33 2026 takes place on Wednesday\, September 30\, 2026 at Barrel 33\, 40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. The evening is built around a simple thank-you to the local community: 15% off food and drinks in a relaxed midweek setting. \nThere is an important timing update for anyone planning around the event. The Visit Big Bear listing supplied for Locals Night gives a window of 5:00 PM to 8:00 PM\, but Barrel 33’s current official events calendar lists the September 30 Locals Night from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM. Because the venue’s own calendar is the most direct and current source\, plan around 5:00-7:00 PM unless Barrel 33 announces otherwise. \nThe supplied event listing also advertises live music by Brad. However\, Barrel 33’s current September 30 Locals Night entry does not mention live music\, and its current September music schedule does not list Brad for that Wednesday. If Brad’s performance is important to your plans\, call Barrel 33 at 909-878-0838 before going. \nAlthough this promotion is designed for locals\, travelers staying in Big Bear can still enjoy Barrel 33 and The Village on Wednesday evening. If you are turning a midweek visit into an overnight mountain break\, an A Chalet cabin provides a comfortable place to relax after dinner and drinks without immediately heading down the mountain. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for a midweek Big Bear stay. \nLocals Night at Barrel 33 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nLocals Night at Barrel 33\n\n\nDate\nWednesday\, September 30\, 2026\n\n\nCurrent official venue time\n5:00 PM-7:00 PM\n\n\nAlternate published time\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM in the supplied tourism event listing\n\n\nVenue\nBarrel 33\n\n\nAddress\n40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nPromotion\n15% off food and drink for Locals Night\n\n\nLive music\nThe supplied event listing advertises Brad; Barrel 33’s current September 30 event entry does not currently confirm live music\n\n\nParking\nVillage public parking lots\n\n\nPhone\n909-878-0838\n\n\nRegular Wednesday venue hours\n11:00 AM-9:00 PM\n\n\nOfficial venue\nBarrel 33 Big Bear\n\n\nCurrent events calendar\nBarrel 33 Events\n\n\n\nWhat Is Locals Night at Barrel 33?\nLocals Night at Barrel 33 is a community-focused Wednesday promotion at the Big Bear Lake wine\, beer\, cider\, and eatery venue in The Village. \nThe concept is intentionally straightforward. Barrel 33 offers 15% off food and drink as a thank-you to people who support the business and the surrounding mountain community. \nThe venue describes the evening as an opportunity to stop in for dinner\, have a glass of wine\, meet friends\, or simply take a midweek break. \nUnlike a ticketed concert\, festival\, or structured tasting\, Locals Night does not require guests to follow a schedule of activities. You can arrive for a meal\, stay for drinks\, or use Barrel 33 as one stop during an evening exploring The Village. \nThat relaxed format makes it especially suitable for couples\, neighbors\, friend groups\, and part-time residents who want a casual Wednesday outing rather than a major event commitment. \nWhen Is Locals Night at Barrel 33?\nThe upcoming Locals Night is scheduled for: \nWednesday\, September 30\, 2026 \nThere is currently a discrepancy in the published hours. \nThe event information supplied through Visit Big Bear lists 5:00 PM to 8:00 PM. Barrel 33’s current official events calendar\, however\, lists September 30 Locals Night from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM. \nFor planning purposes\, the venue’s current 5:00-7:00 PM schedule should take precedence. Guests who want to arrive after 7:00 PM specifically for the Locals Night promotion should call ahead to determine whether the discount will still be honored. \nBarrel 33 itself remains open later. Its current regular Wednesday business hours are 11:00 AM to 9:00 PM. \nWhere Is Locals Night?\nLocals Night takes place at: \nBarrel 33\n40754 Village Dr.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n909-878-0838 \nBarrel 33 sits in The Village\, Big Bear Lake’s walkable dining\, shopping\, and entertainment district. \nThe location makes it easy to pair Locals Night with time exploring nearby shops or simply walking around The Village before dinner. \nWhat Is the Locals Night Discount?\nThe current Locals Night promotion is 15% off food and drink. \nBarrel 33 describes the discount as a thank-you for continued local support. \nThe published description does not spell out exclusions\, whether the promotion can be combined with other discounts\, or exactly what proof of local residency may be requested. \nBecause the promotion is specifically marketed as Locals Night\, visitors should not assume they qualify for the 15% discount simply by being present. If eligibility matters to you\, ask Barrel 33 directly what it considers “local” and whether identification or other verification is required. \nTravelers who are not eligible for the promotion can still visit Barrel 33 during normal operating hours and order from the regular menu. \nWill Brad Perform Live Music on September 30?\nThe supplied Locals Night description says guests can “enjoy live music by Brad.” That appears to reflect an earlier version of the event promotion. \nBarrel 33’s current September 30 Locals Night listing confirms the 15% discount but does not currently advertise Brad or another musician. \nThere is additional reason to verify the music separately. Barrel 33’s current events calendar lists Brad for Tuesday\, September 29\, from 1:30 PM to 3:30 PM as part of its recurring Tuesday acoustic programming. \nVisit Big Bear’s current September live-music calendar likewise places Brad on Tuesdays rather than listing him for September 30. \nFor that reason\, guests should treat live music on Locals Night as unconfirmed until Barrel 33 verifies the September 30 entertainment schedule. \nIf hearing Brad is your main reason for visiting\, call 909-878-0838 before making the trip. \nWhat Can You Eat and Drink at Barrel 33?\nBarrel 33 describes itself as a wine\, beer\, cider\, and eatery destination focused on drinks and shareable plates. \nThe venue features regional wines\, local beer\, and food made with fresh and regional ingredients. Its food is designed in part around plates that can be shared\, which works well for a casual Locals Night gathering. \nBecause menus and beverage selections can rotate\, it is better to review Barrel 33’s current menu when planning your visit rather than relying on an older list of specific dishes or pours. \nThe 15% Locals Night promotion applies to food and drink according to the current event description\, subject to any conditions the venue establishes for the promotion. \nDoes Locals Night Require a Ticket?\nNo separate ticket or admission charge is currently published for Locals Night. \nThis is a restaurant and wine-bar promotion rather than a ticketed performance. Guests order and pay for their food and drinks\, with qualifying locals receiving the advertised discount. \nNo reservation requirement is currently stated in the event listing. \nIf you are visiting with a larger group\, contacting Barrel 33 ahead of time is still sensible so you can confirm seating options and current event details. \nWhere Should You Park?\nThe supplied event information directs guests to the Village Public Parking Lots. \nBecause Barrel 33 is in a walkable section of The Village\, you do not necessarily need to find a space immediately in front of the business. \nPark legally in an available public area\, check all posted restrictions\, and walk to the venue. \nThis approach also works well if you want to visit other Village businesses before or after dinner. \nIf you drink alcohol\, parking availability should not determine your transportation plan. Arrange a designated driver or safe ride rather than driving impaired. \nIs Barrel 33 Only for Locals on Locals Night?\nNo. Barrel 33’s Locals Night promotion is aimed at the local community\, but the venue itself remains open to its regular customers. \nThe event’s playful description even says “everyone’s welcome\, but the love is local.” \nThe important distinction is the 15% discount. Travelers should not assume they qualify for a local-specific promotion without confirming the venue’s eligibility requirements. \nFor visitors\, Wednesday can still be an enjoyable night to experience Barrel 33 and The Village even without the discount. \nWhat Should You Bring?\nLocals Night does not require special equipment\, but a few practical items can help: \n\nIdentification\, particularly if ordering alcohol\nAny proof of local eligibility Barrel 33 may require for the promotion\nA payment method for food and drinks\nA jacket or layer for cool mountain evening temperatures\nComfortable shoes if walking around The Village\nA safe transportation plan if consuming alcohol\n\nIf live music is an important part of your plans\, also bring the most useful thing before leaving home: an updated confirmation from Barrel 33 that music is scheduled that evening. \nHow to Make a Midweek Big Bear Getaway of Locals Night\nWednesday Afternoon: Arrive and Check In\nIf you are visiting Big Bear rather than living locally\, arrive early enough to check into your cabin and settle in before heading to The Village. \nUnpack\, put away groceries\, and leave unnecessary bags and outdoor gear at the rental. \nLate Afternoon: Explore The Village\nHead toward The Village before Locals Night begins. \nParking once and exploring on foot can make the evening more relaxed. Browse the commercial district\, take your time\, and plan to reach Barrel 33 around the beginning of the current 5:00 PM event window. \n5:00 PM: Locals Night Begins\nQualifying locals can take advantage of the advertised 15% food-and-drink promotion while enjoying dinner or meeting friends. \nIf the venue reconfirms live entertainment for September 30\, incorporate that into your evening. Otherwise\, approach Locals Night primarily as a food\, drink\, and community gathering. \nAfter Dinner: Enjoy a Relaxed Evening\nBarrel 33’s regular Wednesday hours currently continue until 9:00 PM\, even though its official Locals Night listing ends at 7:00 PM. \nYou can continue your evening in The Village or return to your cabin. \nFor overnight visitors\, that removes the need to immediately begin a mountain drive after dinner and drinks. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for a midweek Big Bear getaway. \nThursday Morning: Slow Down Before Heading Home\nOne of the advantages of staying overnight for a Wednesday event is having Thursday morning available. \nMake breakfast at your cabin\, enjoy a relaxed start\, and fit in another local experience before checking out rather than treating Locals Night as a quick round-trip drive. \nWhere to Stay for Locals Night at Barrel 33\nFor visitors building a getaway around Barrel 33\, an A Chalet rental in Big Bear Lake is the most logical base because the venue is in The Village. \nFor a smaller group\, Dream Lake Cabin is a current Big Bear Lake option listed for up to four guests with two bedrooms and one bathroom. Its verified booking information includes a kitchen\, Wi-Fi\, outdoor grill\, air conditioning\, and pet-friendly accommodations. \nFor a larger family or group of friends\, Conklin Canopy is currently listed in Big Bear Lake with three bedrooms\, two bathrooms\, and sleeping space for up to eight guests. \nVerified amenities at Conklin Canopy include a fully equipped kitchen\, washer and dryer\, Wi-Fi\, game room\, barbecue\, secure deck\, and parking for up to three vehicles. \nFor a midweek dining getaway\, the biggest benefit is simply having your own space before and after the evening. You can prepare breakfast at the cabin\, keep your group together\, and avoid scheduling a long drive immediately after a night in The Village. \nAlways check the current property page before booking to verify occupancy\, amenities\, parking\, pet rules\, and other policies. \nBrowse current A Chalet properties for your Big Bear stay. \nTips for Booking a Locals Night Cabin Getaway\nChoose Big Bear Lake. Barrel 33 is in The Village\, so a Big Bear Lake property keeps your trip centered around the event area. \nConsider Wednesday night rather than a rushed day trip. Staying overnight lets you enjoy dinner without immediately heading down the mountain. \nConfirm the event hours. Barrel 33 currently says 5:00-7:00 PM\, while an alternate tourism listing gives 5:00-8:00 PM. \nVerify live music separately. The supplied listing mentions Brad\, but the venue’s current September 30 entry does not. \nDo not assume visitor eligibility for the discount. The 15% offer is specifically promoted as a locals benefit. \nCheck cabin parking limits. If friends are meeting at one rental before dinner\, make sure all vehicles comply with the property’s rules. \nArrange safe transportation. Staying in Big Bear makes the evening easier\, but anyone consuming alcohol still needs a safe way back to the cabin. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is Locals Night at Barrel 33?\nThe upcoming Locals Night is Wednesday\, September 30\, 2026. Barrel 33’s current official calendar lists the event from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM. \nWhy Does Another Listing Say 5:00 PM to 8:00 PM?\nThe supplied tourism event information lists 5:00-8:00 PM\, but Barrel 33’s current venue calendar lists 5:00-7:00 PM. Use the venue’s current schedule or call 909-878-0838 if your plans depend on the final hour. \nWhat Is the Locals Night Special?\nThe current promotion is 15% off food and drink for Locals Night. The venue does not publicly spell out all eligibility requirements or exclusions\, so ask Barrel 33 if you need clarification. \nWill Brad Play Live Music at Locals Night?\nThe supplied event description says Brad will perform\, but Barrel 33’s current September 30 event entry does not list live music. Its current calendar places Brad at Barrel 33 on Tuesday\, September 29. Treat Wednesday’s performance as unconfirmed unless the venue reconfirms it. \nWhere Is Barrel 33?\nBarrel 33 is at 40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\, in The Village. \nWhere Can I Park?\nThe event information directs visitors to Village Public Parking Lots. Follow posted restrictions and allow enough time to walk to Barrel 33. \nWhere Should Visitors Stay Near Locals Night?\nAn A Chalet property in Big Bear Lake provides a convenient home base for an evening in The Village. An overnight rental lets you enjoy dinner and drinks\, return to a private cabin\, and have a relaxed mountain morning before departure. \nCheck A Chalet availability for your midweek Big Bear trip. \nPlan Your Locals Night at Barrel 33 Getaway With A Chalet\nLocals Night at Barrel 33 2026 brings a relaxed community evening to The Village on Wednesday\, September 30\, with a published 15% discount on food and drinks for the local-focused promotion. \nThe most important planning update is the timing: Barrel 33’s current official calendar lists 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM\, rather than the 5:00-8:00 PM window in the supplied tourism listing. Live music by Brad also appears in the supplied description but is not currently confirmed on Barrel 33’s September 30 listing. \nWhether you are a local meeting friends or a visitor spending a few weekdays in Big Bear\, Barrel 33 makes an easy evening stop in The Village. For travelers\, pairing dinner with an overnight cabin means there is no need to turn a relaxed Wednesday evening into a late drive down the mountain. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear Lake midweek getaway. \n\n“`
URL:https://achalet.com/event/locals-night-at-barrel-33-2/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260930T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260930T000000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215625Z
CREATED:20261016T215625Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215625Z
UID:14038-1790726400-1790726400@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours
DESCRIPTION:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer approximately 90-minute narrated sightseeing cruises on Big Bear Lake from Pine Knot Marina. The published 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, with daytime departures at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM. A 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise is listed for Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday evenings. Tours are weather permitting and require a minimum number of passengers to operate.  \nThe cruise combines lake views with narration covering Big Bear history dating back to 1845\, folklore\, local stories\, and possible celebrity sightings. Pine Knot Marina recommends advance reservations and asks guests to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before departure.  \nFor visitors coming from outside the mountains\, the cruise is easy to turn into a one- or two-night Big Bear trip. A Chalet offers vacation cabins in Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and other nearby mountain communities\, giving couples\, families\, and groups a place to relax before or after a day on the lake.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Miss Liberty cruise weekend. \nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\n\n\n2026 season\nAugust 19-November 1\, 2026\n\n\nTour length\nApproximately 90 minutes\n\n\nDaytime departures\n12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\n\n\nTwilight Cruise\n6:00 PM Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday\n\n\nVenue\nPine Knot Marina\n\n\nAddress\n439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nAdult daytime ticket\n$32 for ages 13 and older\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nChild daytime ticket\n$21 for ages 4-14\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nSenior / military daytime ticket\n$26\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nTwilight adult ticket\n$36 for ages 13 and older\n\n\nTwilight child ticket\n$26 for ages 4-14\n\n\nParking\nAvailable at Pine Knot Marina\n\n\nRecommended arrival\n15-30 minutes before departure\n\n\nOfficial tour website\nPine Knot Marina Miss Liberty Tours\n\n\n\nThe 2026 schedule and ticket information above are currently published by Visit Big Bear. Pine Knot Marina notes that schedules and pricing can change\, so travelers should verify the details shown during booking for their specific cruise date.  \nWhat Is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty is a narrated sightseeing boat operating from Pine Knot Marina on Big Bear Lake. Instead of renting a boat and navigating the lake yourself\, you can board for a guided cruise while learning more about the history and character of Big Bear Valley. \nThe approximately 90-minute narration covers highlights of Big Bear history dating to 1845\, along with folklore\, interesting facts\, and local stories. This makes the cruise especially appealing for first-time visitors who want to understand more about the destination while enjoying views from the water.  \nPine Knot Marina identifies Miss Liberty as a 64-foot Skipperliner 1500LX built in 1994 and refurbished in 2006. The operator currently lists a shaded upper deck\, enclosed and heated main salon\, modern restrooms\, small-group seating areas\, and capacity for 80 passengers.  \nThe vessel also has a galley where passengers can purchase light snacks and beverages. The current operator information mentions soft drinks as well as beer\, wine\, and champagne. Available items can change\, so do not plan a meal around the onboard selection without checking first.  \nMiss Liberty can work well for couples\, families\, multigenerational groups\, and visitors looking for an activity that does not require operating their own watercraft. The combination of an outdoor upper deck and enclosed salon also provides flexibility when mountain temperatures change. \nWhen and Where Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026.  \nThe current daytime schedule lists departures at: \n\n12:00 PM\n2:00 PM\n4:00 PM\n\nFriday\, Saturday\, and Sunday also have a published 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise.  \nAll cruises depart from: \nPine Knot Marina\n439 Pine Knot Ave\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nPine Knot Marina describes its location as the point “where the Village meets the lake\,” which makes the cruise easy to combine with time around Big Bear Lake’s Village area.  \nThe marina asks guests to arrive approximately 15 to 30 minutes before departure. Give yourself additional time if you’re driving into Big Bear on the same day\, since parking\, mountain traffic\, weather\, or road conditions can affect your arrival.  \nWhat Can Visitors Expect on Miss Liberty?\nThe Miss Liberty experience is primarily a scenic and educational cruise rather than a high-speed boating activity. Once onboard\, passengers can settle in and enjoy approximately an hour and a half on Big Bear Lake while listening to the narrated tour. \nHistory is a central part of the experience. The narration highlights Big Bear’s past beginning in the mid-19th century while mixing in folklore and other stories connected to the valley.  \nThe shaded upper deck provides an open-air vantage point\, while the heated enclosed salon offers another place to sit when conditions are cooler. This can be particularly useful later in the 2026 season\, when an evening on the lake may feel noticeably colder than an afternoon in town.  \nPine Knot Marina states that Miss Liberty is handicapped accessible. Travelers with particular mobility needs should still contact the operator before booking to ask about boarding\, seating\, restroom access\, and any assistance they may require.  \nThe boat is also available for private parties\, corporate groups\, and other group arrangements. Travelers interested in a private use of the vessel should contact Pine Knot Marina for current rates\, capacity requirements\, and available amenities rather than relying on standard tour ticket pricing.  \nHow Much Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour Tickets?\nThe current 2026 event listing publishes the following prices:  \n\n\n\nTicket\nPublished Price\nSchedule\n\n\n\n\nAdult\, age 13+\n$32\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nChild\, ages 4-14\n$21\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nSenior 65+ / Military\n$26\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nTwilight Cruise adult\, age 13+\n$36\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\nTwilight Cruise child\, ages 4-14\n$26\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\n\nThose are the currently published 2026 rates rather than guaranteed future prices. Pine Knot Marina specifically states that its schedules and pricing are subject to change\, so confirm the amount shown during the reservation process.  \nTickets\, Parking\, and Transportation\nDo You Need to Reserve Miss Liberty Tickets in Advance?\nPine Knot Marina says reservations are suggested and should be made early. Booking ahead is particularly useful if you want a specific departure time or a weekend Twilight Cruise.  \nThe operator also notes that all tours are weather permitting. In addition\, the published 2026 event information states that a minimum number of guests is required for the boat to tour the lake. Check any communication from the marina before traveling\, especially if weather conditions are uncertain.  \nWhere Do You Park for Miss Liberty?\nThe 2026 event listing states that parking is available at Pine Knot Marina.  \nArriving early is still important\, especially during busy weekends. The marina is close to The Village\, so the surrounding area can see additional pedestrian and vehicle activity during popular travel periods. \nHow Early Should You Arrive?\nPlan to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before your departure time. This gives you time to park\, locate the correct boarding area\, check in\, and be ready before the vessel departs.  \nIf you’re driving up the mountain on the day of your cruise\, leave considerably more than a 15-minute buffer. Traffic\, road work\, weather\, and mountain driving conditions can all affect travel time. \nWhat Should You Bring on a Miss Liberty Cruise?\nYou do not need much equipment for a 90-minute sightseeing cruise\, but these items can make the outing more comfortable: \n\nLayers: Big Bear Lake can feel cooler on the water than conditions onshore.\nA jacket: Particularly useful for the 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise or late-season departures.\nSun protection: Bring sunscreen\, sunglasses\, and a hat for daytime tours.\nYour reservation information: Keep your booking confirmation accessible.\nA charged phone or camera: Expect plenty of lake and mountain views.\nPersonal accessibility necessities: Contact Pine Knot Marina before your trip if you need assistance boarding.\n\nThe vessel has a shaded upper deck and an enclosed heated salon\, but passengers should still check the day’s forecast and dress appropriately.  \nHow to Make a Weekend of Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nArrival Day: Check In and Explore Big Bear\nArrive in Big Bear Lake the afternoon or evening before your cruise if your schedule allows. Checking into your cabin before tour day eliminates the need to coordinate a mountain drive with a fixed boat departure. \nOnce settled\, spend some time around The Village or enjoy a relaxed dinner. Pine Knot Marina’s location close to The Village makes it straightforward to combine shopping\, dining\, and the waterfront within the same portion of your trip.  \nCruise Day: See Big Bear Lake From the Water\nFor a daytime tour\, have a relaxed morning and head to the marina early enough to be there 15 to 30 minutes before departure. \nAfter your approximately 90-minute cruise\, keep the remainder of the day flexible. You could spend additional time near the lake or return to the cabin for a slower afternoon. \nFor a Friday\, Saturday\, or Sunday Twilight Cruise\, leave your late afternoon relatively open. The current Twilight departure is at 6:00 PM\, so you do not want another activity running late and forcing you to rush to the marina.  \nOnce the boat returns\, having an overnight cabin means you can enjoy the rest of your evening in Big Bear rather than immediately starting a drive down the mountain. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Miss Liberty weekend. \nDeparture Day: Enjoy More of the Lake\nUse the following morning for another Big Bear experience before heading home. Pine Knot Marina currently offers additional boating and water activities beyond Miss Liberty\, including seasonal rentals and recreation. Verify what’s operating on your travel date before adding another lake activity.  \nA slower departure morning also gives your group time to eat\, pack\, and leave the mountains without turning the entire weekend into a tight driving schedule. \nWhere to Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nBecause Miss Liberty departs from Big Bear Lake\, accommodations in Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear communities are the logical choices for most visitors. Staying in Lake Arrowhead solely for a Miss Liberty trip would add unnecessary mountain travel. \nA Chalet currently offers vacation rentals across Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and Lake Arrowhead\, with a mix of smaller and larger properties. For this particular cruise\, focus your search on the Big Bear inventory.  \nA couple can consider a smaller one- or two-bedroom cabin for a simple lake weekend. Families often benefit from two or three bedrooms and a shared living area\, while groups traveling together can compare larger properties that keep everyone under one roof. \nA Chalet’s current collection includes examples ranging from the one-bedroom Bear Den to two-bedroom properties such as Heavenly Bay Retreat and Jaybird Cabin\, three-bedroom options such as Conklin Canopy\, and four-bedroom properties including Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge. Bedroom and bathroom counts should always be rechecked on the live listing before booking.  \nIf cooking at the cabin is important to your trip\, confirm that the particular property you choose currently lists a kitchen. The same rule applies to hot tubs\, pet-friendly policies\, parking\, air conditioning\, and other amenities: different A Chalet properties have different features. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your 2026 Big Bear Lake cruise dates. \nTips for Booking an Event Weekend Cabin\nReserve your cruise first. Knowing whether you have a noon\, afternoon\, or Twilight departure makes it easier to choose check-in and checkout dates. \nStay in the Big Bear area. The tour leaves from Pine Knot Marina in Big Bear Lake\, so prioritize Big Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities. \nChoose the correct cabin size. A couple does not necessarily need a large group property\, while families and friends may appreciate additional bedrooms and gathering space. \nVerify current property details. Check guest capacity\, bedrooms\, parking\, amenities\, house rules\, and cancellation terms on the current listing. \nConsider arriving the day before. This removes much of the risk associated with combining mountain traffic and a fixed cruise departure. \nConsider staying after a Twilight Cruise. An extra night allows you to relax after the evening cruise rather than immediately making a nighttime drive home. \nKeep weather flexibility in mind. Miss Liberty cruises are weather permitting\, so avoid building a trip where every other reservation depends on the boat operating exactly as planned.  \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026. Daytime cruises are listed at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\, with 6:00 PM Twilight Cruises on Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday.  \nWhere is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty departs from Pine Knot Marina\, 439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315.  \nDo You Need Tickets for Miss Liberty?\nYes. The cruise is a ticketed attraction\, and Pine Knot Marina recommends making reservations early. Published 2026 prices vary by passenger category and cruise type.  \nIs Miss Liberty Good for Children?\nThe sightseeing format can work well for families\, and the published 2026 ticket structure includes a child category for ages 4-14. Families traveling with younger children should confirm current ticket and boarding requirements directly with Pine Knot Marina.  \nWhere Do You Park for the Miss Liberty Tour?\nParking is currently listed as available at Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes before the cruise to give yourself time to park and board.  \nWhat Should I Bring on the Cruise?\nBring layers\, a jacket for cooler departures\, sun protection for daytime cruises\, your reservation details\, and a phone or camera. Check the forecast because conditions can feel cooler on the water. \nWhere Should I Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours?\nBig Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities are the most practical lodging areas. A Chalet offers cabins for couples\, families\, and groups across the Big Bear area. Browse current A Chalet availability for your Miss Liberty cruise dates. \nPlan Your Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer an easy way to experience Big Bear Lake from the water while learning about the valley’s history\, folklore\, and local stories. The 2026 season is currently scheduled through November 1\, with approximately 90-minute daytime tours and weekend Twilight Cruises.  \nStart by choosing your cruise and confirming the current schedule with Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes early\, check the weather before traveling\, and keep enough flexibility in your itinerary for changing lake or mountain conditions. \nFor visitors coming from outside Big Bear\, an overnight stay makes it easier to enjoy the cruise without planning the entire day around driving. Arrive early\, spend some time in The Village\, cruise the lake\, return to your cabin afterward\, and enjoy another morning in the mountains before heading home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and reserve a Big Bear stay that fits your 2026 Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour plans.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/miss-liberty-paddlewheel-tours-26/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260930T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260930T000000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215621Z
CREATED:20261016T215621Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215621Z
UID:13487-1790726400-1790726400@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Plein Air Art Competition
DESCRIPTION:Plein Air Art Competition 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nThe Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026 is Visit Big Bear’s third annual plein air competition and a month-long celebration of outdoor painting across the Big Bear Valley. Artists can create their competition work between September 12 and October 10\, 2026\, with gallery events beginning in September and the main Competition Gallery and awards scheduled for October. \nRegistered artists first complete online registration\, then visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center at 40824 Big Bear Boulevard to have their painting substrates stamped. The Visitor Center is currently listed as open daily from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. Artists may have multiple substrates stamped\, but the competition information says there is one submission per artist for galleries.  \nThe main submitted works will be displayed at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake. Visit Big Bear lists the principal competition awards as $2\,000 for first place\, $1\,500 for second place\, and $500 for third place. The awards ceremony is scheduled for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nThis event is particularly well suited to an overnight or multi-night Big Bear trip because artists are intentionally given time to explore the valley\, choose landscapes\, return to locations\, and continue developing their work. A Chalet offers cabins in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City that can serve as a base between painting sessions\, gallery visits\, and other fall activities.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear art trip. \nPlein Air Art Competition 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nBig Bear Plein Air Art Competition & Festival of Artist Events\n\n\nOrganizer\nVisit Big Bear\n\n\nCompetition year\n2026 — 3rd annual event\n\n\nCreate period\nSeptember 12-October 10\, 2026\n\n\nArtist registration\nOnline registration required before arrival\n\n\nMaximum artists\n75 participants\n\n\nSubstrate stamping\nBig Bear Lake Visitor Center\n\n\nVisitor Center\n40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nVisitor Center hours\nDaily\, 9:00 AM-5:00 PM\n\n\nCompetition Gallery\nDestination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake\n\n\nMain gallery period\nOctober 14-18\, 2026\n\n\nAwards ceremony\nOctober 18\, 2026 at 10:00 AM\n\n\nMain awards\n1st: $2\,000; 2nd: $1\,500; 3rd: $500\n\n\nPublic gallery access\nPublic invited; artwork available for purchase\n\n\nParking\nNo single competition-wide parking plan is published; follow instructions and posted rules at each location\n\n\nOfficial website\nVisit Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition\n\n\n\nVisit Big Bear confirms the September 12-October 10 creation period and lists every day in that period as part of the recurring competition calendar.  \nWhat Is the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition?\nThe Plein Air Art Competition invites artists to create landscapes outdoors in the Big Bear Valley\, working directly from the scenery rather than solely from photographs or studio references. \nWhat distinguishes the Big Bear format is its extended creation period. Artists do not have to arrive on one morning and complete their work under a short time limit. Visit Big Bear gives participants from September 12 through October 10 to explore\, select a location\, paint\, and potentially return to Big Bear to continue their work.  \nThat format encourages artists to experience the valley during early fall\, when the character of the landscape can change with light\, weather\, and seasonal conditions. Participants choose their own Big Bear landscape subject rather than being assigned one specific painting location for the main competition. \nFor 2026\, Visit Big Bear has expanded the program with a Festival of Artist Events. Registration in the main competition includes access to the highlighted festival activities\, and artists may choose to participate in one or several. The competition is limited to a maximum of 75 artist participants.  \nWhen Is the Plein Air Art Competition 2026?\nThe competition is not a single-day event. Instead\, it unfolds across several phases. \nSeptember 12-October 10: Create\nArtists may visit Big Bear at any point during this period to create their competition work. Before arriving\, participants are instructed to complete online registration. \nAfter reaching Big Bear\, artists must stop at the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center\, 40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, to have their painting substrates stamped. Visit Big Bear says artists can have as many substrates stamped as they wish. Completed competition artwork is then returned to the Visitor Center for storage before the gallery opens.  \nOctober 14-18: Competition Gallery\nVisit Big Bear’s dedicated competition page identifies the main gallery and awards period as October 14-18. The event calendar separately shows the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition Gallery running during this same mid-October period at 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake.  \nThe public is invited to view the competition artwork\, and Visit Big Bear states that artwork at the galleries will be available for purchase.  \nOctober 18: Awards Ceremony\nThe awards ceremony is scheduled for Sunday\, October 18 at 10:00 AM at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.  \nWhat Special Artist Events Are Part of the 2026 Festival?\nThe expanded 2026 Festival of Artist Events adds several opportunities beyond the main competition. \nArtist’s Best Work en Plein Air Gallery — September 18-19\nThis gallery gives participating artists another chance to exhibit and sell plein air work. Visit Big Bear lists a $500 Best of Show award for this portion of the festival.  \nThe Village Paint-Out — September 19\nA dedicated Paint-Out is scheduled in The Village Big Bear Lake on September 19. This provides a more concentrated event within the broader month-long competition period.  \nMoonridge Corridor Paint-Out — October 3\nAnother Paint-Out takes place in the Moonridge Corridor on October 3\, followed by a gallery on October 4. Visit Big Bear lists a separate $500 Best of Show award for this event.  \nMain Competition Gallery and Awards — October 14-18\nThe main competition concludes with the complete collection of submitted works and the awards ceremony. The principal prizes currently published are: \n\nFirst Place: $2\,000\nSecond Place: $1\,500\nThird Place: $500\n\nVisit Big Bear lists John Budicin\, Diane Moore\, and Lisa Mozzini-McDill as distinguished judges associated with the 2026 competition.  \nHow Do Artists Register and Submit Their Work?\nArtists should begin at the official Visit Big Bear Plein Air Competition page and complete the linked registration before traveling to Big Bear. \nThe currently published process is: \n\nComplete registration online before arriving.\nVisit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center during operating hours.\nHave the painting substrates you may use stamped.\nExplore Big Bear and create the work during the September 12-October 10 competition period.\nReturn the completed competition painting to the Visitor Center.\nSubmitted artwork is stored until the Competition Gallery opens.\n\nVisit Big Bear states that the 2026 competition has a maximum of 75 participating artists and allows one submission per artist for the galleries.  \nThe public page reviewed for this guide does not display a clearly stated universal competition registration price in its main event information. Artists should check the live registration form for the current fee and full participation terms rather than relying on a prior year’s price. \nWhere Are the Visitor Center and Competition Gallery?\nBig Bear Lake Visitor Center\n40824 Big Bear Boulevard\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nThe Visitor Center is currently listed as open daily from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM and is the location where artists get substrates stamped and return completed competition paintings.  \nDestination Big Bear Event Room\n713 Stocker Rd.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA \nThis is the published location for the Competition Gallery\, the October 18 awards ceremony\, and the public pop-up galleries associated with the festival.  \nNo single parking plan covering every competition location is published. Artists and gallery visitors should follow event instructions and posted parking regulations at the Visitor Center\, The Village\, Moonridge\, and the Destination Big Bear Event Room. \nCan Non-Artists Attend the Plein Air Events?\nYes. The competition is not only for participating painters. \nVisit Big Bear specifically invites art enthusiasts\, collectors\, and members of the community to attend the pop-up galleries and view the complete collection of 2026 competition artwork. Artwork will also be available for purchase.  \nThat makes the October gallery period a good option for visitors who enjoy art but do not plan to enter the competition themselves. \nA public admission charge for the galleries is not stated on the current competition page. Visitors should check the individual gallery listing closer to their chosen date if admission\, opening hours\, or purchasing procedures are important to their plans. \nWhat Should Artists Bring?\nVisit Big Bear does not publish one universal equipment list because plein air painters work with different media and setups. Participants should therefore prepare according to their own painting method and the outdoor mountain environment. \nA practical artist packing list may include: \n\nYour preferred paints\, brushes\, and painting tools\nMultiple eligible substrates to have stamped at the Visitor Center\nPortable easel or pochade setup\nWater or appropriate painting medium\nSun protection\nWeather-appropriate layers\nWater and snacks\nProtective equipment for transporting wet artwork\nAny personal medications or necessities\n\nBecause artists choose their own locations around Big Bear\, conditions can vary significantly between lakefront areas\, forested locations\, The Village\, and higher-elevation viewpoints. Check the forecast and current access conditions before setting up outdoors. \nHow to Make a Weekend of the Plein Air Art Competition\nDay 1: Arrive\, Register\, and Scout Locations\nComplete online registration before leaving home. After arriving in Big Bear\, check into your cabin and visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center between 9:00 AM and 5:00 PM to get your substrates stamped. \nInstead of immediately committing to the first landscape you see\, use part of the afternoon to explore Big Bear Valley and observe how light falls across different areas. \nDay 2: Paint en Plein Air\nStart early enough to work during the light conditions you want to capture. Because the competition gives artists nearly a month to create\, there is no need to treat the trip like a speed-painting contest unless you’re participating in a specific Paint-Out. \nReturning to a cabin between sessions can be useful for organizing supplies\, resting\, eating\, and preparing for another painting period. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for your Plein Air Competition dates. \nReturn for the Gallery or Awards\nArtists do not have to treat the September-October creation period and October gallery as a single continuous stay. Visit Big Bear explicitly allows artists to visit once or return to Big Bear to continue their work.  \nYou might therefore plan one trip for painting and another for the Competition Gallery and October 18 awards ceremony. \nWhere to Stay for the Plein Air Art Competition\nBecause the competition spans the Big Bear Valley and important event locations are in Big Bear Lake\, staying in Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City makes practical sense. \nA Chalet currently offers cabins in both destinations\, with properties ranging from smaller two-bedroom stays to larger three- and four-bedroom rentals. Current examples shown in A Chalet’s collection include Heavenly Bay Retreat and Jaybird Cabin with two bedrooms\, Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms\, and Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge with four bedrooms.  \nFor an artist traveling alone or with a partner\, a smaller cabin can provide a straightforward base between painting sessions. Friends participating together may prefer additional bedrooms and common space for organizing the trip. \nIf you need particular features for an art-focused stay—such as parking capacity\, a kitchen\, laundry facilities\, pet permission\, or additional indoor space—verify them on the current individual property listing before booking. Amenities differ by cabin and should not be assumed. \nA multi-night stay may be especially useful for this competition because participants are encouraged to explore the landscape rather than paint against a single-day deadline. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking an Art Competition Weekend Cabin\nChoose your competition phase first. A September painting trip\, October 3 Moonridge Paint-Out weekend\, and October 14-18 gallery trip have different schedules. \nComplete artist registration before traveling. Visit Big Bear specifically instructs participants to register online before arriving. \nAllow time for the Visitor Center. Substrates need to be stamped\, and current Visitor Center hours are 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. \nConsider more than one night. One of the main advantages of this competition is the ability to explore different Big Bear landscapes and work without a short painting deadline. \nMatch the cabin to your group. Solo artists and couples may prefer smaller accommodations\, while several artists traveling together can compare multi-bedroom rentals. \nVerify amenities directly. Parking\, kitchens\, pet policies\, and other property features vary across A Chalet’s inventory. \nRecheck event details before your trip. Gallery hours\, registration availability\, and individual festival-event instructions can change. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026?\nArtists can create competition work from September 12 through October 10\, 2026. The main gallery period follows in mid-October\, with the awards ceremony scheduled for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nWhere Is the Plein Air Art Competition?\nPainting can take place across the Big Bear Valley. Substrate stamping and artwork drop-off are handled through the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center at 40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, while the main Competition Gallery is held at 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake.  \nDo Artists Need to Register?\nYes. Visit Big Bear directs artists to complete online registration before arriving. The 2026 competition is limited to a maximum of 75 artist participants.  \nWhat Are the 2026 Plein Air Competition Prizes?\nThe main competition awards are currently listed as $2\,000 for first place\, $1\,500 for second place\, and $500 for third place. Separate $500 Best of Show prizes are also listed for certain festival galleries.  \nCan the Public Visit the Galleries?\nYes. Visit Big Bear invites the public\, art enthusiasts\, and collectors to attend the galleries. Artwork is expected to be available for purchase.  \nWhen Is the Awards Ceremony?\nThe awards ceremony is scheduled for October 18\, 2026 at 10:00 AM at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.  \nWhere Should I Stay for the Plein Air Art Competition?\nBig Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City is practical because the competition is centered throughout the Big Bear Valley and key administrative and gallery locations are in Big Bear Lake. A Chalet offers cabins of several sizes in the Big Bear area. Browse current A Chalet availability. \nPlan Your Plein Air Art Competition 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nThe Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026 gives painters something many competitions do not: time. From September 12 through October 10\, registered artists can explore Big Bear\, choose their landscape\, paint\, return to refine their work\, and participate in an expanded schedule of festival events.  \nThe 2026 festival includes the Artist’s Best Work gallery on September 18-19\, The Village Paint-Out on September 19\, the Moonridge Paint-Out on October 3\, the Moonridge gallery on October 4\, and the main Competition Gallery and awards activities in mid-October. The awards ceremony is set for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nArtists should register online before arriving\, visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center to have substrates stamped\, and verify the latest competition instructions before beginning their work. \nFor a trip built around several painting sessions—or a separate return visit for the gallery and awards—an overnight cabin gives you a comfortable base in the Big Bear Valley instead of forcing the creative process into a single day. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around the Plein Air Art Competition 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/plein-air-art-competition-21/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260929T170000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260929T190000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215620Z
CREATED:20261016T215620Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215620Z
UID:14037-1790701200-1790708400@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Taco Tuesday & Latin Night at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites
DESCRIPTION:Taco Tuesday & Latin Night Big Bear 2026: Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nTaco Tuesday & Latin Night Big Bear 2026 is a recurring food-and-music event at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites by Hilton\, 41820 Big Bear Blvd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. \nThe current event description separates the week into two experiences: Taco Tuesday runs from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM on Tuesdays\, while Latin Night runs from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM on Sundays and features a live DJ. \nVisit Big Bear’s current calendar confirms the event at the Hilton property and shows recurring Tuesday listings extending through the 2026-27 season. However\, some of the tourism calendar’s recurrence metadata is inconsistent\, so visitors should use the event description for the Tuesday/Sunday format and verify their exact date before heading over. \nParking is available at the Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites property. No admission charge\, cover fee\, taco pricing\, age restriction\, or reservation requirement is currently published in the event information\, so those details should be confirmed directly with the venue if they matter to your plans. \nFor travelers building an easy evening into a Big Bear getaway\, an A Chalet cabin provides a comfortable home base before dinner and after the music\, especially if you want more space for a group or prefer preparing the rest of your meals at the cabin. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear getaway. \nTaco Tuesday & Latin Night Big Bear 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nTaco Tuesday & Latin Night at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites\n\n\nTaco Tuesday\nTuesdays\, 5:00 PM-7:00 PM\n\n\nLatin Night\nSundays\, 6:00 PM-9:00 PM\n\n\nVenue\nHampton Inn Big Bear Lake / Home2 Suites by Hilton Big Bear Lake\n\n\nAddress\n41820 Big Bear Blvd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nTuesday experience\nTaco Tuesday evening\n\n\nSunday experience\nLatin Night with a live DJ\n\n\nAdmission\nNo cover charge or ticket requirement is currently published\n\n\nFood pricing\nNot currently published in the event listing\n\n\nParking\nAvailable at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites by Hilton\n\n\nAge policy\nNo event-specific age restriction is currently published\n\n\nVenue phone\nHampton Inn: 909-866-0000; Home2 Suites: 909-866-0005\n\n\nCurrent visitor information\nVisit Big Bear – Hampton Inn Big Bear Lake\n\n\n\nWhat Is Taco Tuesday & Latin Night at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites?\nTaco Tuesday & Latin Night is a recurring social event hosted at the shared Hampton Inn and Home2 Suites property on Big Bear Boulevard. \nRather than being one identical event repeated twice a week\, the listing describes two different experiences. \nTuesdays focus on Taco Tuesday\, giving locals and visitors an early-evening food option from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM. \nSundays shift to Latin Night from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM\, with the event description specifically advertising a live DJ and a more music-focused atmosphere. \nThe format makes the event useful for travelers who want something casual to do in the evening without committing to a major festival\, concert\, or ticketed attraction. \nWhen Is Taco Tuesday in Big Bear Lake?\nThe event description lists Taco Tuesday every Tuesday from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM. \nVisit Big Bear’s current Hampton Inn directory confirms recurring Taco Tuesday & Latin Night calendar entries at the property\, including September 15\, September 22\, September 29\, and October 6\, 2026\, with additional Tuesday dates appearing beyond those. \nThe tourism calendar’s recurrence system occasionally displays unusual start and end ranges\, so visitors should not rely on one broad date span as proof that every Tuesday indefinitely is confirmed. \nIf you are planning around a specific Tuesday\, check the current Visit Big Bear calendar or call the Hilton property before going. \nWhen Is Latin Night in Big Bear?\nThe supplied event description lists Latin Night every Sunday from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. \nLatin Night is described as featuring a live DJ\, making it the more music-driven half of the recurring series. \nCurrent indexed Visit Big Bear results are clearer about the recurring Tuesday calendar entries than the individual Sunday listings\, so the Sunday schedule is best treated as the published event format while still being verified for a specific date. \nNo DJ name\, music lineup\, dance instruction\, or special performance schedule is currently published. \nWhere Is Taco Tuesday & Latin Night Held?\nThe event takes place at the shared Hilton hotel property at: \nHampton Inn Big Bear Lake / Home2 Suites by Hilton Big Bear Lake\n41820 Big Bear Blvd.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nVisit Big Bear currently lists both hotels at this address. \nThe location sits along Big Bear Boulevard between the lake and the Snow Summit area\, making it convenient for travelers who are already spending the day elsewhere in Big Bear Lake. \nWhat Can You Expect on Taco Tuesday?\nThe current description keeps Taco Tuesday simple: come by for a Tuesday evening centered on tacos. \nNo current public listing confirms the taco menu\, price per taco\, drink specials\, service format\, vegetarian options\, or whether food is served from a dedicated restaurant\, bar\, or event station. \nBecause those details can change\, visitors who have dietary restrictions or are planning specifically around a dinner special should call the venue before arriving. \nThe 5:00 PM-7:00 PM window makes Taco Tuesday a useful early dinner stop before returning to a cabin\, visiting The Village\, or settling in for the evening. \nWhat Can You Expect on Latin Night?\nSunday’s Latin Night is advertised from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM with a live DJ. \nThe description promotes a groovy\, social evening but does not currently publish a named DJ\, specific Latin music genres\, dance floor details\, lessons\, or a dress code. \nVisitors should therefore think of Latin Night as a casual DJ-centered hotel event rather than assume it is a formal salsa class\, nightclub event\, or ticketed dance production. \nIf dancing or a particular music style is important to you\, confirm that week’s programming directly with the venue. \nIs Taco Tuesday & Latin Night Free?\nNo ticket price or cover charge is currently listed in the public event information. \nThat does not mean all food and drinks are free. Taco Tuesday is a food event\, and normal charges for food and beverages should be expected unless the venue advertises a specific promotion. \nThe event listing also does not currently publish minimum purchase requirements or reservation requirements. \nFor the most accurate same-week information\, contact the hotel before attending. \nDo You Need to Be a Hotel Guest?\nThe event is promoted on Visit Big Bear’s public events calendar rather than only as a private hotel amenity\, which indicates it is intended for visitors beyond overnight hotel guests. \nHowever\, the listing does not spell out a formal public-access policy. \nIf you are staying elsewhere in Big Bear and want to attend\, especially with a large group\, calling ahead is a practical way to confirm seating and access. \nIs Latin Night 21 and Over?\nNo event-specific age restriction is currently published. \nBecause the gathering takes place at a hotel and may include alcohol service\, normal California alcohol laws will apply to drinks\, but that does not automatically make the entire event 21-and-over. \nFamilies or guests under 21 should check with the venue if age policy is important to their plans. \nParking at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites\nThe event listing states that parking is available at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites by Hilton. \nUnlike events in The Village that may require public parking several blocks away\, this one is hosted directly at the hotel property. \nVisitors should follow onsite signs and avoid occupying spaces reserved for hotel guests\, accessible parking\, loading areas\, or other restricted uses. \nIf the event is particularly busy\, hotel staff can provide the best guidance on where non-guests should park. \nWhat Should You Bring?\nThis is a casual food-and-entertainment event\, so very little special preparation is required. \n\nPhoto ID if you plan to purchase alcohol\nA payment method for food and drinks\nA light jacket or warmer layer for the walk to and from your vehicle\nYour hotel or cabin transportation plan\nAny dietary questions you want to confirm before ordering\n\nBig Bear evenings can cool down quickly even when the daytime weather is mild\, so keeping an extra layer in the car is useful. \nCan You Combine the Event With Other Big Bear Activities?\nYes. The relatively short evening windows make both versions of the event easy to build into a larger itinerary. \nOn Tuesday\, you can spend the day hiking\, sightseeing\, shopping\, or enjoying the lake\, then stop for Taco Tuesday between 5:00 PM and 7:00 PM. \nOn Sunday\, Latin Night provides an evening option after a full day outdoors. \nThe Hampton Inn and Home2 Suites are also located less than two miles from The Village according to Visit Big Bear’s current hotel information\, so visitors can combine the event with shopping\, dining\, or a Village stroll. \nHow to Make a Big Bear Weekend of Latin Night\nFriday: Check Into Your Cabin\nArrive in Big Bear Lake and settle into an A Chalet cabin for the weekend. \nHaving your own kitchen and living space can make the trip feel less structured than staying around a fixed hotel itinerary\, especially for groups or families. \nSaturday: Spend the Day Exploring Big Bear\nUse Saturday for outdoor recreation\, The Village\, Big Bear Lake\, or another seasonal event. \nReturn to your cabin in the evening and enjoy a relaxed night before Sunday’s activities. \nSunday: Enjoy a Slow Mountain Day\nPlan a late breakfast\, afternoon sightseeing\, or a walk before getting ready for Latin Night. \nBecause the event begins at 6:00 PM\, there is plenty of time to enjoy the day first. \nSunday Evening: Head to Latin Night\nArrive at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites for the 6:00 PM-9:00 PM event and enjoy the live DJ atmosphere. \nIf you’re attending specifically for dancing\, confirm the current week’s programming before leaving your cabin. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear weekend. \nHow to Build Taco Tuesday Into a Midweek Getaway\nTaco Tuesday also works well as part of a quieter midweek Big Bear trip. \nArrive Monday or Tuesday\, spend the afternoon exploring\, and head to the Hilton property for the 5:00 PM-7:00 PM Taco Tuesday window. \nAfter dinner\, return to the cabin or continue your evening elsewhere in Big Bear Lake. \nMidweek travel can also make it easier to build a flexible itinerary without centering the entire trip around one event. \nWhere to Stay for Taco Tuesday & Latin Night Big Bear 2026\nAn A Chalet property in Big Bear Lake is a practical choice for this recurring event because the Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites venue is located directly in Big Bear Lake. \nFor smaller groups\, Dream Lake Cabin is currently listed for up to four guests with two bedrooms and one bathroom. Verified amenities include a kitchen\, Wi-Fi\, outdoor grill\, air conditioning\, and pet-friendly accommodations. \nFor larger groups\, Conklin Canopy is currently listed with three bedrooms\, two bathrooms\, and space for up to eight guests. \nVerified Conklin Canopy amenities include a fully equipped kitchen\, Wi-Fi\, washer and dryer\, game room\, secure deck\, barbecue\, and parking for up to three vehicles. \nStaying in a cabin can be particularly useful for a casual recurring event like this because you can make the evening only one part of your trip. Cook breakfast at the cabin\, spend the day exploring\, head out for tacos or the DJ\, then return to your own mountain home base afterward. \nAlways review the current property listing before booking to confirm occupancy\, parking limits\, amenities\, pet policies\, and house rules. \nBrowse current A Chalet cabins in Big Bear Lake. \nTips for Booking a Taco Tuesday or Latin Night Getaway\nVerify your specific date. The event is recurring\, but tourism-calendar recurrence fields can contain inconsistencies. \nRemember that Tuesday and Sunday are different experiences. Taco Tuesday is listed from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM\, while Sunday Latin Night runs from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM with a live DJ. \nCall ahead for menu details. Current taco prices and food selections are not publicly listed. \nConfirm age policy if needed. No event-specific age restriction is currently posted. \nStay in Big Bear Lake for convenience. That keeps you close to the event as well as many other popular visitor areas. \nPlan a designated driver if drinking. Do not rely on deciding transportation after the event. \nMake the event part of the trip\, not the entire trip. Its short evening format pairs easily with outdoor recreation\, shopping\, sightseeing\, and relaxing at your cabin. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is Taco Tuesday at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites?\nThe current event description lists Taco Tuesday every Tuesday from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM. Check the current calendar or call the venue to confirm your specific date. \nWhen Is Latin Night in Big Bear?\nLatin Night is listed for Sundays from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM and features a live DJ. \nWhere Is Taco Tuesday & Latin Night Held?\nThe event takes place at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites by Hilton\, 41820 Big Bear Blvd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. \nIs There a Cover Charge?\nNo admission or cover charge is currently published. Food and beverages should be expected to cost extra unless a specific promotion says otherwise. \nDo I Need to Be a Hotel Guest?\nThe event is publicly promoted through Visit Big Bear\, but the listing does not spell out a formal non-guest access policy. Calling ahead is recommended for larger groups or if seating is important. \nIs Parking Available?\nYes. The event listing states that parking is available at the Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites property. \nWhere Should I Stay for Taco Tuesday or Latin Night?\nAn A Chalet cabin in Big Bear Lake gives visitors a convenient base for the event while providing more room to relax\, prepare meals\, and enjoy the rest of a mountain getaway. \nCheck A Chalet availability for your travel dates. \nPlan Your Taco Tuesday & Latin Night Big Bear 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nTaco Tuesday & Latin Night Big Bear 2026 offers two easy ways to add a casual evening activity to a Big Bear Lake trip: tacos on Tuesdays from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM and a live-DJ Latin Night on Sundays from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. \nThe event takes place at Hampton Inn / Home2 Suites by Hilton at 41820 Big Bear Blvd.\, with parking available onsite. Because menu pricing\, cover charges\, age policies\, and individual DJ details are not currently published\, verify those details directly with the venue when they matter to your plans. \nPair the evening with an A Chalet stay and you can enjoy Big Bear at a slower pace: spend the day outdoors\, stop for tacos or Sunday music\, and return to a comfortable cabin instead of treating the event as a quick turnaround trip. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Taco Tuesday & Latin Night Big Bear 2026 getaway. \n\n“`
URL:https://achalet.com/event/taco-tuesday-latin-night-at-hampton-inn-home2-suites-6/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260929T133000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260929T153000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215628Z
CREATED:20261016T215628Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215628Z
UID:14036-1790688600-1790695800@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Live Music at Barrel 33
DESCRIPTION:Live Music at Barrel 33 2026: September & October Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nLive Music at Barrel 33 2026 brings acoustic afternoons and evening performances to Barrel 33 in Big Bear Lake throughout September and into early October. The venue combines live music with its food\, craft beer\, and wine offerings at 40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. Performance times vary by artist and date\, so checking the schedule before arriving is important.  \nAs of September 10\, the next confirmed performances begin with Matt & Emily on September 11 from 5:00 PM to 8:00 PM\, followed by Local Legends on September 12. Additional September performers include Brad\, Tanner\, Sergio Snow\, Matt & Emily\, and The Blackwells. Ryan Bieber is currently scheduled for October 2 and October 3.  \nOne schedule detail deserves attention: Visit Big Bear currently lists Brad on September 30 and again on October 6\, but Barrel 33’s own live event calendar currently identifies September 30 as Locals Night and a Pirate Ship Wine Cruise rather than a Brad performance\, and it does not currently display an October 6 Brad event. Because the venue is the primary source\, this guide treats those two performances as unconfirmed and recommends checking Barrel 33 directly before planning around them.  \nVisitors traveling from outside Big Bear can easily build a cabin stay around one of these performances. A Chalet currently offers Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City vacation rentals for couples\, families\, and groups\, making an overnight stay practical if you’d rather enjoy the evening without immediately driving down the mountain afterward.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear live music trip. \nLive Music at Barrel 33 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nLive Music at Barrel 33\n\n\nCurrent event period\nSeptember 2026 into early October 2026\n\n\nVenue\nBarrel 33\n\n\nAddress\n40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nPerformance times\nVary by date\, generally between 1:30 PM and 8:00 PM\n\n\nConfirmed upcoming artists\nMatt & Emily\, Local Legends\, Brad\, Tanner\, Sergio Snow\, The Blackwells\, and Ryan Bieber\n\n\nAdmission\nNo universal live-music admission charge is currently published on Barrel 33’s event listings\n\n\nFood and drinks\nFood\, craft beer\, and wine are promoted alongside the live music\n\n\nParking\nUse appropriate public parking serving The Village and follow posted restrictions\n\n\nPhone\n909-878-0838\n\n\nRecommended arrival\nNo official early-arrival time is published; arriving 15-30 minutes before your chosen performance is a practical buffer\n\n\nOfficial venue calendar\nBarrel 33 Events\n\n\n\nVisit Big Bear describes the live-music series as a recurring event from September 1 through October 6\, while Barrel 33’s own calendar confirms individual performances through October 3 at the time of writing. Because performer schedules can change\, use the venue calendar as the final source before traveling.  \nWhat Is Live Music at Barrel 33?\nLive Music at Barrel 33 is a series of individual acoustic and live-band performances at Barrel 33 in Big Bear Lake’s Village area. Rather than one large concert with a fixed lineup and ticket package\, the venue schedules different performers on selected afternoons and evenings. \nBarrel 33 promotes these performances alongside food\, craft beer\, wine\, and a casual social atmosphere. That makes the series easy to add to a Big Bear itinerary without dedicating an entire day to an event.  \nSome performances are early-afternoon acoustic sets\, while many Friday and Saturday appearances run from 5:00 PM to 8:00 PM. This variation is useful for travelers: an afternoon Brad performance can fit between daytime activities\, while an evening show can serve as the main plan after hiking\, lake time\, shopping\, or sightseeing. \nThe current event descriptions do not publish reserved seating arrangements\, a universal cover charge\, or a formal concert-style admission process. Visitors should therefore check the listing for their specific date rather than assuming every performance operates identically. \nWhen Is Live Music at Barrel 33 in 2026?\nThe official Barrel 33 calendar and Visit Big Bear currently confirm a substantial September schedule\, followed by Ryan Bieber performances on October 2 and October 3.  \nAs of September 10\, the confirmed upcoming schedule is: \n\n\n\nDate\nPerformer\nTime\n\n\n\n\nSeptember 11\, 2026\nMatt & Emily\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 12\, 2026\nLocal Legends\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 15\, 2026\nBrad\n1:30 PM-3:30 PM\n\n\nSeptember 17\, 2026\nTanner\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 18\, 2026\nSergio Snow\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 19\, 2026\nSergio Snow\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 22\, 2026\nBrad\n1:30 PM-3:30 PM\n\n\nSeptember 25\, 2026\nMatt & Emily\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 26\, 2026\nThe Blackwells\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 29\, 2026\nBrad\n1:30 PM-3:30 PM\n\n\nOctober 2\, 2026\nRyan Bieber\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nOctober 3\, 2026\nRyan Bieber\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\n\nThese dates and times are confirmed on Barrel 33’s current official event calendar.  \nEarlier September performances included Brad on September 1 and September 8\, Katie on September 4\, Austin Rogers on September 5\, and Dana on September 6.  \nWhat About the September 30 and October 6 Performances?\nThere is currently a discrepancy between published sources. \nVisit Big Bear’s event page lists Brad on September 30 from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM and Brad on October 6 from 1:30 PM to 3:30 PM.  \nHowever\, Barrel 33’s own current calendar lists September 30 as Locals Night from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM and also lists a Pirate Ship Wine Cruise that evening. It does not currently show a September 30 Brad performance or October 6 Brad event.  \nBecause Barrel 33 is the venue and primary source\, travelers should not plan a trip specifically around September 30 or October 6 live music unless the venue confirms those performances. This is exactly the kind of schedule detail worth rechecking shortly before your visit. \nWhere Is Barrel 33 in Big Bear Lake?\nBarrel 33 is located at: \nBarrel 33\n40754 Village Dr.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315\nPhone: 909-878-0838 \nVisit Big Bear confirms the venue at 40754 Village Dr. in Big Bear Lake. Barrel 33’s own event calendar also lists the Village Drive location and the same phone number.  \nThe location places visitors in The Village area\, so a live-music performance can be combined naturally with time spent walking through central Big Bear Lake before or afterward. \nWhat Can Visitors Expect?\nThe experience depends somewhat on the day you attend. Brad’s Tuesday appearances are promoted as Afternoon Acoustic sessions and currently run from 1:30 PM to 3:30 PM. Friday and Saturday live-music events usually run in the early evening\, often from 5:00 PM to 8:00 PM.  \nBarrel 33 promotes live music alongside: \n\nFood\nCraft beer\nWine\nIndividual acoustic artists and bands\nA casual Village setting\n\nThe venue’s current event descriptions do not publish a detailed set list\, number of performance breaks\, stage schedule\, reserved-seat system\, or performer-specific admission fee. Those details should not be invented or assumed from another date. \nIf seeing a particular artist is the reason for your trip\, check Barrel 33’s calendar on the day of the performance. Live entertainment schedules can change due to artist availability\, weather\, or venue considerations. \nTickets\, Parking\, and Transportation\nDo You Need Tickets for Live Music at Barrel 33?\nBarrel 33’s current individual live-music listings do not publish a universal ticket price or cover charge. The venue simply invites guests to attend for live music\, food\, craft beer\, and wine.  \nThat does not guarantee that every future performance will always operate without special admission terms. Check your chosen date or call 909-878-0838 if admission arrangements are important to your plans. \nWhere Should You Park?\nBarrel 33 is located in The Village area of Big Bear Lake. Visitors should use appropriate public parking serving The Village and follow all posted parking restrictions. \nWeekend evenings can bring more activity to The Village\, so leave enough time to park and walk to Barrel 33 rather than arriving exactly when the band is scheduled to begin. \nHow Early Should You Arrive?\nNo official early-arrival requirement is published. A practical approach is to reach the area 15 to 30 minutes before the scheduled start\, particularly for Friday and Saturday evening performances. \nThis is a travel-planning recommendation rather than an official Barrel 33 check-in rule. If the venue publishes different instructions for your date\, follow those instead. \nWhat Should You Bring?\nLive music at Barrel 33 requires relatively little preparation\, but a few items can make your evening easier: \n\nValid identification: Bring appropriate ID if you intend to purchase alcoholic beverages.\nA warm layer: Big Bear evenings can cool quickly\, even after a warm afternoon.\nYour chosen event details: Confirm the artist and start time before leaving.\nA transportation plan: Decide how you’ll return to your cabin if you plan to drink.\nA charged phone: Useful for navigation\, parking\, and checking last-minute venue updates.\n\nBecause the performances are at an established Village venue rather than a trail\, lake\, or mountaintop event\, you do not need specialized outdoor equipment. \nIs Live Music at Barrel 33 Family Friendly?\nThe current live-music listings do not publish a universal age restriction. However\, Barrel 33 serves craft beer and wine\, so families should not assume that every scheduled event has the same age policy. \nIf you’re considering attending with children or teenagers\, contact Barrel 33 at 909-878-0838 to confirm the venue’s current policy for that particular performance. \nSimilarly\, no detailed accessibility information is included in the individual live-music listings. Visitors requiring specific accommodations should contact the venue directly before arrival. \nHow to Make a Weekend of Live Music at Barrel 33\nArrival Day: Check Into Big Bear\nIf you’re coming from outside the mountains for a Friday or Saturday performance\, consider arriving earlier in the afternoon rather than trying to time a mountain drive around a 5:00 PM start. \nCheck into your cabin\, unpack\, and review the latest Barrel 33 listing. That gives your group time to settle in before heading toward The Village. \nBefore the Music: Explore The Village\nArriving in The Village ahead of the performance gives you flexibility if parking takes longer than expected. Spend some time walking around the area and then head to Barrel 33 before your chosen artist begins. \nFor Tuesday afternoon performances with Brad\, the 1:30 PM to 3:30 PM schedule leaves plenty of time for another Big Bear activity afterward. Friday and Saturday shows running until 8:00 PM work better as the main evening plan.  \nAfter the Performance: Return to Your Cabin\nAfter an evening performance\, an overnight cabin provides an easy place for your group to wind down without immediately starting a long drive out of Big Bear. \nIf anyone has been drinking alcohol\, use a safe transportation plan rather than driving. Planning that before the performance keeps the evening simple. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Barrel 33 live-music dates. \nNext Morning: Enjoy More of Big Bear\nUse the following morning for another local experience before departure. Depending on the season and conditions\, that could mean time around Big Bear Lake\, an appropriate trail outing\, or a relaxed morning in The Village. \nIf you’re attending Ryan Bieber on October 2 or October 3\, remember that early October mountain conditions can differ noticeably from September. Check the weather before packing and before any outdoor plans. \nWhere to Stay for Live Music at Barrel 33\nBecause Barrel 33 is in Big Bear Lake\, visitors should concentrate on Big Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear City accommodations. Staying in Lake Arrowhead solely for an evening at Barrel 33 would add unnecessary mountain travel. \nA Chalet currently lists vacation rentals in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City\, with properties suited to different group sizes. Its current collection includes two-bedroom stays such as Heavenly Bay Retreat\, Jaybird Cabin\, and Maverick’s Cabin; three-bedroom Conklin Canopy; and four-bedroom choices including Boulder Landing\, Rustic Ridge\, and Elevated Escape.  \nFor a couple attending a single acoustic or evening performance\, a smaller cabin can keep the trip straightforward. A group of friends planning dinner\, live music\, and another day in Big Bear may appreciate additional bedrooms and common living space. \nA Chalet’s current site also lists a one-bedroom Bear Den\, providing another smaller-stay option.  \nDo not assume that every property has identical amenities. If a kitchen\, hot tub\, pet-friendly policy\, laundry facilities\, or a particular number of parking spaces matters to your trip\, verify that feature on the current property listing before booking. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking an Event Weekend Cabin\nChoose your performer first. Start with the live schedule so you know whether you’re planning around a Tuesday acoustic afternoon\, a Thursday performance\, or a Friday or Saturday evening show. \nVerify the date directly with Barrel 33. This is especially important for September 30 and October 6 because the tourism calendar and venue calendar currently conflict. \nStay in the Big Bear area. Barrel 33 is in Big Bear Lake\, making Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City the logical lodging choice. \nMatch the cabin to your group. Couples can compare smaller stays\, while groups of friends may prefer several bedrooms and shared gathering space. \nCheck parking rules at your cabin. If several friends are arriving in separate vehicles\, verify the property’s maximum allowed vehicle count. \nPlan for the evening after the music. An overnight stay is particularly useful for shows finishing at 8:00 PM and for anyone who wants to enjoy Barrel 33’s beverage selection without a long drive afterward. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen is Live Music at Barrel 33 in 2026?\nThe current series includes numerous September dates and confirmed performances on October 2 and October 3. Visit Big Bear lists the broader recurring period through October 6\, but Barrel 33’s own current calendar should be treated as the final source for individual performances.  \nWhere is Live Music at Barrel 33?\nThe performances take place at Barrel 33\, 40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315.  \nWho is performing at Barrel 33 in September 2026?\nUpcoming confirmed September performers include Matt & Emily\, Local Legends\, Brad\, Tanner\, Sergio Snow\, and The Blackwells. Performance dates and times vary.  \nDo you need tickets for the live music?\nNo universal ticket price or cover charge is currently published for the standard live-music performances. Check Barrel 33’s calendar or call the venue before attending if admission terms are important to your trip. \nWhere do you park for Barrel 33?\nBarrel 33 is in The Village area. Use appropriate public parking serving The Village\, obey posted restrictions\, and allow extra time on busy evenings. \nCan kids attend Live Music at Barrel 33?\nThe current event listings do not publish a universal age restriction. Because Barrel 33 serves beer and wine\, contact the venue to confirm its current policy before bringing younger guests. \nWhere should I stay for Live Music at Barrel 33?\nBig Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City is the most convenient area. A Chalet currently offers both smaller cabins and multi-bedroom vacation rentals in the Big Bear area. Browse A Chalet’s current availability for your music weekend. \nPlan Your Live Music at Barrel 33 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nLive Music at Barrel 33 2026 gives Big Bear visitors an easy way to add local entertainment to a mountain trip without committing to an all-day festival. The remaining September schedule includes afternoon acoustic sessions and evening performances by Matt & Emily\, Local Legends\, Brad\, Tanner\, Sergio Snow\, and The Blackwells\, followed by Ryan Bieber on October 2 and October 3.  \nCheck the venue calendar before traveling\, especially if you’re planning around a particular artist. The September 30 and October 6 entries shown by Visit Big Bear are not currently matched by Barrel 33’s primary event calendar\, so those dates should be confirmed directly with the venue.  \nFor travelers coming from outside the mountains\, an overnight stay can make the experience much easier. Arrive earlier\, check into your cabin\, spend time in The Village\, enjoy the performance\, and return somewhere comfortable afterward instead of immediately driving out of Big Bear. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around Live Music at Barrel 33 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/live-music-at-barrel-33-22/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260929T130000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260929T160000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215630Z
CREATED:20261016T215630Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215630Z
UID:14035-1790686800-1790697600@achalet.com
SUMMARY:High Alti-Tuesdays - Live Music and Specials
DESCRIPTION:High Alti-Tuesdays 2026: Dates\, Live Music\, Barrel 33 Specials\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nHigh Alti-Tuesdays 2026 is a recurring Tuesday live-music event at Barrel 33\, 40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. The recurring program features Brad from SilverMoon playing laid-back music and crowd favorites while guests enjoy Barrel 33’s food\, wine\, beer\, cider\, and Tuesday specials. \nBarrel 33’s current official website promotes High Alti-Tuesday live music from 1:00 PM to 4:00 PM. Visit Big Bear also lists the recurring event from 1:00 PM to 4:00 PM and currently shows Tuesday dates extending through the fall and winter season. \nThere is one schedule detail worth checking before you go: Visit Big Bear’s separate September live-music calendar lists Brad at 1:30 PM to 3:30 PM on several September Tuesdays\, while the dedicated High Alti-Tuesdays page and Barrel 33’s own recurring-event information use 1:00 PM to 4:00 PM. If hearing the entire set matters to you\, call Barrel 33 at 909-878-0838 before heading over. \nThe dedicated event listing also promotes a $20 pretzel and draft beer special. Because restaurant promotions can change\, confirm the special when ordering. \nFor travelers spending a few weekdays in the mountains\, High Alti-Tuesdays can be an easy addition to a Big Bear getaway. Stay in an A Chalet cabin\, spend the morning outdoors or exploring The Village\, catch the afternoon music at Barrel 33\, then return to your cabin for a relaxed evening. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for a midweek Big Bear getaway. \nHigh Alti-Tuesdays 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nHigh Alti-Tuesdays – Live Music and Specials\n\n\nDay\nEvery Tuesday on currently scheduled event dates\n\n\nPublished recurring time\n1:00 PM-4:00 PM\n\n\nPerformer\nBrad from SilverMoon\n\n\nVenue\nBarrel 33\n\n\nAddress\n40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nCurrent Tuesday special\n$20 pretzel + draft beer special\, as promoted on the dedicated event listing\n\n\nVenue type\nWine\, beer\, cider\, food\, retail\, and live-music venue\n\n\nAdmission\nNo separate live-music admission charge is currently published\n\n\nParking\nUse available parking in and around The Village and follow current posted restrictions\n\n\nPhone\n909-878-0838\n\n\nOfficial venue\nBarrel 33 Big Bear\n\n\nEvent information\nVisit Big Bear High Alti-Tuesdays\n\n\n\nWhat Is High Alti-Tuesdays?\nHigh Alti-Tuesdays is Barrel 33’s recurring Tuesday afternoon live-music event in The Village at Big Bear Lake. \nThe concept is intentionally relaxed. Instead of a ticketed evening concert\, visitors can stop into Barrel 33 during the afternoon\, listen to live music\, order food or drinks\, and spend a few hours unwinding in the center of The Village. \nBrad from SilverMoon is the featured performer associated with the recurring Tuesday program. The event description characterizes the music as laid-back tunes and familiar\, good-time favorites\, fitting Barrel 33’s casual mountain atmosphere. \nThat makes High Alti-Tuesdays useful for visitors looking for something to do between daytime recreation and dinner. It can work as an après-ski stop in winter\, an afternoon break after hiking or shopping in warmer weather\, or simply the main activity on a slower midweek day. \nWhen Is High Alti-Tuesdays 2026?\nHigh Alti-Tuesdays takes place on Tuesdays\, with Barrel 33’s current website advertising the recurring live-music program from 1:00 PM to 4:00 PM. \nVisit Big Bear’s dedicated event page currently lists the series across the 2026-27 season\, with upcoming dates including: \n\nSeptember 15\, 2026\nSeptember 22\, 2026\nSeptember 29\, 2026\nOctober 6\, 2026\nOctober 13\, 2026\nOctober 20\, 2026\nOctober 27\, 2026\nNovember 3\, 2026\nNovember 10\, 2026\nNovember 17\, 2026\nNovember 24\, 2026\n\nThe recurring calendar continues beyond November\, so travelers visiting later in the winter should check the current event page rather than assuming the series has ended. \nThe structured export supplied for this event shifts the start date by a day\, but Tuesdays are the operative event days. For example\, September 15\, 2026 is a Tuesday. \nWhat Time Does the Live Music Start?\nThe dedicated High Alti-Tuesdays information says 1:00 PM to 4:00 PM. Barrel 33’s own current homepage also promotes “High alti-Tuesday” live music from 1:00 PM to 4:00 PM. \nHowever\, Visit Big Bear’s separate September live-music schedule lists Brad from 1:30 PM to 3:30 PM on September 15\, September 22\, and September 29\, as well as October 6. \nThat means travelers should distinguish between the broader High Alti-Tuesday event window and the performer time published on the date-specific music calendar. \nIf you are simply stopping in for food\, drinks\, and atmosphere\, arriving during the broader afternoon window is reasonable. If Brad’s live set is the primary reason for your visit\, call 909-878-0838 to confirm the performance time for your specific Tuesday. \nWhat Can Visitors Expect at High Alti-Tuesdays?\nThe main draw is live music paired with Barrel 33’s regular food and beverage experience. \nVisitors can expect: \n\nLive Tuesday music featuring Brad from SilverMoon\nWine\, beer\, and cider options\nFood and shareable plates\nTuesday menu promotions\nThe currently promoted $20 pretzel and draft beer special\nA casual afternoon atmosphere in The Village\n\nBarrel 33 describes itself as a wine\, beer\, and eatery destination with rotating wine and draft selections\, food designed for sharing\, and recurring live music and community events. \nThe exact songs\, menu specials\, draft selection\, and food availability can change. Treat the event as a recurring experience rather than a fixed concert program with an identical set list and menu every week. \nWho Is Brad from SilverMoon?\nThe High Alti-Tuesdays listings identify the recurring performer as Brad from SilverMoon. \nCurrent event descriptions emphasize laid-back songs and crowd-friendly favorites rather than publishing a specific genre or set list. \nBrad also appears repeatedly on Barrel 33’s broader live-music calendar\, making him a regular part of the venue’s entertainment schedule. \nNo detailed official artist biography is currently published alongside the recurring event\, so visitors should avoid assuming a particular lineup\, genre mix\, or SilverMoon band configuration beyond the information Barrel 33 provides for the individual date. \nWhat Is the $20 Pretzel and Draft Beer Special?\nThe dedicated High Alti-Tuesdays event listing promotes a $20 Pretzel + Draft Beer Special. \nIt is one of the food-and-beverage offers designed to accompany the Tuesday live-music program. \nBecause restaurant menus\, beer selections\, serving sizes\, and promotions can change\, confirm the current offer with Barrel 33 when you order. The published promotion should not be interpreted as guaranteeing every draft beer or every menu variation at that price. \nVisitors who do not drink alcohol can still attend the live-music event and order from the venue’s other available food and beverage choices. \nIs High Alti-Tuesdays Free?\nNo separate ticket price or live-music cover charge is currently published for the recurring High Alti-Tuesdays program. \nGuests should plan to pay for whatever food and beverages they order. \nThis is different from a ticketed concert where admission buys access to a dedicated performance space. High Alti-Tuesdays operates as live entertainment within Barrel 33’s normal restaurant and beverage-service environment. \nIf a particular Tuesday becomes a special event or carries different conditions\, follow the current Barrel 33 event information for that date. \nWhere Is Barrel 33?\nHigh Alti-Tuesdays takes place at: \nBarrel 33\n40754 Village Dr.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n909-878-0838 \nThe venue is located in The Village\, Big Bear Lake’s walkable commercial district with restaurants\, shops\, entertainment\, and visitor services. \nThat location makes the event easy to combine with an afternoon of browsing The Village rather than driving from attraction to attraction. \nBarrel 33’s current published hours are 11:00 AM to 9:00 PM Sunday through Thursday and 11:00 AM to 10:00 PM Friday and Saturday\, so Tuesday’s live-music period falls comfortably within normal operating hours. \nWhere Should You Park?\nThe Village has public parking options\, and visitors should follow current signs\, posted time restrictions\, and any event-day directions. \nBecause Barrel 33 sits in a walkable commercial area\, you may not need to park immediately outside the venue. Parking once and exploring The Village on foot can be more convenient than moving your vehicle between nearby stops. \nAllow extra time during busy weekends\, holiday periods\, or winter recreation days when The Village may attract more visitors. \nNever use a private business lot unless signage indicates that parking is available for your visit. \nIs Barrel 33 Family-Friendly?\nBarrel 33’s current FAQ says the Big Bear location is family-friendly\, particularly earlier in the day. \nThat is relevant to High Alti-Tuesdays because the live music occurs during the afternoon rather than late at night. \nBarrel 33’s focus includes wine and craft beverages\, but the venue describes itself as a relaxed community space where families are welcome. \nAlcoholic drinks\, of course\, are limited to guests who meet legal age requirements. Families should also consider whether an afternoon restaurant and live-music environment suits their individual children. \nIs Barrel 33 Pet-Friendly?\nVisit Big Bear currently identifies Barrel 33 as a pet-friendly business and lists patio/outdoor seating among its amenities. \nIf you plan to bring a dog\, contact Barrel 33 before your visit to confirm where pets may sit and whether weather conditions affect patio availability. \nKeep dogs leashed and under control\, and remember that live music\, crowds\, food service\, and other dogs can make a restaurant environment stimulating for some pets. \nIf your dog is uncomfortable around music or busy dining spaces\, relaxing at a pet-friendly cabin may be a better option. \nWhat Should You Bring?\nHigh Alti-Tuesdays is a casual restaurant event\, so you do not need specialized gear. A few practical items can still help: \n\nA light layer or jacket for changing mountain temperatures\nValid identification if ordering alcohol\nA payment method for food and drinks\nSunglasses or sun protection if sitting outside\nComfortable shoes if exploring The Village before or after\nA leash and pet supplies if bringing a dog to an approved pet-friendly area\n\nIf you are coming directly from hiking\, skiing\, or another outdoor activity\, consider changing into clean\, dry clothing before heading to the restaurant. \nHow to Make a Midweek Getaway of High Alti-Tuesdays\nMonday: Arrive in Big Bear\nFor visitors with flexible schedules\, arriving Monday gives you a full Tuesday in the mountains without an early morning drive. \nCheck into your A Chalet cabin\, unpack\, have dinner\, and settle into the slower pace of a weekday stay. \nTuesday Morning: Explore Big Bear\nUse the morning for an activity appropriate to the season. \nIn warmer weather\, that might mean a walk\, a lake-oriented outing\, or time exploring local shops. In winter\, your morning may center on snow recreation or simply enjoying the mountain scenery. \nKeep the schedule flexible enough that you are not racing from a demanding activity to Barrel 33. \nTuesday Afternoon: High Alti-Tuesdays\nHead to The Village before the music window and find appropriate parking. \nSpend the afternoon at Barrel 33 enjoying Brad from SilverMoon\, food\, and whatever Tuesday specials are currently available. \nIf hearing Brad’s full set is important\, confirm the date-specific start time because September’s separate music calendar currently lists a shorter 1:30 PM-3:30 PM performance window within the broader 1:00 PM-4:00 PM High Alti-Tuesday period. \nTuesday Evening: Relax at Your Cabin\nAfter the music\, take your time returning to your cabin rather than beginning a long drive down the mountain. \nA vacation rental gives you a comfortable place to make dinner\, play games\, watch a movie\, or simply unwind after an afternoon in The Village. \nIf anyone in your group consumes alcohol\, arrange safe transportation and never drive impaired. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for your Tuesday Big Bear getaway. \nWednesday: Enjoy a Slow Morning\nAn extra night lets you enjoy breakfast at the cabin and another piece of Big Bear before checking out. \nThis can be particularly appealing for travelers who normally visit on crowded weekends. A midweek trip offers a different rhythm and makes High Alti-Tuesdays the centerpiece of a short mountain break. \nWhere to Stay for High Alti-Tuesdays 2026\nBecause Barrel 33 is in The Village in Big Bear Lake\, an A Chalet property in Big Bear Lake is the most natural base for High Alti-Tuesdays. \nFor a smaller group\, Dream Lake Cabin is a verified Big Bear Lake option currently listed for up to four guests with two bedrooms and one bathroom. Its live booking information includes a kitchen\, Wi-Fi\, outdoor grill\, air conditioning\, and pet-friendly accommodations. \nFor a larger group\, Conklin Canopy is currently listed in Big Bear Lake with three bedrooms\, two bathrooms\, and space for up to eight guests. Verified amenities include a fully equipped kitchen\, washer and dryer\, Wi-Fi\, game room\, barbecue\, secure deck\, and parking for up to three vehicles. \nA cabin is particularly useful for a midweek music getaway because there is no need to structure the entire trip around restaurants. Have breakfast at the rental\, enjoy Big Bear during the morning\, visit Barrel 33 in the afternoon\, and return to your own shared space for the evening. \nAlways check the live property listing before booking to confirm current occupancy\, parking\, amenities\, pet rules\, and house policies. \nBrowse current A Chalet rentals for High Alti-Tuesdays. \nTips for Booking a High Alti-Tuesdays Cabin Getaway\nConsider Monday and Tuesday nights. That schedule gives you a full Tuesday without driving into or out of the mountains immediately around the event. \nChoose Big Bear Lake. Barrel 33 is in The Village\, so a Big Bear Lake cabin keeps your stay centered near the event. \nConfirm the music time. The recurring event window and date-specific September performance schedule currently differ slightly. \nCheck pet rules carefully. Barrel 33 is listed as pet-friendly\, and some A Chalet cabins accept pets\, but individual rental rules and fees vary. \nPlan transportation if drinking. A cabin stay does not eliminate the need for a safe ride between Barrel 33 and your rental. \nCheck current specials. The $20 pretzel and draft beer promotion is currently advertised\, but food-and-beverage offers can change. \nUse the weekday advantage. Rather than packing Tuesday with activities\, leave enough free time to enjoy the music and The Village at a relaxed pace. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is High Alti-Tuesdays 2026?\nHigh Alti-Tuesdays is a recurring Tuesday event at Barrel 33. The dedicated event information currently lists the program from 1:00 PM to 4:00 PM on scheduled Tuesdays. \nWhere Is High Alti-Tuesdays?\nThe event takes place at Barrel 33\, 40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\, in The Village. \nWho Plays at High Alti-Tuesdays?\nThe recurring featured musician is Brad from SilverMoon\, with the event promoted around laid-back tunes and familiar favorites. \nIs High Alti-Tuesdays Free?\nNo separate admission or cover charge is currently published for the recurring live music. Guests pay for the food and beverages they order. \nWhat Is the Tuesday Special at Barrel 33?\nThe dedicated event listing currently advertises a $20 pretzel and draft beer special\, along with other menu and food-and-beverage deals. Confirm current availability when ordering. \nCan Families Attend High Alti-Tuesdays?\nBarrel 33’s current FAQ describes its Big Bear location as family-friendly\, especially earlier in the day. Alcohol is restricted to guests of legal drinking age. \nWhere Should I Stay for High Alti-Tuesdays?\nAn A Chalet cabin in Big Bear Lake provides a convenient home base for an afternoon at Barrel 33. An overnight stay lets you enjoy the event without building a same-day mountain drive around the live-music schedule. \nCheck A Chalet availability for your High Alti-Tuesday trip. \nPlan Your High Alti-Tuesdays 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nHigh Alti-Tuesdays 2026 is an easygoing way to add live music to a weekday in Big Bear Lake. Head to Barrel 33 in The Village for an afternoon featuring Brad from SilverMoon\, food and drinks\, and the venue’s Tuesday promotions. \nThe recurring program is advertised from 1:00 PM to 4:00 PM\, although some date-specific September listings currently show Brad performing from 1:30 PM to 3:30 PM. Confirm the exact set time if the music is the main reason for your visit. \nPairing the event with an overnight cabin stay makes it easy to enjoy Big Bear at a slower pace. Arrive the day before\, explore Tuesday morning\, spend the afternoon at Barrel 33\, then return to your cabin instead of immediately driving home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your High Alti-Tuesdays 2026 getaway. \n\n“`
URL:https://achalet.com/event/high-alti-tuesdays-live-music-and-specials-10/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260929T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260929T000000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215621Z
CREATED:20261016T215621Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215621Z
UID:13477-1790640000-1790640000@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Plein Air Art Competition
DESCRIPTION:Plein Air Art Competition 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nThe Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026 is Visit Big Bear’s third annual plein air competition and a month-long celebration of outdoor painting across the Big Bear Valley. Artists can create their competition work between September 12 and October 10\, 2026\, with gallery events beginning in September and the main Competition Gallery and awards scheduled for October. \nRegistered artists first complete online registration\, then visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center at 40824 Big Bear Boulevard to have their painting substrates stamped. The Visitor Center is currently listed as open daily from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. Artists may have multiple substrates stamped\, but the competition information says there is one submission per artist for galleries.  \nThe main submitted works will be displayed at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake. Visit Big Bear lists the principal competition awards as $2\,000 for first place\, $1\,500 for second place\, and $500 for third place. The awards ceremony is scheduled for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nThis event is particularly well suited to an overnight or multi-night Big Bear trip because artists are intentionally given time to explore the valley\, choose landscapes\, return to locations\, and continue developing their work. A Chalet offers cabins in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City that can serve as a base between painting sessions\, gallery visits\, and other fall activities.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear art trip. \nPlein Air Art Competition 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nBig Bear Plein Air Art Competition & Festival of Artist Events\n\n\nOrganizer\nVisit Big Bear\n\n\nCompetition year\n2026 — 3rd annual event\n\n\nCreate period\nSeptember 12-October 10\, 2026\n\n\nArtist registration\nOnline registration required before arrival\n\n\nMaximum artists\n75 participants\n\n\nSubstrate stamping\nBig Bear Lake Visitor Center\n\n\nVisitor Center\n40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nVisitor Center hours\nDaily\, 9:00 AM-5:00 PM\n\n\nCompetition Gallery\nDestination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake\n\n\nMain gallery period\nOctober 14-18\, 2026\n\n\nAwards ceremony\nOctober 18\, 2026 at 10:00 AM\n\n\nMain awards\n1st: $2\,000; 2nd: $1\,500; 3rd: $500\n\n\nPublic gallery access\nPublic invited; artwork available for purchase\n\n\nParking\nNo single competition-wide parking plan is published; follow instructions and posted rules at each location\n\n\nOfficial website\nVisit Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition\n\n\n\nVisit Big Bear confirms the September 12-October 10 creation period and lists every day in that period as part of the recurring competition calendar.  \nWhat Is the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition?\nThe Plein Air Art Competition invites artists to create landscapes outdoors in the Big Bear Valley\, working directly from the scenery rather than solely from photographs or studio references. \nWhat distinguishes the Big Bear format is its extended creation period. Artists do not have to arrive on one morning and complete their work under a short time limit. Visit Big Bear gives participants from September 12 through October 10 to explore\, select a location\, paint\, and potentially return to Big Bear to continue their work.  \nThat format encourages artists to experience the valley during early fall\, when the character of the landscape can change with light\, weather\, and seasonal conditions. Participants choose their own Big Bear landscape subject rather than being assigned one specific painting location for the main competition. \nFor 2026\, Visit Big Bear has expanded the program with a Festival of Artist Events. Registration in the main competition includes access to the highlighted festival activities\, and artists may choose to participate in one or several. The competition is limited to a maximum of 75 artist participants.  \nWhen Is the Plein Air Art Competition 2026?\nThe competition is not a single-day event. Instead\, it unfolds across several phases. \nSeptember 12-October 10: Create\nArtists may visit Big Bear at any point during this period to create their competition work. Before arriving\, participants are instructed to complete online registration. \nAfter reaching Big Bear\, artists must stop at the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center\, 40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, to have their painting substrates stamped. Visit Big Bear says artists can have as many substrates stamped as they wish. Completed competition artwork is then returned to the Visitor Center for storage before the gallery opens.  \nOctober 14-18: Competition Gallery\nVisit Big Bear’s dedicated competition page identifies the main gallery and awards period as October 14-18. The event calendar separately shows the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition Gallery running during this same mid-October period at 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake.  \nThe public is invited to view the competition artwork\, and Visit Big Bear states that artwork at the galleries will be available for purchase.  \nOctober 18: Awards Ceremony\nThe awards ceremony is scheduled for Sunday\, October 18 at 10:00 AM at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.  \nWhat Special Artist Events Are Part of the 2026 Festival?\nThe expanded 2026 Festival of Artist Events adds several opportunities beyond the main competition. \nArtist’s Best Work en Plein Air Gallery — September 18-19\nThis gallery gives participating artists another chance to exhibit and sell plein air work. Visit Big Bear lists a $500 Best of Show award for this portion of the festival.  \nThe Village Paint-Out — September 19\nA dedicated Paint-Out is scheduled in The Village Big Bear Lake on September 19. This provides a more concentrated event within the broader month-long competition period.  \nMoonridge Corridor Paint-Out — October 3\nAnother Paint-Out takes place in the Moonridge Corridor on October 3\, followed by a gallery on October 4. Visit Big Bear lists a separate $500 Best of Show award for this event.  \nMain Competition Gallery and Awards — October 14-18\nThe main competition concludes with the complete collection of submitted works and the awards ceremony. The principal prizes currently published are: \n\nFirst Place: $2\,000\nSecond Place: $1\,500\nThird Place: $500\n\nVisit Big Bear lists John Budicin\, Diane Moore\, and Lisa Mozzini-McDill as distinguished judges associated with the 2026 competition.  \nHow Do Artists Register and Submit Their Work?\nArtists should begin at the official Visit Big Bear Plein Air Competition page and complete the linked registration before traveling to Big Bear. \nThe currently published process is: \n\nComplete registration online before arriving.\nVisit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center during operating hours.\nHave the painting substrates you may use stamped.\nExplore Big Bear and create the work during the September 12-October 10 competition period.\nReturn the completed competition painting to the Visitor Center.\nSubmitted artwork is stored until the Competition Gallery opens.\n\nVisit Big Bear states that the 2026 competition has a maximum of 75 participating artists and allows one submission per artist for the galleries.  \nThe public page reviewed for this guide does not display a clearly stated universal competition registration price in its main event information. Artists should check the live registration form for the current fee and full participation terms rather than relying on a prior year’s price. \nWhere Are the Visitor Center and Competition Gallery?\nBig Bear Lake Visitor Center\n40824 Big Bear Boulevard\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nThe Visitor Center is currently listed as open daily from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM and is the location where artists get substrates stamped and return completed competition paintings.  \nDestination Big Bear Event Room\n713 Stocker Rd.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA \nThis is the published location for the Competition Gallery\, the October 18 awards ceremony\, and the public pop-up galleries associated with the festival.  \nNo single parking plan covering every competition location is published. Artists and gallery visitors should follow event instructions and posted parking regulations at the Visitor Center\, The Village\, Moonridge\, and the Destination Big Bear Event Room. \nCan Non-Artists Attend the Plein Air Events?\nYes. The competition is not only for participating painters. \nVisit Big Bear specifically invites art enthusiasts\, collectors\, and members of the community to attend the pop-up galleries and view the complete collection of 2026 competition artwork. Artwork will also be available for purchase.  \nThat makes the October gallery period a good option for visitors who enjoy art but do not plan to enter the competition themselves. \nA public admission charge for the galleries is not stated on the current competition page. Visitors should check the individual gallery listing closer to their chosen date if admission\, opening hours\, or purchasing procedures are important to their plans. \nWhat Should Artists Bring?\nVisit Big Bear does not publish one universal equipment list because plein air painters work with different media and setups. Participants should therefore prepare according to their own painting method and the outdoor mountain environment. \nA practical artist packing list may include: \n\nYour preferred paints\, brushes\, and painting tools\nMultiple eligible substrates to have stamped at the Visitor Center\nPortable easel or pochade setup\nWater or appropriate painting medium\nSun protection\nWeather-appropriate layers\nWater and snacks\nProtective equipment for transporting wet artwork\nAny personal medications or necessities\n\nBecause artists choose their own locations around Big Bear\, conditions can vary significantly between lakefront areas\, forested locations\, The Village\, and higher-elevation viewpoints. Check the forecast and current access conditions before setting up outdoors. \nHow to Make a Weekend of the Plein Air Art Competition\nDay 1: Arrive\, Register\, and Scout Locations\nComplete online registration before leaving home. After arriving in Big Bear\, check into your cabin and visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center between 9:00 AM and 5:00 PM to get your substrates stamped. \nInstead of immediately committing to the first landscape you see\, use part of the afternoon to explore Big Bear Valley and observe how light falls across different areas. \nDay 2: Paint en Plein Air\nStart early enough to work during the light conditions you want to capture. Because the competition gives artists nearly a month to create\, there is no need to treat the trip like a speed-painting contest unless you’re participating in a specific Paint-Out. \nReturning to a cabin between sessions can be useful for organizing supplies\, resting\, eating\, and preparing for another painting period. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for your Plein Air Competition dates. \nReturn for the Gallery or Awards\nArtists do not have to treat the September-October creation period and October gallery as a single continuous stay. Visit Big Bear explicitly allows artists to visit once or return to Big Bear to continue their work.  \nYou might therefore plan one trip for painting and another for the Competition Gallery and October 18 awards ceremony. \nWhere to Stay for the Plein Air Art Competition\nBecause the competition spans the Big Bear Valley and important event locations are in Big Bear Lake\, staying in Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City makes practical sense. \nA Chalet currently offers cabins in both destinations\, with properties ranging from smaller two-bedroom stays to larger three- and four-bedroom rentals. Current examples shown in A Chalet’s collection include Heavenly Bay Retreat and Jaybird Cabin with two bedrooms\, Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms\, and Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge with four bedrooms.  \nFor an artist traveling alone or with a partner\, a smaller cabin can provide a straightforward base between painting sessions. Friends participating together may prefer additional bedrooms and common space for organizing the trip. \nIf you need particular features for an art-focused stay—such as parking capacity\, a kitchen\, laundry facilities\, pet permission\, or additional indoor space—verify them on the current individual property listing before booking. Amenities differ by cabin and should not be assumed. \nA multi-night stay may be especially useful for this competition because participants are encouraged to explore the landscape rather than paint against a single-day deadline. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking an Art Competition Weekend Cabin\nChoose your competition phase first. A September painting trip\, October 3 Moonridge Paint-Out weekend\, and October 14-18 gallery trip have different schedules. \nComplete artist registration before traveling. Visit Big Bear specifically instructs participants to register online before arriving. \nAllow time for the Visitor Center. Substrates need to be stamped\, and current Visitor Center hours are 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. \nConsider more than one night. One of the main advantages of this competition is the ability to explore different Big Bear landscapes and work without a short painting deadline. \nMatch the cabin to your group. Solo artists and couples may prefer smaller accommodations\, while several artists traveling together can compare multi-bedroom rentals. \nVerify amenities directly. Parking\, kitchens\, pet policies\, and other property features vary across A Chalet’s inventory. \nRecheck event details before your trip. Gallery hours\, registration availability\, and individual festival-event instructions can change. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026?\nArtists can create competition work from September 12 through October 10\, 2026. The main gallery period follows in mid-October\, with the awards ceremony scheduled for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nWhere Is the Plein Air Art Competition?\nPainting can take place across the Big Bear Valley. Substrate stamping and artwork drop-off are handled through the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center at 40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, while the main Competition Gallery is held at 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake.  \nDo Artists Need to Register?\nYes. Visit Big Bear directs artists to complete online registration before arriving. The 2026 competition is limited to a maximum of 75 artist participants.  \nWhat Are the 2026 Plein Air Competition Prizes?\nThe main competition awards are currently listed as $2\,000 for first place\, $1\,500 for second place\, and $500 for third place. Separate $500 Best of Show prizes are also listed for certain festival galleries.  \nCan the Public Visit the Galleries?\nYes. Visit Big Bear invites the public\, art enthusiasts\, and collectors to attend the galleries. Artwork is expected to be available for purchase.  \nWhen Is the Awards Ceremony?\nThe awards ceremony is scheduled for October 18\, 2026 at 10:00 AM at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.  \nWhere Should I Stay for the Plein Air Art Competition?\nBig Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City is practical because the competition is centered throughout the Big Bear Valley and key administrative and gallery locations are in Big Bear Lake. A Chalet offers cabins of several sizes in the Big Bear area. Browse current A Chalet availability. \nPlan Your Plein Air Art Competition 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nThe Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026 gives painters something many competitions do not: time. From September 12 through October 10\, registered artists can explore Big Bear\, choose their landscape\, paint\, return to refine their work\, and participate in an expanded schedule of festival events.  \nThe 2026 festival includes the Artist’s Best Work gallery on September 18-19\, The Village Paint-Out on September 19\, the Moonridge Paint-Out on October 3\, the Moonridge gallery on October 4\, and the main Competition Gallery and awards activities in mid-October. The awards ceremony is set for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nArtists should register online before arriving\, visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center to have substrates stamped\, and verify the latest competition instructions before beginning their work. \nFor a trip built around several painting sessions—or a separate return visit for the gallery and awards—an overnight cabin gives you a comfortable base in the Big Bear Valley instead of forcing the creative process into a single day. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around the Plein Air Art Competition 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/plein-air-art-competition-20/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260928T090000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260928T120000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215629Z
CREATED:20261016T215629Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215629Z
UID:14033-1790586000-1790596800@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Landscape Painting Classes
DESCRIPTION:Landscape Painting Classes 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nLandscape Painting Classes 2026 are Monday morning art sessions at Miller Park in Fawnskin\, on the north side of Big Bear Lake. Classes run from 9:00 AM to 12:00 PM and welcome oil\, acrylic\, and watercolor painters. All skill levels are welcome\, although the published event information notes that some previous painting or art-class experience can be helpful. \nThe 2026 series is scheduled on Mondays through September 28\, 2026. As of September 10\, the remaining published classes are September 14\, September 21\, and September 28. The official event listing identifies Miller Park at 1178 Chickasaw\, Fawnskin\, CA 92333 as the venue and says parking is available at the park. ?cite?turn0search0?turn0search9? \nInstructor Marilyn begins sessions with instruction on painting techniques and follows with a demonstration using a reference photo. The classes also introduce basic plein air painting skills. Participants bring their own painting supplies and may register online or contact Big Bear Valley Recreation & Parks District at 909-866-9700. ?cite?turn0search0? \nFor visitors traveling to the mountains specifically for a class\, staying Sunday night can make the 9:00 AM Monday start more enjoyable. A Chalet offers cabins in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City\, providing a local base for a creative weekend before the Monday morning session. ?cite?turn1search0? \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for a Big Bear painting getaway. \nLandscape Painting Classes 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nLandscape Painting Classes\n\n\n2026 season\nMondays through September 28\, 2026\n\n\nRemaining published dates\nSeptember 14\, September 21\, and September 28\n\n\nTime\n9:00 AM-12:00 PM\n\n\nVenue\nMiller Park\n\n\nAddress\n1178 Chickasaw\, Fawnskin\, CA 92333\n\n\nInstructor\nMarilyn\n\n\nSkill level\nAll skill levels welcome; some previous painting or art-class experience may be helpful\n\n\nMedia\nOil\, acrylic\, and watercolor\n\n\nClass content\nPainting techniques\, demonstration painting\, and basic plein air painting skills\n\n\nSupplies\nParticipants bring their own painting materials\n\n\nParking\nAvailable at Miller Park\n\n\nOrganizer/contact\nBig Bear Valley Recreation & Parks District\n\n\nPhone\n909-866-9700\n\n\nAdmission\nConfirm current registration fee with the Recreation & Parks District\n\n\nEvent information\nVisit Big Bear Landscape Painting Classes\n\n\n\nWhat Are the Landscape Painting Classes?\nThe Landscape Painting Classes are recurring three-hour art sessions designed to help participants develop landscape-painting techniques in a mountain setting. The classes take place at Miller Park in Fawnskin and are taught by an instructor identified in the event information as Marilyn\, who paints primarily with oils. \nThe format combines instruction with demonstration. Each session begins with a short lesson on painting techniques\, supported by a handout and potentially a presentation or video. Marilyn then demonstrates a painting using a reference photograph and teaches fundamental plein air painting skills. ?cite?turn0search0? \nThe classes are not restricted to oil painters. Oil\, acrylic\, and watercolor painters are welcome\, giving participants flexibility to work in the medium they already know or prefer. ?cite?turn0search0? \nThe event welcomes all skill levels. Complete newcomers should note\, however\, that the organizer says previous painting or art-class experience can be helpful. That makes the sessions particularly appealing to hobby artists who already understand some basic materials but want more guidance with landscapes and plein air techniques. \nWhen and Where Are the Landscape Painting Classes?\nThe 2026 Landscape Painting Classes are scheduled on Mondays from 9:00 AM until 12:00 PM at Miller Park. \nThe published season runs through September 28\, 2026. With September 7 now past\, the remaining classes on the current Visit Big Bear calendar are: \n\nMonday\, September 14\, 2026 — 9:00 AM-12:00 PM\nMonday\, September 21\, 2026 — 9:00 AM-12:00 PM\nMonday\, September 28\, 2026 — 9:00 AM-12:00 PM\n\nVisit Big Bear’s live event calendar confirms the September 14\, September 21\, and September 28 occurrences. ?cite?turn0search9?turn0search11? \nThe venue is: \nMiller Park\n1178 Chickasaw\nFawnskin\, CA 92333 \nSan Bernardino County’s official Miller Park venue page independently confirms the 1178 Chickasaw address and lists Landscape Paint programming at the park. ?cite?turn1search3? \nWhat Can Visitors Expect in a Landscape Painting Class?\nThis is a structured art class rather than simply an informal gathering of painters. The published format includes instruction\, demonstration\, and practical painting work. \nParticipants can expect the session to begin with a short lesson about painting techniques. The instructor may use printed materials\, a presentation\, or video to support the lesson. A demonstration painting based on a reference photograph follows\, allowing students to observe how the instructor approaches the subject. ?cite?turn0search0? \nThe class also introduces basic plein air painting skills. Plein air painting refers to working directly from the outdoor landscape rather than exclusively from photographs or inside a studio. \nThat connection makes Fawnskin a fitting setting for the program. The north shore of Big Bear Lake places participants in a mountain community surrounded by forest\, lake\, and changing seasonal scenery—useful inspiration for anyone interested in landscape art. \nThe exact subject or painting completed during a particular Monday session is not published in advance\, so participants should not assume every class follows an identical project. \nWhat Painting Supplies Should You Bring?\nParticipants are expected to bring their own painting materials. The published supply list is fairly detailed\, so preparing before traveling to Big Bear is important. \n\nA table easel\nAn 8×10\, 9×12\, 11×14\, or 12×16 stretched canvas or board panel\, or 140-pound watercolor paper\nOil\, acrylic\, or watercolor paints\nOdorless solvent such as Gamsol if working in oils\nWarm and cool red\nWarm and cool blue\nWarm and cool yellow\nWhite and black\nA basic set of flat or filbert brushes\, including sizes #2\, #4\, #6\, #8\, and #10\nA palette\nSketching paper or a sketchbook for thumbnail sketches\nA reference photograph of something you would like to paint\nDrawing pencils and an eraser\nGloves and an apron\nPaper towels\n\nThe organizer notes that additional paint colors and brushes are fine if you prefer to use them. Marilyn favors Masterson palettes\, but participants may use their preferred palette. ?cite?turn0search0? \nOil painters should pay particular attention to the solvent instruction: the published materials list specifies odorless solvent. \nDo You Need Painting Experience?\nNo specific minimum skill level is published. The classes welcome all levels of skill. \nHowever\, the organizer adds that some previous painting or art classes would be helpful. That distinction is useful when deciding whether the class fits your experience. \nA first-time painter is not expressly excluded\, but someone who already knows how to handle brushes\, mix basic colors\, and set up their chosen medium may find it easier to focus on the landscape techniques being taught. \nIf you are completely new to painting and unsure whether the class is appropriate\, contact Big Bear Valley Recreation & Parks District at 909-866-9700 before registering. \nRegistration\, Cost\, and Class Information\nThe event information says participants may sign up online or contact Big Bear Valley Recreation & Parks District. ?cite?turn0search0? \nA reliable current class fee is not published on the Visit Big Bear page reviewed for this guide\, so no price is stated here. Contact the Recreation & Parks District for the current registration cost\, availability\, and any cancellation or age policies that apply to your chosen date. \nThis is especially important if you are planning an overnight trip around the class. Confirm your class registration before making the Monday session the centerpiece of your itinerary. \nParking and Getting to Miller Park\nThe official event listing states that parking is available at Miller Park. ?cite?turn0search0? \nMiller Park is located at 1178 Chickasaw in Fawnskin\, on the north side of the Big Bear Valley. San Bernardino County’s venue listing confirms the same address. ?cite?turn1search3? \nBecause class begins at 9:00 AM\, allow enough time to park and carry your supplies to the class area before instruction starts. Painting equipment can take longer to unload and organize than gear for a typical indoor activity. \nCheck mountain road and weather conditions before departure\, particularly if you are traveling into Big Bear on Monday morning. \nWhat Else Should You Bring for a Mountain Painting Morning?\nIn addition to the required art supplies\, a few practical items can make the morning more comfortable: \n\nWater\nWeather-appropriate layers\nSun protection if part of the session is outdoors\nA bag or container that keeps brushes and supplies organized\nProtection for transporting a wet oil or acrylic painting\nA cloth or additional paper towels for cleanup\nYour registration information\n\nBecause the class teaches plein air fundamentals\, prepare for the possibility of spending time in outdoor conditions. Mountain weather can change during a three-hour morning session. \nIf you work in oils\, also think ahead about transporting a wet painting back to your cabin or vehicle without damaging it. \nHow to Make a Creative Weekend of the Landscape Painting Classes\nSaturday: Arrive and Find Inspiration\nTurn the Monday class into a longer Big Bear art getaway by arriving over the weekend. Spend Saturday settling into your cabin and exploring the valley at an unhurried pace. \nIf you are bringing a reference photograph for class\, the weekend can also give you time to think about the type of landscape you want to paint. \nSunday: Explore Big Bear’s Scenery\nUse Sunday for a relaxed scenic day rather than filling every hour with activities. The Big Bear Valley offers lake\, forest\, mountain\, and village environments that can help put you in a creative mindset before Monday’s class. \nSeptember 2026 is also the creation period for Big Bear’s third annual Plein Air Art Competition\, which runs from September 12 through October 10. Artists participating in that separate competition can potentially build a broader art-focused trip around the valley\, although its registration and submission requirements are separate from the Miller Park class. \nReturn to your cabin Sunday evening and organize your easel\, paints\, brushes\, canvas or paper\, reference image\, and other supplies so you are ready to leave Monday morning. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for a creative Big Bear weekend. \nMonday: Paint at Miller Park\nHave breakfast early and head toward Fawnskin with enough time to park and unload your materials before the 9:00 AM class. \nThe session runs until noon. Afterward\, carefully pack your artwork—especially if it is still wet—and consider having lunch or spending additional time around Big Bear before leaving the mountains. \nFor travelers who do not need to return home Monday afternoon\, an additional night can remove the pressure to pack up a cabin\, attend a three-hour painting class\, and immediately begin a long drive on the same day. \nWhere to Stay for Landscape Painting Classes\nThe class itself is in Fawnskin. A Chalet’s current destination collection focuses on Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and Lake Arrowhead. For a Miller Park class\, Big Bear Lake or Big Bear City are the relevant choices because they keep you within the broader Big Bear Valley. ?cite?turn1search0? \nCouples and solo artists can consider smaller A Chalet properties\, while friends attending together may prefer a two- or three-bedroom cabin with more shared space. \nCurrent A Chalet featured listings include Bear Den with one bedroom and one bath; Heavenly Bay Retreat and Maverick’s Cabin with two bedrooms and two baths; Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms and two baths; and larger four-bedroom options including Boulder Landing\, Rustic Ridge\, and Elevated Escape. ?cite?turn1search0? \nFor example\, Maverick’s Cabin is currently listed in Big Bear City with two bedrooms and two bathrooms. Its current property page lists a refrigerator\, microwave\, washer\, dryer\, Wi-Fi\, and other amenities. ?cite?turn1search4? \nA cabin can be particularly practical for an art weekend because it gives you a place to organize supplies\, prepare breakfast before class\, and relax after several hours of concentrated painting. \nDo not assume every cabin has the same workspace\, parking\, or amenities. Review the live property listing before reserving\, especially if you are bringing bulky art equipment. \nCheck current A Chalet availability for your Landscape Painting Classes trip. \nTips for Booking a Landscape Painting Weekend Cabin\nConfirm your class first. The remaining published dates are September 14\, September 21\, and September 28\, but registration availability should be verified with Big Bear Valley Recreation & Parks District. \nConsider arriving Sunday at the latest. Staying locally avoids combining a mountain drive with unloading art supplies before a 9:00 AM class. \nPack from the official materials list. This is not a class where you should assume paints\, canvases\, brushes\, or easels will be supplied. \nPlan for wet artwork. Bring an appropriate way to transport your finished piece without damaging your vehicle or cabin. \nChoose your cabin based on your group. A solo artist may need very little space\, while several painters traveling together may value separate bedrooms and room to organize supplies. \nVerify property rules before using art materials indoors. Avoid painting\, cleaning brushes\, or using solvents inside a vacation rental unless the property rules clearly permit what you plan to do. Protect the cabin and handle art materials responsibly. \nLeave some unscheduled time. A creative mountain trip works well when you have time to observe the landscape instead of rushing from one activity to another. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Are the Landscape Painting Classes in Big Bear in 2026?\nThe classes are held on Mondays from 9:00 AM to noon through September 28. As of September 10\, the remaining published sessions are September 14\, September 21\, and September 28\, 2026. ?cite?turn0search0?turn0search11? \nWhere Are the Landscape Painting Classes?\nClasses take place at Miller Park\, 1178 Chickasaw\, Fawnskin\, CA 92333. Parking is available at the park. ?cite?turn0search0?turn1search3? \nDo I Need Painting Experience?\nAll skill levels are welcome\, although the organizer says some prior painting or art-class experience may be helpful. \nCan I Use Watercolor or Acrylic Paint?\nYes. The class welcomes oil\, acrylic\, and watercolor painters. Instructor Marilyn works in oils\, but participants do not have to use the same medium. ?cite?turn0search0? \nDo I Need to Bring My Own Art Supplies?\nYes. The published materials list asks participants to bring an easel\, painting surface\, paints\, brushes\, palette\, sketching materials\, reference photograph\, pencils\, eraser\, gloves\, apron\, paper towels\, and other supplies appropriate to their medium. ?cite?turn0search0? \nHow Do I Register?\nThe event information says participants may sign up online or contact Big Bear Valley Recreation & Parks District at 909-866-9700. Confirm the current fee and availability when registering. ?cite?turn0search0? \nWhere Should I Stay for the Landscape Painting Classes?\nBig Bear Lake and Big Bear City are the most relevant A Chalet destinations for a class at Miller Park in Fawnskin. Staying Sunday night gives you a local base before the 9:00 AM Monday session and avoids starting your painting day with a long drive into the mountains. ?cite?turn1search0? \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear art getaway. \nPlan Your Landscape Painting Classes 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nLandscape Painting Classes Big Bear 2026 offer artists a relaxed Monday morning devoted to technique\, demonstration\, and the fundamentals of plein air painting. The three-hour sessions at Miller Park welcome oil\, acrylic\, and watercolor painters and are suitable for a range of experience levels. \nAs of September 10\, three classes remain on the published calendar: September 14\, September 21\, and September 28\, each from 9:00 AM to noon. Bring your own easel\, painting surface\, paints\, brushes\, palette\, reference photograph\, and other required materials\, and confirm registration with Big Bear Valley Recreation & Parks District before making the trip. ?cite?turn0search0?turn0search11? \nFor visitors coming from outside the mountains\, an overnight stay can turn a Monday art class into a more complete creative escape. Arrive over the weekend\, explore the Big Bear Valley for inspiration\, organize your painting supplies Sunday evening\, and wake up locally for the morning session in Fawnskin. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Landscape Painting Classes 2026 getaway.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/landscape-painting-classes-3/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260928T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260928T000000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215621Z
CREATED:20261016T215621Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215621Z
UID:13474-1790553600-1790553600@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Plein Air Art Competition
DESCRIPTION:Plein Air Art Competition 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nThe Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026 is Visit Big Bear’s third annual plein air competition and a month-long celebration of outdoor painting across the Big Bear Valley. Artists can create their competition work between September 12 and October 10\, 2026\, with gallery events beginning in September and the main Competition Gallery and awards scheduled for October. \nRegistered artists first complete online registration\, then visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center at 40824 Big Bear Boulevard to have their painting substrates stamped. The Visitor Center is currently listed as open daily from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. Artists may have multiple substrates stamped\, but the competition information says there is one submission per artist for galleries.  \nThe main submitted works will be displayed at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake. Visit Big Bear lists the principal competition awards as $2\,000 for first place\, $1\,500 for second place\, and $500 for third place. The awards ceremony is scheduled for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nThis event is particularly well suited to an overnight or multi-night Big Bear trip because artists are intentionally given time to explore the valley\, choose landscapes\, return to locations\, and continue developing their work. A Chalet offers cabins in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City that can serve as a base between painting sessions\, gallery visits\, and other fall activities.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear art trip. \nPlein Air Art Competition 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nBig Bear Plein Air Art Competition & Festival of Artist Events\n\n\nOrganizer\nVisit Big Bear\n\n\nCompetition year\n2026 — 3rd annual event\n\n\nCreate period\nSeptember 12-October 10\, 2026\n\n\nArtist registration\nOnline registration required before arrival\n\n\nMaximum artists\n75 participants\n\n\nSubstrate stamping\nBig Bear Lake Visitor Center\n\n\nVisitor Center\n40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nVisitor Center hours\nDaily\, 9:00 AM-5:00 PM\n\n\nCompetition Gallery\nDestination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake\n\n\nMain gallery period\nOctober 14-18\, 2026\n\n\nAwards ceremony\nOctober 18\, 2026 at 10:00 AM\n\n\nMain awards\n1st: $2\,000; 2nd: $1\,500; 3rd: $500\n\n\nPublic gallery access\nPublic invited; artwork available for purchase\n\n\nParking\nNo single competition-wide parking plan is published; follow instructions and posted rules at each location\n\n\nOfficial website\nVisit Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition\n\n\n\nVisit Big Bear confirms the September 12-October 10 creation period and lists every day in that period as part of the recurring competition calendar.  \nWhat Is the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition?\nThe Plein Air Art Competition invites artists to create landscapes outdoors in the Big Bear Valley\, working directly from the scenery rather than solely from photographs or studio references. \nWhat distinguishes the Big Bear format is its extended creation period. Artists do not have to arrive on one morning and complete their work under a short time limit. Visit Big Bear gives participants from September 12 through October 10 to explore\, select a location\, paint\, and potentially return to Big Bear to continue their work.  \nThat format encourages artists to experience the valley during early fall\, when the character of the landscape can change with light\, weather\, and seasonal conditions. Participants choose their own Big Bear landscape subject rather than being assigned one specific painting location for the main competition. \nFor 2026\, Visit Big Bear has expanded the program with a Festival of Artist Events. Registration in the main competition includes access to the highlighted festival activities\, and artists may choose to participate in one or several. The competition is limited to a maximum of 75 artist participants.  \nWhen Is the Plein Air Art Competition 2026?\nThe competition is not a single-day event. Instead\, it unfolds across several phases. \nSeptember 12-October 10: Create\nArtists may visit Big Bear at any point during this period to create their competition work. Before arriving\, participants are instructed to complete online registration. \nAfter reaching Big Bear\, artists must stop at the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center\, 40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, to have their painting substrates stamped. Visit Big Bear says artists can have as many substrates stamped as they wish. Completed competition artwork is then returned to the Visitor Center for storage before the gallery opens.  \nOctober 14-18: Competition Gallery\nVisit Big Bear’s dedicated competition page identifies the main gallery and awards period as October 14-18. The event calendar separately shows the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition Gallery running during this same mid-October period at 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake.  \nThe public is invited to view the competition artwork\, and Visit Big Bear states that artwork at the galleries will be available for purchase.  \nOctober 18: Awards Ceremony\nThe awards ceremony is scheduled for Sunday\, October 18 at 10:00 AM at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.  \nWhat Special Artist Events Are Part of the 2026 Festival?\nThe expanded 2026 Festival of Artist Events adds several opportunities beyond the main competition. \nArtist’s Best Work en Plein Air Gallery — September 18-19\nThis gallery gives participating artists another chance to exhibit and sell plein air work. Visit Big Bear lists a $500 Best of Show award for this portion of the festival.  \nThe Village Paint-Out — September 19\nA dedicated Paint-Out is scheduled in The Village Big Bear Lake on September 19. This provides a more concentrated event within the broader month-long competition period.  \nMoonridge Corridor Paint-Out — October 3\nAnother Paint-Out takes place in the Moonridge Corridor on October 3\, followed by a gallery on October 4. Visit Big Bear lists a separate $500 Best of Show award for this event.  \nMain Competition Gallery and Awards — October 14-18\nThe main competition concludes with the complete collection of submitted works and the awards ceremony. The principal prizes currently published are: \n\nFirst Place: $2\,000\nSecond Place: $1\,500\nThird Place: $500\n\nVisit Big Bear lists John Budicin\, Diane Moore\, and Lisa Mozzini-McDill as distinguished judges associated with the 2026 competition.  \nHow Do Artists Register and Submit Their Work?\nArtists should begin at the official Visit Big Bear Plein Air Competition page and complete the linked registration before traveling to Big Bear. \nThe currently published process is: \n\nComplete registration online before arriving.\nVisit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center during operating hours.\nHave the painting substrates you may use stamped.\nExplore Big Bear and create the work during the September 12-October 10 competition period.\nReturn the completed competition painting to the Visitor Center.\nSubmitted artwork is stored until the Competition Gallery opens.\n\nVisit Big Bear states that the 2026 competition has a maximum of 75 participating artists and allows one submission per artist for the galleries.  \nThe public page reviewed for this guide does not display a clearly stated universal competition registration price in its main event information. Artists should check the live registration form for the current fee and full participation terms rather than relying on a prior year’s price. \nWhere Are the Visitor Center and Competition Gallery?\nBig Bear Lake Visitor Center\n40824 Big Bear Boulevard\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nThe Visitor Center is currently listed as open daily from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM and is the location where artists get substrates stamped and return completed competition paintings.  \nDestination Big Bear Event Room\n713 Stocker Rd.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA \nThis is the published location for the Competition Gallery\, the October 18 awards ceremony\, and the public pop-up galleries associated with the festival.  \nNo single parking plan covering every competition location is published. Artists and gallery visitors should follow event instructions and posted parking regulations at the Visitor Center\, The Village\, Moonridge\, and the Destination Big Bear Event Room. \nCan Non-Artists Attend the Plein Air Events?\nYes. The competition is not only for participating painters. \nVisit Big Bear specifically invites art enthusiasts\, collectors\, and members of the community to attend the pop-up galleries and view the complete collection of 2026 competition artwork. Artwork will also be available for purchase.  \nThat makes the October gallery period a good option for visitors who enjoy art but do not plan to enter the competition themselves. \nA public admission charge for the galleries is not stated on the current competition page. Visitors should check the individual gallery listing closer to their chosen date if admission\, opening hours\, or purchasing procedures are important to their plans. \nWhat Should Artists Bring?\nVisit Big Bear does not publish one universal equipment list because plein air painters work with different media and setups. Participants should therefore prepare according to their own painting method and the outdoor mountain environment. \nA practical artist packing list may include: \n\nYour preferred paints\, brushes\, and painting tools\nMultiple eligible substrates to have stamped at the Visitor Center\nPortable easel or pochade setup\nWater or appropriate painting medium\nSun protection\nWeather-appropriate layers\nWater and snacks\nProtective equipment for transporting wet artwork\nAny personal medications or necessities\n\nBecause artists choose their own locations around Big Bear\, conditions can vary significantly between lakefront areas\, forested locations\, The Village\, and higher-elevation viewpoints. Check the forecast and current access conditions before setting up outdoors. \nHow to Make a Weekend of the Plein Air Art Competition\nDay 1: Arrive\, Register\, and Scout Locations\nComplete online registration before leaving home. After arriving in Big Bear\, check into your cabin and visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center between 9:00 AM and 5:00 PM to get your substrates stamped. \nInstead of immediately committing to the first landscape you see\, use part of the afternoon to explore Big Bear Valley and observe how light falls across different areas. \nDay 2: Paint en Plein Air\nStart early enough to work during the light conditions you want to capture. Because the competition gives artists nearly a month to create\, there is no need to treat the trip like a speed-painting contest unless you’re participating in a specific Paint-Out. \nReturning to a cabin between sessions can be useful for organizing supplies\, resting\, eating\, and preparing for another painting period. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for your Plein Air Competition dates. \nReturn for the Gallery or Awards\nArtists do not have to treat the September-October creation period and October gallery as a single continuous stay. Visit Big Bear explicitly allows artists to visit once or return to Big Bear to continue their work.  \nYou might therefore plan one trip for painting and another for the Competition Gallery and October 18 awards ceremony. \nWhere to Stay for the Plein Air Art Competition\nBecause the competition spans the Big Bear Valley and important event locations are in Big Bear Lake\, staying in Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City makes practical sense. \nA Chalet currently offers cabins in both destinations\, with properties ranging from smaller two-bedroom stays to larger three- and four-bedroom rentals. Current examples shown in A Chalet’s collection include Heavenly Bay Retreat and Jaybird Cabin with two bedrooms\, Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms\, and Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge with four bedrooms.  \nFor an artist traveling alone or with a partner\, a smaller cabin can provide a straightforward base between painting sessions. Friends participating together may prefer additional bedrooms and common space for organizing the trip. \nIf you need particular features for an art-focused stay—such as parking capacity\, a kitchen\, laundry facilities\, pet permission\, or additional indoor space—verify them on the current individual property listing before booking. Amenities differ by cabin and should not be assumed. \nA multi-night stay may be especially useful for this competition because participants are encouraged to explore the landscape rather than paint against a single-day deadline. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking an Art Competition Weekend Cabin\nChoose your competition phase first. A September painting trip\, October 3 Moonridge Paint-Out weekend\, and October 14-18 gallery trip have different schedules. \nComplete artist registration before traveling. Visit Big Bear specifically instructs participants to register online before arriving. \nAllow time for the Visitor Center. Substrates need to be stamped\, and current Visitor Center hours are 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. \nConsider more than one night. One of the main advantages of this competition is the ability to explore different Big Bear landscapes and work without a short painting deadline. \nMatch the cabin to your group. Solo artists and couples may prefer smaller accommodations\, while several artists traveling together can compare multi-bedroom rentals. \nVerify amenities directly. Parking\, kitchens\, pet policies\, and other property features vary across A Chalet’s inventory. \nRecheck event details before your trip. Gallery hours\, registration availability\, and individual festival-event instructions can change. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026?\nArtists can create competition work from September 12 through October 10\, 2026. The main gallery period follows in mid-October\, with the awards ceremony scheduled for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nWhere Is the Plein Air Art Competition?\nPainting can take place across the Big Bear Valley. Substrate stamping and artwork drop-off are handled through the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center at 40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, while the main Competition Gallery is held at 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake.  \nDo Artists Need to Register?\nYes. Visit Big Bear directs artists to complete online registration before arriving. The 2026 competition is limited to a maximum of 75 artist participants.  \nWhat Are the 2026 Plein Air Competition Prizes?\nThe main competition awards are currently listed as $2\,000 for first place\, $1\,500 for second place\, and $500 for third place. Separate $500 Best of Show prizes are also listed for certain festival galleries.  \nCan the Public Visit the Galleries?\nYes. Visit Big Bear invites the public\, art enthusiasts\, and collectors to attend the galleries. Artwork is expected to be available for purchase.  \nWhen Is the Awards Ceremony?\nThe awards ceremony is scheduled for October 18\, 2026 at 10:00 AM at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.  \nWhere Should I Stay for the Plein Air Art Competition?\nBig Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City is practical because the competition is centered throughout the Big Bear Valley and key administrative and gallery locations are in Big Bear Lake. A Chalet offers cabins of several sizes in the Big Bear area. Browse current A Chalet availability. \nPlan Your Plein Air Art Competition 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nThe Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026 gives painters something many competitions do not: time. From September 12 through October 10\, registered artists can explore Big Bear\, choose their landscape\, paint\, return to refine their work\, and participate in an expanded schedule of festival events.  \nThe 2026 festival includes the Artist’s Best Work gallery on September 18-19\, The Village Paint-Out on September 19\, the Moonridge Paint-Out on October 3\, the Moonridge gallery on October 4\, and the main Competition Gallery and awards activities in mid-October. The awards ceremony is set for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nArtists should register online before arriving\, visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center to have substrates stamped\, and verify the latest competition instructions before beginning their work. \nFor a trip built around several painting sessions—or a separate return visit for the gallery and awards—an overnight cabin gives you a comfortable base in the Big Bear Valley instead of forcing the creative process into a single day. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around the Plein Air Art Competition 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/plein-air-art-competition-19/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260927T140000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260927T150000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215624Z
CREATED:20261016T215624Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215624Z
UID:14031-1790517600-1790521200@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Mountain Story Time
DESCRIPTION:Mountain Story Time 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nMountain Story Time 2026 is a recurring family program at the Big Bear Discovery Center in Fawnskin featuring stories and hot chocolate in a nature-focused setting. The published schedule runs through December 20\, 2026\, with Story Time held Fridays at 12:00 PM and Sundays at 2:00 PM. The program is described as family-friendly and suitable for all ages. \nThe Big Bear Discovery Center is located at 40971 North Shore Drive/Hwy 38\, Fawnskin\, CA 92333. While visiting\, families can also learn about the surrounding San Bernardino National Forest and explore the Discovery Center’s nature-oriented offerings. The Center’s normal business hours are currently listed as Thursday through Monday\, 9:00 AM to 4:00 PM. \nMountain Story Time works especially well as part of a family weekend rather than as the only reason for a mountain trip. Staying in the Big Bear area gives families time to combine the program with outdoor recreation and a relaxed cabin stay. A Chalet currently offers rentals in both Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City\, including options for smaller families and larger groups. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear family trip. \nMountain Story Time 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nMountain Story Time\n\n\n2026 schedule\nFridays and Sundays through December 20\, 2026\n\n\nFriday time\n12:00 PM\n\n\nSunday time\n2:00 PM\n\n\nVenue\nBig Bear Discovery Center\n\n\nAddress\n40971 North Shore Drive/Hwy 38\, Fawnskin\, CA 92333\n\n\nAudience\nFamily-friendly; described as suitable for all ages\n\n\nProgram\nStories and hot chocolate\n\n\nAdmission\nNo Mountain Story Time admission price is published on the current event page\n\n\nParking\nAt/serving the Big Bear Discovery Center; follow posted parking directions\n\n\nRecommended arrival\nAbout 10-15 minutes early as a practical planning buffer; no official early-arrival requirement is currently published\n\n\nPhone\n909-382-2790\n\n\nOfficial event information\nMountain Story Time at Visit Big Bear\n\n\n\nOne detail in the source data can be confusing: the event page’s structured header displays a generic 1:30 PM-2:30 PM time\, while the actual event description specifically says Fridays at noon and Sundays at 2:00 PM. The current upcoming-date list also confirms the Friday/Sunday recurrence. For trip planning\, visitors should follow the day-specific schedule and verify their chosen session before leaving. \nWhat Is Mountain Story Time?\nMountain Story Time is a recurring family activity hosted at the Big Bear Discovery Center on the north side of Big Bear Lake. Rather than being a large festival or ticketed performance\, it offers families a simpler activity centered on stories and hot chocolate. \nThe current event description calls the program family-friendly and suitable for all ages. That makes it useful for families seeking an indoor or lower-key activity to balance hiking\, lake recreation\, snow play\, or other more active parts of a Big Bear trip. \nThe setting is part of the appeal. The Big Bear Discovery Center opened in 1998 and provides visitor information\, educational programs\, eco-tours\, special events\, and opportunities to learn more about responsible recreation in the San Bernardino National Forest. \nVisit Big Bear reports that the Discovery Center welcomes more than 190\,000 visitors annually and describes its goal as helping visitors become more knowledgeable and responsible caretakers of the surrounding national forest. \nWhen Is Mountain Story Time in 2026?\nThe published Mountain Story Time schedule continues through Sunday\, December 20\, 2026. \nThe recurring weekly schedule is: \n\nFridays: 12:00 PM\nSundays: 2:00 PM\n\nAs of September 10\, the next sessions listed by Visit Big Bear begin on Friday\, September 11 and Sunday\, September 13\, followed by Friday and Sunday dates through December 20. \nUpcoming dates currently include September 11\, 13\, 18\, 20\, 25\, and 27; October 2\, 4\, 9\, 11\, 16\, 18\, 23\, 25\, and 30; November 1\, 6\, 8\, 13\, 15\, 20\, 22\, 27\, and 29; and December 4\, 6\, 11\, 13\, 18\, and 20. \nBecause this is a recurring program extending into winter\, families should still check the official listing before traveling. Mountain weather\, holidays\, operating changes\, or other circumstances can affect individual dates. \nWhere Is Mountain Story Time?\nMountain Story Time takes place at: \nBig Bear Discovery Center\n40971 North Shore Drive/Hwy 38\nFawnskin\, CA 92333 \nThe Discovery Center is on the north side of Big Bear Lake in Fawnskin. Its current normal business hours are listed as Thursday through Monday from 9:00 AM to 4:00 PM\, which includes both the Friday and Sunday Story Time days. \nFor current venue information\, visitors can call 909-382-2790. The Discovery Center directory also publishes info@mountainsfoundation.org as a contact email. \nWhat Can Families Expect at Mountain Story Time?\nThe format is intentionally straightforward. Families gather at the Discovery Center for stories and hot chocolate in a program designed for all ages. \nUnlike a major festival\, the event listing does not advertise performers\, competitions\, vendors\, or a complicated activity schedule. Families should plan for a relaxed story-time experience rather than expecting an all-day event. \nThe event description also encourages visitors to make more of their Discovery Center stop by enjoying a nature hike and exploring the Center’s nature-themed gift shop. \nThat combination can work well for families with younger children: Story Time provides a scheduled anchor for the day\, while the rest of the visit can remain flexible depending on weather\, energy levels\, and current trail conditions. \nDoes Mountain Story Time Require Tickets?\nThe current Mountain Story Time listing does not publish an admission price or state that advance tickets are required. Visitors should therefore avoid relying on third-party pricing or assuming that another Discovery Center program’s admission rules apply to Story Time. \nIf participation requirements are important to your plans\, call the Big Bear Discovery Center at 909-382-2790 before your visit\, particularly for holiday-weekend or winter sessions. \nThe official event listing can also be checked at Visit Big Bear’s Mountain Story Time page. \nParking and Arrival Tips\nThe event takes place at the Big Bear Discovery Center\, and the listing does not announce a separate off-site event parking or shuttle program. Visitors should use the appropriate parking serving the Center and follow all posted directions when they arrive. \nThere is no official requirement in the current listing to arrive a specific number of minutes early. Still\, arriving roughly 10 to 15 minutes before Story Time is a reasonable planning buffer\, especially for families who need time to park\, get children settled\, or visit the restroom before the program begins. \nRemember that the schedule changes according to the day: Friday sessions are at noon\, while Sunday sessions are at 2:00 PM. \nWhat Should You Bring to Mountain Story Time?\nMountain Story Time does not have a published event-specific packing list. Families therefore do not need specialized equipment simply to attend the storytelling program. \nFor a broader Discovery Center visit\, consider bringing: \n\nWeather-appropriate layers\nComfortable shoes if you plan to walk outdoors\nWater for your family\nAny necessary medications or child-care essentials\nSun protection for daytime outdoor activities\n\nIf you intend to add a nature walk\, check current weather and trail conditions first. A December Story Time visit can require very different preparation from a September visit. \nIs Mountain Story Time Good for Kids?\nYes. The official event description specifically calls Mountain Story Time family-friendly and says it is suitable for all ages. \nNo minimum age is published. That makes the program potentially useful for families traveling with children of different ages or grandparents joining a multigenerational Big Bear trip. \nParents should still consider their own child’s ability to sit through a storytelling activity. “All ages” describes the program’s intended audience; it does not mean every child will have the same attention span or interest. \nWhat Else Can You Do at the Big Bear Discovery Center?\nThe Discovery Center is more than a Story Time venue. It serves as an educational and visitor hub connected to the San Bernardino National Forest and hosts weekly programs\, eco-tours\, outdoor concerts\, theater productions\, and nighttime interpretive programming at different times of year. \nFor Mountain Story Time specifically\, the event listing suggests adding a nature hike and a stop in the nature-themed gift shop. \nFamilies should check what is operating on their actual travel date rather than assuming every Discovery Center program runs alongside Story Time. \nHow to Make a Weekend of Mountain Story Time\nFriday Option: Arrive for Noon Story Time\nIf your family can reach Big Bear before Friday’s noon session\, Mountain Story Time can serve as the first scheduled activity of your trip. Visit the Discovery Center\, enjoy the program\, and keep the afternoon open for an easy outdoor activity if conditions are appropriate. \nAfterward\, check into your cabin and have a relaxed evening rather than packing several major attractions into arrival day. \nSaturday: Enjoy a Full Day in Big Bear\nUse Saturday for the larger activity your family wants to build the trip around. Depending on the season and current conditions\, Big Bear offers lake recreation\, hiking\, mountain activities\, shopping\, and other family attractions. \nReturning to a cabin afterward gives families space to eat together and recharge before another day out. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Mountain Story Time weekend. \nSunday Option: Story Time Before Heading Home\nFamilies arriving later on Friday can instead make the Sunday 2:00 PM session part of their final day. \nKeep checkout requirements and your drive home in mind when using the Sunday program as a departure-day activity. If your schedule allows another night\, staying through Sunday can remove the need to immediately begin a longer drive after the Discovery Center visit. \nWhere to Stay for Mountain Story Time\nMountain Story Time is held in Fawnskin on the north side of Big Bear Lake. For most visitors\, Big Bear Lake or Big Bear City provides a more geographically relevant lodging base than Lake Arrowhead for this particular event. \nA Chalet currently offers vacation rentals in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City\, with options ranging from one-bedroom accommodations to larger four-bedroom properties. \nCurrent examples include Bear Den with one bedroom; Heavenly Bay Retreat\, Jaybird Cabin\, Maverick’s Cabin\, and Golden Hour with two bedrooms; Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms; and Boulder Landing\, Rustic Ridge\, and Elevated Escape with four bedrooms. \nFor families\, choose based on the current occupancy limits and features of the individual listing rather than bedroom count alone. For example\, A Chalet’s current Conklin Canopy listing identifies it as a three-bedroom\, two-bathroom Big Bear Lake property sleeping up to eight\, with a game room\, kitchen\, washer and dryer\, and parking for up to three vehicles. \nProperty details and availability can change\, so verify the live listing before booking rather than assuming the same amenities are included at every A Chalet cabin. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabins. \nTips for Booking a Mountain Story Time Weekend Cabin\nChoose Friday or Sunday first. Friday Story Time begins at noon\, while Sunday’s session starts at 2:00 PM. \nCheck the event listing before traveling. The program is recurring through December\, so weather\, holidays\, or operating changes may affect individual sessions. \nStay in the Big Bear area. Big Bear Lake or Big Bear City is a practical base for a Fawnskin event. \nMatch the cabin to your family. Check occupancy\, bedroom configuration\, parking rules\, and current amenities before reserving. \nConsider two nights. Story Time itself is a relatively simple family activity\, so it makes more sense when combined with other Big Bear experiences rather than a rushed same-day trip. \nPlan differently by season. September and December can bring very different mountain conditions. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is Mountain Story Time in 2026?\nMountain Story Time runs on Fridays and Sundays through December 20\, 2026. Friday sessions are listed at 12:00 PM and Sunday sessions at 2:00 PM. \nWhere Is Mountain Story Time?\nThe program is held at the Big Bear Discovery Center\, 40971 North Shore Drive/Hwy 38\, Fawnskin\, CA 92333. \nIs Mountain Story Time Good for Children?\nYes. The event is specifically described as family-friendly and suitable for all ages. No minimum age is currently published. \nDo You Need Tickets for Mountain Story Time?\nThe current official event page does not publish an admission price or state that advance tickets are required. For the latest participation details\, check the event page or call the Discovery Center at 909-382-2790. \nWhat Happens During Mountain Story Time?\nThe program features stories and hot chocolate. The event listing also encourages families to enjoy a nature hike and explore the Discovery Center’s nature-themed gift shop while visiting. \nWhat Time Should We Arrive?\nNo official early-arrival requirement is published. Arriving around 10-15 minutes before the session is a practical buffer for parking and getting children settled. Remember that Friday sessions begin at noon and Sunday sessions at 2:00 PM. \nWhere Should Families Stay for Mountain Story Time?\nBig Bear Lake or Big Bear City provides a practical base for visiting the Discovery Center in Fawnskin. A Chalet currently offers one-\, two-\, three-\, and four-bedroom options across its Big Bear collection\, depending on current availability. \nCheck A Chalet availability for your family trip. \nPlan Your Mountain Story Time 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nMountain Story Time 2026 is an easy addition to a family trip to Big Bear: stories\, hot chocolate\, and a visit to the Big Bear Discovery Center in Fawnskin. The current schedule runs through December 20\, with Friday sessions at noon and Sunday sessions at 2:00 PM. \nFamilies can pair Story Time with a visit to the Discovery Center\, an appropriate nature walk\, and other seasonal Big Bear activities. Because the program continues from late summer into December\, check the latest event information and mountain conditions before each visit. \nTurning the outing into an overnight stay also gives families more flexibility. Instead of driving to the mountains solely for Story Time\, you can check into a Big Bear cabin\, enjoy a full weekend together\, and use the Discovery Center program as one relaxed part of the itinerary. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear family stay around Mountain Story Time 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/mountain-story-time-20/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260927T130000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260927T170000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215631Z
CREATED:20261016T215631Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215631Z
UID:14030-1790514000-1790528400@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Climate & Cocktails
DESCRIPTION:Climate & Cocktails 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nClimate & Cocktails 2026 is a recurring volunteer cleanup series hosted by Care for Big Bear. Participants spend the first part of the afternoon collecting litter and debris from trails\, shoreline areas\, parks\, neighborhoods\, or roadside locations\, then gather at a local restaurant for a hosted first beverage. \nThe 2026 schedule currently includes September 27\, October 24\, November 21\, and December 12. Cleanup runs from 1:00 PM to 3:00 PM\, followed by happy hour from 3:30 PM to 5:00 PM. \nThe next event on Sunday\, September 27 is the most fully detailed date currently published. Volunteers will meet for an Arctic Circle cleanup\, followed by happy hour at Barrel 33 in Big Bear Lake. For this specific September event\, Care for Big Bear says no children or participants under 18 may attend because the cleanup is being conducted with Jazzy Bear Ride Service in support of its Adopt-A-Highway sponsorship. \nRSVP is requested\, volunteers must sign a liability waiver\, and photo and video recording may occur. Care for Big Bear will cover one beverage for qualifying cleanup volunteers during the 3:30 PM-5:00 PM gathering; alcoholic drinks require valid proof of age 21 or older. \nVisitors coming from outside the valley can turn the experience into a meaningful overnight mountain trip. An A Chalet cabin gives you a comfortable place to arrive beforehand\, change after the cleanup\, relax after happy hour\, and explore more of Big Bear the following morning. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Climate & Cocktails weekend. \nClimate & Cocktails 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nClimate & Cocktails\n\n\nOrganizer\nCare for Big Bear\n\n\n2026 dates\nSeptember 27\, October 24\, November 21\, December 12\n\n\nCleanup time\n1:00 PM-3:00 PM\n\n\nHappy hour\n3:30 PM-5:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 27 cleanup\nArctic Circle\n\n\nSeptember 27 happy hour\nBarrel 33\, 40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\n\n\nOctober 24 location\nCleanup and happy-hour locations not yet announced\n\n\nNovember 21 location\nCleanup and happy-hour locations not yet announced\n\n\nDecember 12 location\nCleanup and happy-hour locations not yet announced\n\n\nRSVP\nRequested through Care for Big Bear\n\n\nVolunteer requirement\nParticipate in the cleanup and sign a liability waiver to qualify for the hosted beverage\n\n\nAlcohol requirement\nValid ID showing age 21+ required for alcoholic beverages\n\n\nWeather policy\nRain\, snow\, or shine\n\n\nContact\ncfbb@bigbear.com\n\n\nOfficial information and RSVP\nCare for Big Bear Events and RSVP\n\n\n\nWhat Is Climate & Cocktails?\nClimate & Cocktails is a volunteer event that combines environmental cleanup work with a casual community gathering afterward. \nThe concept is simple: volunteers help remove trash and debris from places around Big Bear\, then meet at a local restaurant or bar to socialize with the other people who participated. \nCare for Big Bear launched the program in January 2026 as part of its Landscape Initiative. The organization describes the project as a way for locals\, visitors\, and part-time residents to help care for the area while connecting with others who value the mountain environment. \nThe cleanup locations can vary considerably. Depending on the date\, volunteers may work along trails\, shoreline areas\, parks\, neighborhoods\, or other public spaces that need attention. \nThat means Climate & Cocktails is not one fixed-location event. Each month’s meeting place and host restaurant should be checked separately before you attend. \nWhen Is Climate & Cocktails 2026?\nThe currently published remaining 2026 schedule is: \n\nSunday\, September 27\nSaturday\, October 24\nSaturday\, November 21\nSaturday\, December 12\n\nEach listed event follows the same general afternoon format: \n\n1:00 PM-3:00 PM: Environmental cleanup\n3:30 PM-5:00 PM: Happy hour at the host restaurant\n\nThe event takes place rain\, snow\, or shine\, so volunteers should not assume poor weather automatically means cancellation. \nSpecific locations for October 24\, November 21\, and December 12 have not yet been published. Care for Big Bear currently lists both the cleanup site and happy-hour venue for those dates as TBD. \nWhat Is Planned for September 27?\nThe September 27 Climate & Cocktails event currently has the most complete logistical information. \nVolunteers will work in the Arctic Circle area near Big Bear Lake. Care for Big Bear asks attendees to meet at 12:45 PM at a turnout just north of Big Bear Dam. \nThe current plan is: \n\n12:45 PM: Meet at the designated Arctic Circle turnout\nSafety briefing and distribution of cleanup gear and supplies\nVolunteer groups disperse among turnout areas\n1:00 PM-3:00 PM: Cleanup work\n3:30 PM: Happy hour begins at Barrel 33\n5:00 PM: Hosted beverage period ends\n\nThis cleanup is being conducted with Jazzy Bear Ride Service in support of its Adopt-A-Highway sponsorship. \nCare for Big Bear specifically states that no children or anyone under 18 may attend the September 27 cleanup. That restriction is specific to this date and overrides the broader series language that normally allows minors when accompanied by an adult. \nWhere Is the September Happy Hour?\nThe September 27 gathering is scheduled at Barrel 33\, located at: \n40754 Village Dr.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nBarrel 33 is a wine bar in The Village that serves California wines and hosts regular live music and other community events. \nCare for Big Bear will cover the first qualifying beverage for volunteers from 3:30 PM to 5:00 PM. \nThe event is not limited to alcoholic drinks. The program description specifically includes cocktails\, mocktails\, or another beverage\, making the post-cleanup gathering relevant even for volunteers who do not drink alcohol. \nHow Does the Free Beverage Work?\nCare for Big Bear currently states that it will cover the cost of one beverage per volunteer during the host restaurant gathering. \nTo qualify\, a participant must: \n\nJoin the Climate & Cocktails cleanup from 1:00 PM to 3:00 PM\nSign the required liability waiver upon arrival\nFollow any age rules applying to that specific event\nPresent valid ID proving age 21+ if ordering an alcoholic beverage\n\nThe hosted beverage period runs from 3:30 PM to 5:00 PM. \nThe event information does not state that additional drinks\, meals\, appetizers\, or other restaurant purchases are covered. Plan to pay separately for anything beyond the one qualifying beverage. \nCan Minors Volunteer?\nFor the series generally\, Care for Big Bear’s published disclaimer says that minor volunteers must be accompanied by an adult. \nHowever\, the September 27 event has a stricter rule: no children or anyone under 18 may participate. \nThis is an important distinction. Families interested in the October\, November\, or December cleanup should check the individual RSVP information once locations are announced\, because age restrictions may depend on the type of cleanup and work site. \nNo participant under 21 can receive an alcoholic beverage\, regardless of whether they are otherwise eligible to volunteer. \nDo You Need to RSVP?\nYes\, RSVP is strongly encouraged through the official Care for Big Bear event page. \nThe RSVP form collects group information and asks attendees to agree to participation terms\, including the liability waiver requirement and photography or filming notice. \nFor the September 27 event\, advance RSVP is especially useful because the cleanup involves a specific roadside location\, safety briefing\, gear distribution\, and group dispersal. \nRSVP for the next Climate & Cocktails event. \nWhat Should You Bring?\nCare for Big Bear says the event goes forward in rain\, snow\, or shine\, so clothing and footwear should match current mountain conditions. \nA practical cleanup packing list includes: \n\nClosed-toe shoes or sturdy walking footwear\nLong pants when appropriate for the cleanup terrain\nLayers for changing temperatures\nA waterproof outer layer when rain or snow is possible\nSun protection\nWater\nWork gloves if requested or if you prefer your own\nAny personal medications\nValid ID if you plan to order an alcoholic beverage afterward\nA change of clothes or shoes for the restaurant if conditions are muddy or wet\n\nFor the September Arctic Circle cleanup\, safety equipment and cleanup supplies are distributed during the pre-event briefing. \nDo not pick up hazardous material\, needles\, broken glass\, or suspicious objects without following organizer instructions. Roadside cleanup areas also require careful attention to safety guidance. \nWhat Should Volunteers Expect During the Cleanup?\nThe exact work depends on the location\, but the purpose is consistent: remove litter and debris that detract from Big Bear’s outdoor environment. \nVolunteers may find themselves working along trails\, shorelines\, parks\, neighborhood areas\, turnouts\, or other public locations. \nSeptember’s Arctic Circle cleanup is more structured than a casual park litter pickup because participants will first receive a safety briefing and then be separated into groups around the turnout areas. \nListen carefully to organizers\, stay within designated work zones\, and use any protective equipment provided. \nBecause the event lasts two hours\, volunteers should also pace themselves rather than treating the cleanup like a race to collect the greatest amount of litter. \nWhat Is Care for Big Bear?\nCare for Big Bear is a local stewardship organization focused on preserving the natural environment and quality of life in the Big Bear Valley. \nIts work includes a Landscape Initiative\, Dark Sky Initiative\, Green Partner efforts\, volunteer programs\, cleanup events\, and environmental education. \nClimate & Cocktails sits within the Landscape Initiative and was created to give both residents and visitors a hands-on way to improve the places they use for recreation. \nThe program is particularly relevant to travelers because it turns stewardship into part of the visitor experience. Instead of only hiking\, boating\, dining\, or sightseeing\, participants spend part of the trip helping care for the same mountain environment they came to enjoy. \nIs Climate & Cocktails Good for Visitors?\nYes. The program is expressly open to more than year-round residents. Care for Big Bear describes Climate & Cocktails as involving locals\, visitors\, and part-time residents. \nFor travelers\, volunteering can add a different dimension to a Big Bear weekend. It creates an opportunity to meet community members and other visitors while doing something directly beneficial for the area. \nIt is also manageable within a normal weekend itinerary. The cleanup begins at 1:00 PM and the social portion ends at 5:00 PM\, leaving the morning and evening available for other activities. \nThe key is to treat the cleanup itself as the purpose of the event. The hosted beverage is a thank-you for volunteers\, not a substitute for participating in the service portion. \nParking and Transportation\nParking and arrival procedures vary because cleanup locations change each month. \nFor September 27\, participants meet at a specified turnout in the Arctic Circle area just north of Big Bear Dam. The official RSVP information should be used for the current map location rather than navigating only by the words “Arctic Circle.” \nAfter the cleanup\, volunteers travel separately to Barrel 33 in The Village for the 3:30 PM gathering. \nBecause the cleanup and restaurant are different locations\, plan transportation before the event. Anyone consuming alcohol should make a safe plan that does not involve impaired driving. \nThe October\, November\, and December cleanup and restaurant locations remain unannounced\, so transportation guidance for those dates cannot yet be provided accurately. \nHow to Make a Weekend of Climate & Cocktails\nFriday or Saturday: Arrive and Settle In\nIf you are traveling from outside Big Bear\, arrive the night before the cleanup rather than timing a mountain drive around the 1:00 PM start. \nCheck into your cabin\, have dinner\, and review the latest event email or RSVP information so you know the correct meeting location and weather conditions. \nCleanup Day Morning: Keep the Schedule Flexible\nUse the morning for breakfast and a relaxed local activity. \nAvoid a strenuous hike or long excursion that leaves you tired before a two-hour cleanup\, particularly if the volunteer site involves uneven terrain or roadside work. \n1:00 PM-3:00 PM: Volunteer\nArrive at the published meeting point on time\, complete any check-in requirements\, sign the liability waiver\, and participate in the full cleanup segment. \nFor September 27\, organizers ask volunteers to arrive at 12:45 PM so there is time for the safety briefing before work starts. \n3:30 PM-5:00 PM: Happy Hour\nAfter the cleanup\, head to the designated host restaurant for the social portion of the event. \nThe first qualifying beverage is covered by Care for Big Bear. Order food or additional drinks separately if you wish\, and present valid ID for alcohol. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for your volunteer weekend. \nEvening: Return to the Cabin\nAfter an outdoor cleanup and social gathering\, a cabin gives you somewhere comfortable to shower\, change\, eat\, and relax. \nThat can be especially welcome during the later November and December events\, when volunteers may encounter colder or wetter mountain conditions. \nWhere to Stay for Climate & Cocktails 2026\nBecause Climate & Cocktails cleanup sites move around the Big Bear Valley\, there is no single cabin location that is ideal for every date. However\, Big Bear Lake is a particularly practical base for the September 27 event because the cleanup is near Big Bear Dam and happy hour is at Barrel 33 in The Village. \nA Chalet offers rentals in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City for couples\, families\, and groups. \nOne verified Big Bear Lake option is Conklin Canopy\, currently listed with three bedrooms\, two bathrooms\, and sleeping space for up to eight guests. Its current listing verifies a fully equipped kitchen\, washer and dryer\, Wi-Fi\, game room\, secure deck\, barbecue\, and parking for up to three vehicles. \nA washer and dryer can be particularly useful after an outdoor cleanup if clothing gets dusty\, muddy\, or wet\, while a kitchen makes it easy to prepare breakfast before volunteering or dinner afterward. \nFor a smaller group\, Dream Lake Cabin is currently listed in Big Bear Lake for up to four guests\, with two bedrooms and one bathroom. Its current booking page verifies a kitchen\, Wi-Fi\, outdoor grill\, pet-friendly accommodations\, and suitability for children. \nAlways review the live A Chalet listing before booking to confirm occupancy\, parking limits\, amenities\, pet rules\, and current house policies. \nBrowse current A Chalet rentals for Climate & Cocktails 2026. \nTips for Booking a Climate & Cocktails Weekend Cabin\nChoose your cabin after the cleanup location is announced. September’s site is known\, but October\, November\, and December locations remain TBD. \nConsider arriving the night before. That removes the pressure of matching mountain traffic with a fixed volunteer check-in time. \nLook for laundry if possible. Cleanup work can leave clothing dirty or wet\, especially during fall and winter events. \nConfirm parking capacity. Friends volunteering together may arrive in separate cars. \nPlan a safe post-event ride. If you intend to order alcohol\, arrange transportation that does not depend on driving afterward. \nBring weather-appropriate gear. The event is scheduled rain\, snow\, or shine. \nRecheck the official RSVP page. Later 2026 cleanup sites and host restaurants have not yet been announced. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is Climate & Cocktails 2026?\nThe remaining published dates are September 27\, October 24\, November 21\, and December 12\, 2026. Cleanup runs from 1:00 PM to 3:00 PM\, followed by happy hour from 3:30 PM to 5:00 PM. \nWhere Is the September 27 Cleanup?\nThe September 27 cleanup is in the Arctic Circle area near Big Bear Dam. Volunteers are asked to meet at 12:45 PM at the specific turnout shown in the official RSVP information. \nWhere Is the September Happy Hour?\nThe September 27 happy hour is at Barrel 33\, 40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. \nIs the Drink Really Free?\nCare for Big Bear covers one beverage for each qualifying volunteer who participates in the 1:00 PM-3:00 PM cleanup and signs the required waiver. Alcoholic beverages require valid proof of age 21 or older. \nCan Kids Participate?\nThe general series rules say minors must be accompanied by an adult\, but the September 27 Arctic Circle event is restricted to participants age 18 and older. Check later event RSVPs for date-specific rules. \nDoes Climate & Cocktails Happen in Bad Weather?\nYes. The event is advertised as rain\, snow\, or shine\, so volunteers should dress for current Big Bear conditions. \nWhere Should I Stay for Climate & Cocktails?\nAn A Chalet property in Big Bear Lake is particularly practical for the September event\, while Big Bear City may also work depending on the cleanup location and your group. Staying overnight gives you time to volunteer\, change after the cleanup\, enjoy the social gathering responsibly\, and avoid a rushed drive home. \nCheck A Chalet availability for your chosen Climate & Cocktails date. \nPlan Your Climate & Cocktails 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nClimate & Cocktails 2026 offers travelers a practical way to give something back to the Big Bear landscape while meeting people who care about the same mountain environment. \nThe remaining events are scheduled for September 27\, October 24\, November 21\, and December 12\, with cleanup from 1:00 PM to 3:00 PM and a hosted social gathering from 3:30 PM to 5:00 PM. \nThe September event is currently the most detailed: volunteers will help clean the Arctic Circle area\, then gather at Barrel 33. October\, November\, and December cleanup sites and happy-hour venues are still to be announced\, so check Care for Big Bear’s RSVP page before making final plans. \nAn overnight cabin stay can make the volunteer experience more comfortable\, especially when weather is unpredictable or the cleanup leaves you ready for a shower and a relaxed evening instead of a long drive home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Climate & Cocktails 2026 volunteer getaway. \n\n“`
URL:https://achalet.com/event/climate-cocktails-4/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260927T083000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260927T172500
DTSTAMP:20261016T215619Z
CREATED:20261016T215619Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215619Z
UID:14029-1790497800-1790529900@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Trolley To Trails
DESCRIPTION:Trolley to Trails 2026: Schedule\, Trail Stops\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nTrolley to Trails 2026 is a free seasonal Mountain Transit route around Big Bear Lake that connects riders with popular hiking and recreation stops without requiring them to drive to every trailhead. The route operates on Saturdays\, Sundays\, and holiday Fridays\, with current Visit Big Bear information showing service from 8:30 AM to 5:25 PM. The 2026 season runs through October 3\, 2026. \nAs of September 10\, the remaining published dates are September 12\, 13\, 19\, 20\, 26\, 27\, and October 3. Riders can begin at the Village-Knickerbocker stop at 630 Knickerbocker Road\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\, where parking is available at the public lot. \nThe route serves multiple outdoor stops\, including Towne Trail\, Stanfield Marsh Boardwalk\, Woodland Trail\, Nature Discovery Trail\, Cougar Crest Trail\, Grays Peak Trail\, Castle Rock Trail\, and Pine Knot Trail. You do not need to hike to enjoy the route; Visit Big Bear also promotes it as a free scenic ride around Big Bear Lake. \nFor visitors planning more than one trail or a full weekend outdoors\, staying locally can make the route more useful. A Chalet currently offers vacation rentals in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City\, so travelers can ride the trolley during the day and return to a cabin afterward instead of building a same-day mountain drive around the schedule. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Trolley to Trails weekend. \nTrolley to Trails 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nService\nTrolley to Trails\n\n\nOperator\nMountain Transit\n\n\nCost\nFree\n\n\nOperating days\nSaturdays\, Sundays\, and holiday Fridays\n\n\n2026 season\nMay 2-October 3\, 2026\n\n\nDaily service window\n8:30 AM-5:25 PM\n\n\nRemaining dates\nSeptember 12\, 13\, 19\, 20\, 26\, 27\, and October 3\n\n\nPrimary boarding point\nVillage-Knickerbocker Road\n\n\nAddress\n630 Knickerbocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nParking\nKnickerbocker Public Parking Lot\n\n\nAccessibility\nMountain Transit states that all of its vehicles are wheelchair accessible\n\n\nBikes\nMountain Transit vehicles are equipped with bike racks\n\n\nService animals\nWelcome aboard Mountain Transit vehicles\n\n\nPhone\n909-878-5200\n\n\nOfficial route information\nTrolley to Trails at Visit Big Bear\n\n\n\nMountain Transit’s own accessibility information confirms that its vehicles are wheelchair accessible\, equipped with bike racks\, and allow service animals. Big Bear fixed-route transportation is fare-free. \nWhat Is Trolley to Trails?\nTrolley to Trails is a seasonal Big Bear transportation service created by Mountain Transit in partnership with Visit Big Bear. Its purpose is to connect riders with hiking trails and outdoor recreation locations around Big Bear Lake while reducing the need to find parking at each trailhead. \nThe service is also useful for visitors who simply want to see the lake and mountain scenery. Visit Big Bear specifically notes that non-hikers can ride the trolley for the scenic experience\, so there is no requirement to get off and complete a trail. \nMountain Transit approved the route as a demonstration service through a partnership with Visit Big Bear\, with the partnership supporting fare-free operation. That makes Trolley to Trails different from a paid guided tour: riders use a public-transit-style route with scheduled stops rather than joining a fixed excursion. \nWhen Does Trolley to Trails Run in 2026?\nThe current public schedule lists Trolley to Trails on Saturdays\, Sundays\, and holiday Fridays from the first weekend of May through the first weekend of October. \nAs of September 10\, the remaining 2026 dates published by Visit Big Bear are: \n\nSaturday\, September 12\nSunday\, September 13\nSaturday\, September 19\nSunday\, September 20\nSaturday\, September 26\nSunday\, September 27\nSaturday\, October 3\n\nThe current event page lists October 3\, 2026 as the last scheduled date of the season. \nBecause public transportation schedules can change because of weather\, road conditions\, or operational needs\, check the latest route information before planning a day around the final trolley. \nWhat Is the Trolley to Trails Schedule?\nThe route currently begins at Village-Knickerbocker Road at 8:30 AM and completes its final listed return there at 5:25 PM. The published timetable shows repeated loops throughout the day. \n\n\n\nStop\nFirst Published Stop Time\nFinal Published Stop Time\n\n\n\n\nVillage – Knickerbocker Rd.\n8:30 AM\n5:25 PM return\n\n\nBig 5 – Conklin Rd. & Big Bear Blvd.\n8:32 AM\n4:27 PM\n\n\nTowne Trail – Snow Summit\n8:37 AM\n4:32 PM\n\n\nStater Bros – Big Bear Blvd.\n8:43 AM\n4:38 PM\n\n\nStanfield Marsh Boardwalk\n8:44 AM\n4:39 PM\n\n\nWoodland Trail\n8:47 AM\n4:42 PM\n\n\nNature Discovery Trail\n8:52 AM\n4:47 PM\n\n\nCougar Crest Trail\n8:55 AM\n4:50 PM\n\n\nFawnskin – Fire Station\n9:04 AM\n4:59 PM\n\n\nGrays Peak Trail\n9:07 AM\n5:02 PM\n\n\nCastle Rock Trail\n9:18 AM\n5:13 PM\n\n\nPine Knot Trail\n9:25 AM\n5:20 PM\n\n\n\nThe full published timetable includes several departures at each stop\, generally following the same loop approximately every 95 minutes. Riders should check the current full schedule before choosing a hike so they know when the trolley will return to that trailhead. \nWhich Trails Does Trolley to Trails Serve?\nThe 2026 route reaches a useful cross-section of Big Bear recreation areas rather than serving only one trail. Current stops include: \n\nTowne Trail near Snow Summit\nStanfield Marsh Boardwalk\nWoodland Trail\nNature Discovery Trail\nCougar Crest Trail\nGrays Peak Trail\nCastle Rock Trail\nPine Knot Trail\n\nVisit Big Bear also notes that Grays Peak Trail is now being serviced following its reopening. \nEach trail offers a different experience and level of difficulty. Do not assume that because the trolley serves a trail\, that trail is suitable for every rider. Check current trail distance\, elevation gain\, closures\, weather\, and your group’s abilities separately before getting off. \nWhere Do You Board Trolley to Trails?\nThe primary published pickup and drop-off location is: \nVillage – Knickerbocker Rd.\n630 Knickerbocker Rd.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nVisit Big Bear lists parking at the Knickerbocker Public Parking Lot. The first trolley departs this stop at 8:30 AM. \nYou can also board at other scheduled stops along the route. If you are staying near one of those stops\, review the timetable before automatically driving to The Village. \nIs Trolley to Trails Really Free?\nYes. Visit Big Bear and Mountain Transit identify Trolley to Trails as a free seasonal service. \nNo event ticket is required simply to ride the trolley. However\, using the trolley does not automatically waive any separate recreation permit\, trail-use requirement\, admission fee\, or reservation that could apply at an individual destination. \nCheck the rules for the specific trail or recreation site you plan to visit rather than assuming the free ride makes every activity along the route free. \nIs Trolley to Trails Accessible?\nMountain Transit states that all of its vehicles are wheelchair accessible. Its vehicles are also equipped with bike racks\, and service animals are welcome on board. \nThat does not mean every trail stop itself is wheelchair accessible. Accessibility can differ significantly between a paved boardwalk\, parking area\, and natural hiking trail. Travelers who need accessible outdoor options should research the specific stop separately before choosing where to exit. \nFor transportation-specific accessibility questions\, Mountain Transit maintains dedicated accessibility information and rider services. \nCan You Bring a Bike?\nMountain Transit says its vehicles are equipped with bike racks. That can make the system useful for riders combining transit with cycling\, but rack capacity may be limited. \nIf transporting a bicycle is essential to your plans\, check Mountain Transit’s current bike-on-bus policies before departure and have a backup plan in case rack space is unavailable. \nWhat Should You Bring for Trolley to Trails?\nYour packing list should be based primarily on the trail you plan to hike\, not just the trolley ride. Useful basics include: \n\nWater appropriate for the length of your outing\nComfortable hiking or walking shoes\nWeather-appropriate layers\nSun protection\nTrail map or navigation information\nSnacks\nAny necessary medications\nA charged phone\nThe current trolley timetable\n\nBefore leaving the trolley\, note the return schedule for your stop. Build in extra time rather than planning to finish a hike only a few minutes before the final pickup. \nHow Should You Plan a Hike Around the Trolley Schedule?\nThe biggest planning mistake would be choosing a trail based only on the outbound trolley time. You also need to know how long the hike normally takes and when the next return trips are scheduled. \nFor example\, if you leave the trolley for a longer hike late in the afternoon\, the remaining service window may not be sufficient. The final published route reaches Pine Knot Trail at 5:20 PM and returns to Village-Knickerbocker at 5:25 PM\, so that final loop is not designed to drop riders off for a new multi-hour hike. \nChoose an earlier departure for longer trails. For shorter walks\, scenic stops\, or boardwalk experiences\, later loops may offer more flexibility. \nAlways consider your actual pace\, trail conditions\, daylight\, and weather rather than relying solely on an estimated hiking time. \nCan You Ride Trolley to Trails Without Hiking?\nYes. Visit Big Bear specifically encourages non-hikers to use the service as a scenic ride around Big Bear Lake. \nThat makes the route useful for mixed-interest groups. One person may want to hike while another prefers a scenic ride or a less demanding stop. \nIt can also be a simple way to see different parts of the lake without repeatedly looking for parking\, although riders should remember that this is scheduled public transportation rather than a narrated sightseeing tour. \nHow to Make a Weekend of Trolley to Trails\nFriday: Arrive and Plan Your Route\nArrive in Big Bear on Friday\, check into your cabin\, and decide which trail or stops you want to visit the next morning. Review the latest trail conditions and save the trolley timetable so you are not making route decisions at the last minute. \nIf your group has different hiking abilities\, choose stops that allow everyone to enjoy the day without forcing the same itinerary. \nSaturday: Ride From The Village to the Trails\nFor maximum flexibility\, consider boarding one of the earlier morning loops. Starting early provides more options for completing a hike and catching a later trolley back. \nYou might choose one main trail for the morning\, return toward town\, and use the remainder of the afternoon for The Village or another Big Bear activity. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Trolley to Trails weekend. \nSunday: Try a Different Stop\nBecause the service also runs Sundays\, a two-night stay gives you another opportunity to explore without moving your car from trailhead to trailhead. \nKeep Sunday’s plans realistic if you need to check out or drive home later that day. A short outdoor stop may work better than committing to a long hike close to your departure time. \nWhere to Stay for Trolley to Trails\nBecause the route begins in Big Bear Lake and circles recreation sites around Big Bear Lake and Fawnskin\, Big Bear Lake is the most straightforward A Chalet destination for this itinerary. Big Bear City can also work for visitors exploring the broader valley. \nA Chalet currently offers multiple Big Bear lodging sizes. Featured properties include Heavenly Bay Retreat with two bedrooms and two baths\, Jaybird Cabin with two bedrooms and one bath\, Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms and two baths\, and Maverick’s Cabin with two bedrooms and two baths. \nFor larger groups\, A Chalet currently lists Boulder Landing\, Rustic Ridge\, and Elevated Escape with four bedrooms and three baths. Bear Den is currently shown as a one-bedroom option. \nA cabin stay can work particularly well with this route because you can arrive the night before\, leave your main driving plans behind for part of the day\, ride to a trail\, and return to your lodging afterward. \nVerify occupancy limits\, parking\, kitchen facilities\, pet policies\, and other amenities on the current individual listing before booking\, since features vary from cabin to cabin. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking a Trolley to Trails Weekend Cabin\nChoose your hiking date first. Only seven published service dates remain after September 10\, with October 3 currently listed as the final day. \nStay Friday night for a Saturday hike. That allows you to use an early trolley without first making a morning drive into Big Bear. \nStudy both outbound and return times. A trail that fits the morning schedule may not fit the last return of the day. \nChoose the trail separately from the transportation. The trolley is free\, but trail difficulty\, access rules\, and current conditions still need independent research. \nConsider Big Bear Lake lodging. It places you in the same city as the Knickerbocker starting point. \nVerify parking at your cabin. Larger groups should check the number of permitted vehicles before booking. \nCheck current weather and closures. Late September and early October conditions can affect both hiking plans and mountain travel. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Does Trolley to Trails Run in 2026?\nTrolley to Trails runs Saturdays\, Sundays\, and holiday Fridays during its seasonal operating period. As of September 10\, remaining dates are September 12\, 13\, 19\, 20\, 26\, 27\, and October 3\, 2026. \nHow Much Does Trolley to Trails Cost?\nThe service is free. It is operated by Mountain Transit in partnership with Visit Big Bear. \nWhere Does Trolley to Trails Start?\nThe primary published starting point is Village-Knickerbocker Road\, 630 Knickerbocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. Parking is available in the Knickerbocker Public Parking Lot. \nWhich Trails Can You Reach?\nThe current route serves stops including Towne Trail\, Stanfield Marsh Boardwalk\, Woodland Trail\, Nature Discovery Trail\, Cougar Crest Trail\, Grays Peak Trail\, Castle Rock Trail\, and Pine Knot Trail. \nDo You Have to Be a Hiker to Ride?\nNo. Visit Big Bear encourages non-hikers to ride the trolley for the scenic mountain and lake views as well. \nIs the Trolley Wheelchair Accessible?\nMountain Transit states that all of its vehicles are wheelchair accessible. Accessibility of individual trails and recreation stops varies\, so research your intended destination separately. \nWhere Should I Stay for Trolley to Trails?\nBig Bear Lake is the most practical general lodging base because the primary trolley pickup is at Knickerbocker Road in Big Bear Lake. A Chalet offers rentals in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City for couples\, families\, and larger groups. \nCheck A Chalet availability for your Trolley to Trails dates. \nPlan Your Trolley to Trails 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nTrolley to Trails 2026 makes it easier to explore several Big Bear recreation areas without driving from one trailhead to the next. The free seasonal route runs on Saturdays\, Sundays\, and holiday Fridays\, with service between 8:30 AM and 5:25 PM and seven currently published dates remaining through October 3. \nThe route reaches hiking and recreation stops around Big Bear Lake\, including Woodland Trail\, Cougar Crest\, Grays Peak\, Castle Rock\, Pine Knot Trail\, and Stanfield Marsh. Mountain Transit vehicles are wheelchair accessible and equipped with bike racks\, while non-hikers are also welcome to ride simply for the scenery. \nFor a more relaxed trip\, arrive in Big Bear the night before\, choose an early trolley\, spend the day exploring the trails\, and return to a cabin instead of scheduling the entire outing around a same-day mountain drive. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around Trolley to Trails 2026. \n\n“`
URL:https://achalet.com/event/trolley-to-trails-7/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260927T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260927T000000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215625Z
CREATED:20261016T215625Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215625Z
UID:14024-1790467200-1790467200@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours
DESCRIPTION:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer approximately 90-minute narrated sightseeing cruises on Big Bear Lake from Pine Knot Marina. The published 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, with daytime departures at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM. A 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise is listed for Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday evenings. Tours are weather permitting and require a minimum number of passengers to operate.  \nThe cruise combines lake views with narration covering Big Bear history dating back to 1845\, folklore\, local stories\, and possible celebrity sightings. Pine Knot Marina recommends advance reservations and asks guests to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before departure.  \nFor visitors coming from outside the mountains\, the cruise is easy to turn into a one- or two-night Big Bear trip. A Chalet offers vacation cabins in Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and other nearby mountain communities\, giving couples\, families\, and groups a place to relax before or after a day on the lake.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Miss Liberty cruise weekend. \nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\n\n\n2026 season\nAugust 19-November 1\, 2026\n\n\nTour length\nApproximately 90 minutes\n\n\nDaytime departures\n12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\n\n\nTwilight Cruise\n6:00 PM Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday\n\n\nVenue\nPine Knot Marina\n\n\nAddress\n439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nAdult daytime ticket\n$32 for ages 13 and older\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nChild daytime ticket\n$21 for ages 4-14\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nSenior / military daytime ticket\n$26\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nTwilight adult ticket\n$36 for ages 13 and older\n\n\nTwilight child ticket\n$26 for ages 4-14\n\n\nParking\nAvailable at Pine Knot Marina\n\n\nRecommended arrival\n15-30 minutes before departure\n\n\nOfficial tour website\nPine Knot Marina Miss Liberty Tours\n\n\n\nThe 2026 schedule and ticket information above are currently published by Visit Big Bear. Pine Knot Marina notes that schedules and pricing can change\, so travelers should verify the details shown during booking for their specific cruise date.  \nWhat Is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty is a narrated sightseeing boat operating from Pine Knot Marina on Big Bear Lake. Instead of renting a boat and navigating the lake yourself\, you can board for a guided cruise while learning more about the history and character of Big Bear Valley. \nThe approximately 90-minute narration covers highlights of Big Bear history dating to 1845\, along with folklore\, interesting facts\, and local stories. This makes the cruise especially appealing for first-time visitors who want to understand more about the destination while enjoying views from the water.  \nPine Knot Marina identifies Miss Liberty as a 64-foot Skipperliner 1500LX built in 1994 and refurbished in 2006. The operator currently lists a shaded upper deck\, enclosed and heated main salon\, modern restrooms\, small-group seating areas\, and capacity for 80 passengers.  \nThe vessel also has a galley where passengers can purchase light snacks and beverages. The current operator information mentions soft drinks as well as beer\, wine\, and champagne. Available items can change\, so do not plan a meal around the onboard selection without checking first.  \nMiss Liberty can work well for couples\, families\, multigenerational groups\, and visitors looking for an activity that does not require operating their own watercraft. The combination of an outdoor upper deck and enclosed salon also provides flexibility when mountain temperatures change. \nWhen and Where Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026.  \nThe current daytime schedule lists departures at: \n\n12:00 PM\n2:00 PM\n4:00 PM\n\nFriday\, Saturday\, and Sunday also have a published 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise.  \nAll cruises depart from: \nPine Knot Marina\n439 Pine Knot Ave\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nPine Knot Marina describes its location as the point “where the Village meets the lake\,” which makes the cruise easy to combine with time around Big Bear Lake’s Village area.  \nThe marina asks guests to arrive approximately 15 to 30 minutes before departure. Give yourself additional time if you’re driving into Big Bear on the same day\, since parking\, mountain traffic\, weather\, or road conditions can affect your arrival.  \nWhat Can Visitors Expect on Miss Liberty?\nThe Miss Liberty experience is primarily a scenic and educational cruise rather than a high-speed boating activity. Once onboard\, passengers can settle in and enjoy approximately an hour and a half on Big Bear Lake while listening to the narrated tour. \nHistory is a central part of the experience. The narration highlights Big Bear’s past beginning in the mid-19th century while mixing in folklore and other stories connected to the valley.  \nThe shaded upper deck provides an open-air vantage point\, while the heated enclosed salon offers another place to sit when conditions are cooler. This can be particularly useful later in the 2026 season\, when an evening on the lake may feel noticeably colder than an afternoon in town.  \nPine Knot Marina states that Miss Liberty is handicapped accessible. Travelers with particular mobility needs should still contact the operator before booking to ask about boarding\, seating\, restroom access\, and any assistance they may require.  \nThe boat is also available for private parties\, corporate groups\, and other group arrangements. Travelers interested in a private use of the vessel should contact Pine Knot Marina for current rates\, capacity requirements\, and available amenities rather than relying on standard tour ticket pricing.  \nHow Much Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour Tickets?\nThe current 2026 event listing publishes the following prices:  \n\n\n\nTicket\nPublished Price\nSchedule\n\n\n\n\nAdult\, age 13+\n$32\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nChild\, ages 4-14\n$21\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nSenior 65+ / Military\n$26\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nTwilight Cruise adult\, age 13+\n$36\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\nTwilight Cruise child\, ages 4-14\n$26\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\n\nThose are the currently published 2026 rates rather than guaranteed future prices. Pine Knot Marina specifically states that its schedules and pricing are subject to change\, so confirm the amount shown during the reservation process.  \nTickets\, Parking\, and Transportation\nDo You Need to Reserve Miss Liberty Tickets in Advance?\nPine Knot Marina says reservations are suggested and should be made early. Booking ahead is particularly useful if you want a specific departure time or a weekend Twilight Cruise.  \nThe operator also notes that all tours are weather permitting. In addition\, the published 2026 event information states that a minimum number of guests is required for the boat to tour the lake. Check any communication from the marina before traveling\, especially if weather conditions are uncertain.  \nWhere Do You Park for Miss Liberty?\nThe 2026 event listing states that parking is available at Pine Knot Marina.  \nArriving early is still important\, especially during busy weekends. The marina is close to The Village\, so the surrounding area can see additional pedestrian and vehicle activity during popular travel periods. \nHow Early Should You Arrive?\nPlan to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before your departure time. This gives you time to park\, locate the correct boarding area\, check in\, and be ready before the vessel departs.  \nIf you’re driving up the mountain on the day of your cruise\, leave considerably more than a 15-minute buffer. Traffic\, road work\, weather\, and mountain driving conditions can all affect travel time. \nWhat Should You Bring on a Miss Liberty Cruise?\nYou do not need much equipment for a 90-minute sightseeing cruise\, but these items can make the outing more comfortable: \n\nLayers: Big Bear Lake can feel cooler on the water than conditions onshore.\nA jacket: Particularly useful for the 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise or late-season departures.\nSun protection: Bring sunscreen\, sunglasses\, and a hat for daytime tours.\nYour reservation information: Keep your booking confirmation accessible.\nA charged phone or camera: Expect plenty of lake and mountain views.\nPersonal accessibility necessities: Contact Pine Knot Marina before your trip if you need assistance boarding.\n\nThe vessel has a shaded upper deck and an enclosed heated salon\, but passengers should still check the day’s forecast and dress appropriately.  \nHow to Make a Weekend of Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nArrival Day: Check In and Explore Big Bear\nArrive in Big Bear Lake the afternoon or evening before your cruise if your schedule allows. Checking into your cabin before tour day eliminates the need to coordinate a mountain drive with a fixed boat departure. \nOnce settled\, spend some time around The Village or enjoy a relaxed dinner. Pine Knot Marina’s location close to The Village makes it straightforward to combine shopping\, dining\, and the waterfront within the same portion of your trip.  \nCruise Day: See Big Bear Lake From the Water\nFor a daytime tour\, have a relaxed morning and head to the marina early enough to be there 15 to 30 minutes before departure. \nAfter your approximately 90-minute cruise\, keep the remainder of the day flexible. You could spend additional time near the lake or return to the cabin for a slower afternoon. \nFor a Friday\, Saturday\, or Sunday Twilight Cruise\, leave your late afternoon relatively open. The current Twilight departure is at 6:00 PM\, so you do not want another activity running late and forcing you to rush to the marina.  \nOnce the boat returns\, having an overnight cabin means you can enjoy the rest of your evening in Big Bear rather than immediately starting a drive down the mountain. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Miss Liberty weekend. \nDeparture Day: Enjoy More of the Lake\nUse the following morning for another Big Bear experience before heading home. Pine Knot Marina currently offers additional boating and water activities beyond Miss Liberty\, including seasonal rentals and recreation. Verify what’s operating on your travel date before adding another lake activity.  \nA slower departure morning also gives your group time to eat\, pack\, and leave the mountains without turning the entire weekend into a tight driving schedule. \nWhere to Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nBecause Miss Liberty departs from Big Bear Lake\, accommodations in Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear communities are the logical choices for most visitors. Staying in Lake Arrowhead solely for a Miss Liberty trip would add unnecessary mountain travel. \nA Chalet currently offers vacation rentals across Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and Lake Arrowhead\, with a mix of smaller and larger properties. For this particular cruise\, focus your search on the Big Bear inventory.  \nA couple can consider a smaller one- or two-bedroom cabin for a simple lake weekend. Families often benefit from two or three bedrooms and a shared living area\, while groups traveling together can compare larger properties that keep everyone under one roof. \nA Chalet’s current collection includes examples ranging from the one-bedroom Bear Den to two-bedroom properties such as Heavenly Bay Retreat and Jaybird Cabin\, three-bedroom options such as Conklin Canopy\, and four-bedroom properties including Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge. Bedroom and bathroom counts should always be rechecked on the live listing before booking.  \nIf cooking at the cabin is important to your trip\, confirm that the particular property you choose currently lists a kitchen. The same rule applies to hot tubs\, pet-friendly policies\, parking\, air conditioning\, and other amenities: different A Chalet properties have different features. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your 2026 Big Bear Lake cruise dates. \nTips for Booking an Event Weekend Cabin\nReserve your cruise first. Knowing whether you have a noon\, afternoon\, or Twilight departure makes it easier to choose check-in and checkout dates. \nStay in the Big Bear area. The tour leaves from Pine Knot Marina in Big Bear Lake\, so prioritize Big Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities. \nChoose the correct cabin size. A couple does not necessarily need a large group property\, while families and friends may appreciate additional bedrooms and gathering space. \nVerify current property details. Check guest capacity\, bedrooms\, parking\, amenities\, house rules\, and cancellation terms on the current listing. \nConsider arriving the day before. This removes much of the risk associated with combining mountain traffic and a fixed cruise departure. \nConsider staying after a Twilight Cruise. An extra night allows you to relax after the evening cruise rather than immediately making a nighttime drive home. \nKeep weather flexibility in mind. Miss Liberty cruises are weather permitting\, so avoid building a trip where every other reservation depends on the boat operating exactly as planned.  \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026. Daytime cruises are listed at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\, with 6:00 PM Twilight Cruises on Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday.  \nWhere is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty departs from Pine Knot Marina\, 439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315.  \nDo You Need Tickets for Miss Liberty?\nYes. The cruise is a ticketed attraction\, and Pine Knot Marina recommends making reservations early. Published 2026 prices vary by passenger category and cruise type.  \nIs Miss Liberty Good for Children?\nThe sightseeing format can work well for families\, and the published 2026 ticket structure includes a child category for ages 4-14. Families traveling with younger children should confirm current ticket and boarding requirements directly with Pine Knot Marina.  \nWhere Do You Park for the Miss Liberty Tour?\nParking is currently listed as available at Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes before the cruise to give yourself time to park and board.  \nWhat Should I Bring on the Cruise?\nBring layers\, a jacket for cooler departures\, sun protection for daytime cruises\, your reservation details\, and a phone or camera. Check the forecast because conditions can feel cooler on the water. \nWhere Should I Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours?\nBig Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities are the most practical lodging areas. A Chalet offers cabins for couples\, families\, and groups across the Big Bear area. Browse current A Chalet availability for your Miss Liberty cruise dates. \nPlan Your Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer an easy way to experience Big Bear Lake from the water while learning about the valley’s history\, folklore\, and local stories. The 2026 season is currently scheduled through November 1\, with approximately 90-minute daytime tours and weekend Twilight Cruises.  \nStart by choosing your cruise and confirming the current schedule with Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes early\, check the weather before traveling\, and keep enough flexibility in your itinerary for changing lake or mountain conditions. \nFor visitors coming from outside Big Bear\, an overnight stay makes it easier to enjoy the cruise without planning the entire day around driving. Arrive early\, spend some time in The Village\, cruise the lake\, return to your cabin afterward\, and enjoy another morning in the mountains before heading home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and reserve a Big Bear stay that fits your 2026 Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour plans.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/miss-liberty-paddlewheel-tours-27/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260927T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260927T000000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215622Z
CREATED:20261016T215622Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215622Z
UID:13472-1790467200-1790467200@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Plein Air Art Competition
DESCRIPTION:Plein Air Art Competition 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nThe Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026 is Visit Big Bear’s third annual plein air competition and a month-long celebration of outdoor painting across the Big Bear Valley. Artists can create their competition work between September 12 and October 10\, 2026\, with gallery events beginning in September and the main Competition Gallery and awards scheduled for October. \nRegistered artists first complete online registration\, then visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center at 40824 Big Bear Boulevard to have their painting substrates stamped. The Visitor Center is currently listed as open daily from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. Artists may have multiple substrates stamped\, but the competition information says there is one submission per artist for galleries.  \nThe main submitted works will be displayed at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake. Visit Big Bear lists the principal competition awards as $2\,000 for first place\, $1\,500 for second place\, and $500 for third place. The awards ceremony is scheduled for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nThis event is particularly well suited to an overnight or multi-night Big Bear trip because artists are intentionally given time to explore the valley\, choose landscapes\, return to locations\, and continue developing their work. A Chalet offers cabins in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City that can serve as a base between painting sessions\, gallery visits\, and other fall activities.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear art trip. \nPlein Air Art Competition 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nBig Bear Plein Air Art Competition & Festival of Artist Events\n\n\nOrganizer\nVisit Big Bear\n\n\nCompetition year\n2026 — 3rd annual event\n\n\nCreate period\nSeptember 12-October 10\, 2026\n\n\nArtist registration\nOnline registration required before arrival\n\n\nMaximum artists\n75 participants\n\n\nSubstrate stamping\nBig Bear Lake Visitor Center\n\n\nVisitor Center\n40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nVisitor Center hours\nDaily\, 9:00 AM-5:00 PM\n\n\nCompetition Gallery\nDestination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake\n\n\nMain gallery period\nOctober 14-18\, 2026\n\n\nAwards ceremony\nOctober 18\, 2026 at 10:00 AM\n\n\nMain awards\n1st: $2\,000; 2nd: $1\,500; 3rd: $500\n\n\nPublic gallery access\nPublic invited; artwork available for purchase\n\n\nParking\nNo single competition-wide parking plan is published; follow instructions and posted rules at each location\n\n\nOfficial website\nVisit Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition\n\n\n\nVisit Big Bear confirms the September 12-October 10 creation period and lists every day in that period as part of the recurring competition calendar.  \nWhat Is the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition?\nThe Plein Air Art Competition invites artists to create landscapes outdoors in the Big Bear Valley\, working directly from the scenery rather than solely from photographs or studio references. \nWhat distinguishes the Big Bear format is its extended creation period. Artists do not have to arrive on one morning and complete their work under a short time limit. Visit Big Bear gives participants from September 12 through October 10 to explore\, select a location\, paint\, and potentially return to Big Bear to continue their work.  \nThat format encourages artists to experience the valley during early fall\, when the character of the landscape can change with light\, weather\, and seasonal conditions. Participants choose their own Big Bear landscape subject rather than being assigned one specific painting location for the main competition. \nFor 2026\, Visit Big Bear has expanded the program with a Festival of Artist Events. Registration in the main competition includes access to the highlighted festival activities\, and artists may choose to participate in one or several. The competition is limited to a maximum of 75 artist participants.  \nWhen Is the Plein Air Art Competition 2026?\nThe competition is not a single-day event. Instead\, it unfolds across several phases. \nSeptember 12-October 10: Create\nArtists may visit Big Bear at any point during this period to create their competition work. Before arriving\, participants are instructed to complete online registration. \nAfter reaching Big Bear\, artists must stop at the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center\, 40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, to have their painting substrates stamped. Visit Big Bear says artists can have as many substrates stamped as they wish. Completed competition artwork is then returned to the Visitor Center for storage before the gallery opens.  \nOctober 14-18: Competition Gallery\nVisit Big Bear’s dedicated competition page identifies the main gallery and awards period as October 14-18. The event calendar separately shows the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition Gallery running during this same mid-October period at 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake.  \nThe public is invited to view the competition artwork\, and Visit Big Bear states that artwork at the galleries will be available for purchase.  \nOctober 18: Awards Ceremony\nThe awards ceremony is scheduled for Sunday\, October 18 at 10:00 AM at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.  \nWhat Special Artist Events Are Part of the 2026 Festival?\nThe expanded 2026 Festival of Artist Events adds several opportunities beyond the main competition. \nArtist’s Best Work en Plein Air Gallery — September 18-19\nThis gallery gives participating artists another chance to exhibit and sell plein air work. Visit Big Bear lists a $500 Best of Show award for this portion of the festival.  \nThe Village Paint-Out — September 19\nA dedicated Paint-Out is scheduled in The Village Big Bear Lake on September 19. This provides a more concentrated event within the broader month-long competition period.  \nMoonridge Corridor Paint-Out — October 3\nAnother Paint-Out takes place in the Moonridge Corridor on October 3\, followed by a gallery on October 4. Visit Big Bear lists a separate $500 Best of Show award for this event.  \nMain Competition Gallery and Awards — October 14-18\nThe main competition concludes with the complete collection of submitted works and the awards ceremony. The principal prizes currently published are: \n\nFirst Place: $2\,000\nSecond Place: $1\,500\nThird Place: $500\n\nVisit Big Bear lists John Budicin\, Diane Moore\, and Lisa Mozzini-McDill as distinguished judges associated with the 2026 competition.  \nHow Do Artists Register and Submit Their Work?\nArtists should begin at the official Visit Big Bear Plein Air Competition page and complete the linked registration before traveling to Big Bear. \nThe currently published process is: \n\nComplete registration online before arriving.\nVisit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center during operating hours.\nHave the painting substrates you may use stamped.\nExplore Big Bear and create the work during the September 12-October 10 competition period.\nReturn the completed competition painting to the Visitor Center.\nSubmitted artwork is stored until the Competition Gallery opens.\n\nVisit Big Bear states that the 2026 competition has a maximum of 75 participating artists and allows one submission per artist for the galleries.  \nThe public page reviewed for this guide does not display a clearly stated universal competition registration price in its main event information. Artists should check the live registration form for the current fee and full participation terms rather than relying on a prior year’s price. \nWhere Are the Visitor Center and Competition Gallery?\nBig Bear Lake Visitor Center\n40824 Big Bear Boulevard\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nThe Visitor Center is currently listed as open daily from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM and is the location where artists get substrates stamped and return completed competition paintings.  \nDestination Big Bear Event Room\n713 Stocker Rd.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA \nThis is the published location for the Competition Gallery\, the October 18 awards ceremony\, and the public pop-up galleries associated with the festival.  \nNo single parking plan covering every competition location is published. Artists and gallery visitors should follow event instructions and posted parking regulations at the Visitor Center\, The Village\, Moonridge\, and the Destination Big Bear Event Room. \nCan Non-Artists Attend the Plein Air Events?\nYes. The competition is not only for participating painters. \nVisit Big Bear specifically invites art enthusiasts\, collectors\, and members of the community to attend the pop-up galleries and view the complete collection of 2026 competition artwork. Artwork will also be available for purchase.  \nThat makes the October gallery period a good option for visitors who enjoy art but do not plan to enter the competition themselves. \nA public admission charge for the galleries is not stated on the current competition page. Visitors should check the individual gallery listing closer to their chosen date if admission\, opening hours\, or purchasing procedures are important to their plans. \nWhat Should Artists Bring?\nVisit Big Bear does not publish one universal equipment list because plein air painters work with different media and setups. Participants should therefore prepare according to their own painting method and the outdoor mountain environment. \nA practical artist packing list may include: \n\nYour preferred paints\, brushes\, and painting tools\nMultiple eligible substrates to have stamped at the Visitor Center\nPortable easel or pochade setup\nWater or appropriate painting medium\nSun protection\nWeather-appropriate layers\nWater and snacks\nProtective equipment for transporting wet artwork\nAny personal medications or necessities\n\nBecause artists choose their own locations around Big Bear\, conditions can vary significantly between lakefront areas\, forested locations\, The Village\, and higher-elevation viewpoints. Check the forecast and current access conditions before setting up outdoors. \nHow to Make a Weekend of the Plein Air Art Competition\nDay 1: Arrive\, Register\, and Scout Locations\nComplete online registration before leaving home. After arriving in Big Bear\, check into your cabin and visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center between 9:00 AM and 5:00 PM to get your substrates stamped. \nInstead of immediately committing to the first landscape you see\, use part of the afternoon to explore Big Bear Valley and observe how light falls across different areas. \nDay 2: Paint en Plein Air\nStart early enough to work during the light conditions you want to capture. Because the competition gives artists nearly a month to create\, there is no need to treat the trip like a speed-painting contest unless you’re participating in a specific Paint-Out. \nReturning to a cabin between sessions can be useful for organizing supplies\, resting\, eating\, and preparing for another painting period. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for your Plein Air Competition dates. \nReturn for the Gallery or Awards\nArtists do not have to treat the September-October creation period and October gallery as a single continuous stay. Visit Big Bear explicitly allows artists to visit once or return to Big Bear to continue their work.  \nYou might therefore plan one trip for painting and another for the Competition Gallery and October 18 awards ceremony. \nWhere to Stay for the Plein Air Art Competition\nBecause the competition spans the Big Bear Valley and important event locations are in Big Bear Lake\, staying in Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City makes practical sense. \nA Chalet currently offers cabins in both destinations\, with properties ranging from smaller two-bedroom stays to larger three- and four-bedroom rentals. Current examples shown in A Chalet’s collection include Heavenly Bay Retreat and Jaybird Cabin with two bedrooms\, Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms\, and Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge with four bedrooms.  \nFor an artist traveling alone or with a partner\, a smaller cabin can provide a straightforward base between painting sessions. Friends participating together may prefer additional bedrooms and common space for organizing the trip. \nIf you need particular features for an art-focused stay—such as parking capacity\, a kitchen\, laundry facilities\, pet permission\, or additional indoor space—verify them on the current individual property listing before booking. Amenities differ by cabin and should not be assumed. \nA multi-night stay may be especially useful for this competition because participants are encouraged to explore the landscape rather than paint against a single-day deadline. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking an Art Competition Weekend Cabin\nChoose your competition phase first. A September painting trip\, October 3 Moonridge Paint-Out weekend\, and October 14-18 gallery trip have different schedules. \nComplete artist registration before traveling. Visit Big Bear specifically instructs participants to register online before arriving. \nAllow time for the Visitor Center. Substrates need to be stamped\, and current Visitor Center hours are 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. \nConsider more than one night. One of the main advantages of this competition is the ability to explore different Big Bear landscapes and work without a short painting deadline. \nMatch the cabin to your group. Solo artists and couples may prefer smaller accommodations\, while several artists traveling together can compare multi-bedroom rentals. \nVerify amenities directly. Parking\, kitchens\, pet policies\, and other property features vary across A Chalet’s inventory. \nRecheck event details before your trip. Gallery hours\, registration availability\, and individual festival-event instructions can change. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026?\nArtists can create competition work from September 12 through October 10\, 2026. The main gallery period follows in mid-October\, with the awards ceremony scheduled for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nWhere Is the Plein Air Art Competition?\nPainting can take place across the Big Bear Valley. Substrate stamping and artwork drop-off are handled through the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center at 40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, while the main Competition Gallery is held at 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake.  \nDo Artists Need to Register?\nYes. Visit Big Bear directs artists to complete online registration before arriving. The 2026 competition is limited to a maximum of 75 artist participants.  \nWhat Are the 2026 Plein Air Competition Prizes?\nThe main competition awards are currently listed as $2\,000 for first place\, $1\,500 for second place\, and $500 for third place. Separate $500 Best of Show prizes are also listed for certain festival galleries.  \nCan the Public Visit the Galleries?\nYes. Visit Big Bear invites the public\, art enthusiasts\, and collectors to attend the galleries. Artwork is expected to be available for purchase.  \nWhen Is the Awards Ceremony?\nThe awards ceremony is scheduled for October 18\, 2026 at 10:00 AM at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.  \nWhere Should I Stay for the Plein Air Art Competition?\nBig Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City is practical because the competition is centered throughout the Big Bear Valley and key administrative and gallery locations are in Big Bear Lake. A Chalet offers cabins of several sizes in the Big Bear area. Browse current A Chalet availability. \nPlan Your Plein Air Art Competition 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nThe Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026 gives painters something many competitions do not: time. From September 12 through October 10\, registered artists can explore Big Bear\, choose their landscape\, paint\, return to refine their work\, and participate in an expanded schedule of festival events.  \nThe 2026 festival includes the Artist’s Best Work gallery on September 18-19\, The Village Paint-Out on September 19\, the Moonridge Paint-Out on October 3\, the Moonridge gallery on October 4\, and the main Competition Gallery and awards activities in mid-October. The awards ceremony is set for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nArtists should register online before arriving\, visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center to have substrates stamped\, and verify the latest competition instructions before beginning their work. \nFor a trip built around several painting sessions—or a separate return visit for the gallery and awards—an overnight cabin gives you a comfortable base in the Big Bear Valley instead of forcing the creative process into a single day. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around the Plein Air Art Competition 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/plein-air-art-competition-18/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260926T180000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260926T230000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215629Z
CREATED:20261016T215629Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215629Z
UID:13889-1790445600-1790463600@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Let's Fiesta!
DESCRIPTION:Let’s Fiesta! 2026: Date\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nLet’s Fiesta! 2026 takes place on Saturday\, September 26\, 2026\, from 6:00 PM to 11:00 PM at Sunnybrook Estate\, 42488 Moonridge Road\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. \nThe evening is a community celebration and fundraiser honoring the culture\, history\, and legacy of Latin America. Current event information lists dinner served by TACOSTAO\, a full bar\, free non-alcoholic drinks for kids\, dancing with a DJ\, and yard games. \nPublished admission is $50 for adults\, $10 for ages 13 to 18\, and $5 for children 12 and under. The event also says the first 200 adults to register receive one complimentary dinner ticket for TACOSTAO\, so anyone interested in that offer should verify current availability when registering. \nThe event is listed on the Rotary Club of Big Bear Lake’s current calendar as the Latin American Fiesta Celebration\, scheduled for the same date\, time\, and Sunnybrook Estate address. Visit Big Bear promotes it under the more visitor-friendly title Let’s Fiesta!. \nFor travelers coming from outside the Big Bear Valley\, an A Chalet cabin can turn the Saturday-night fundraiser into a relaxed mountain weekend. Arrive earlier in the day\, get ready at your cabin\, enjoy dinner and dancing at Sunnybrook\, then return to your rental instead of beginning a late-night drive down the mountain. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for the Let’s Fiesta! weekend. \nLet’s Fiesta! 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nLet’s Fiesta! / Latin American Fiesta Celebration\n\n\nDate\nSaturday\, September 26\, 2026\n\n\nTime\n6:00 PM-11:00 PM\n\n\nVenue\nSunnybrook Estate\n\n\nAddress\n42488 Moonridge Road\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nAdult admission\n$50\n\n\nAges 13-18\n$10\n\n\nKids 12 and under\n$5\n\n\nFood\nDinner served by TACOSTAO\n\n\nCurrent adult registration offer\nFirst 200 adults to register receive one free dinner ticket for TACOSTAO\n\n\nActivities\nDJ dancing\, yard games\, dinner\, full bar\n\n\nKids\nFree non-alcoholic drinks are advertised for children\n\n\nParking\nSunnybrook Estate is the event venue; follow current event parking instructions on arrival\n\n\nOrganizer\nRotary Club of Big Bear Lake\n\n\nOrganizer website\nRotary Club of Big Bear Lake\n\n\nEvent information\nVisit Big Bear – Let’s Fiesta!\n\n\n\nWhat Is Let’s Fiesta!?\nLet’s Fiesta! is a Saturday-night celebration and fundraiser in Big Bear Lake centered on Latin American culture\, food\, music\, and community. \nThe Rotary Club of Big Bear Lake currently lists the event as its Latin American Fiesta Celebration\, while Visit Big Bear promotes the same September 26 event as Let’s Fiesta!. \nThe format is designed to be social rather than formal. Guests can eat dinner\, listen and dance to DJ music\, spend time outdoors with yard games\, and enjoy an evening at Sunnybrook Estate. \nUnlike a concert or performance where guests remain seated for most of the night\, this event appears structured around mingling\, eating\, dancing\, and participating at your own pace. \nThe fundraiser framing is also important. The event is not simply a themed dinner; it is connected with the Rotary Club of Big Bear Lake and its broader community-service mission. \nWhen and Where Is Let’s Fiesta! 2026?\nLet’s Fiesta! is scheduled for: \nSaturday\, September 26\, 2026\n6:00 PM to 11:00 PM \nat: \nSunnybrook Estate\n42488 Moonridge Road\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nThe Rotary Club’s current calendar confirms the same date\, time\, and address. \nThe structured event export shifts the date to September 25 because of its calendar formatting\, but the published event date is Saturday\, September 26\, 2026. \nWhat Can Visitors Expect?\nThe currently published event program includes several components: \n\nDinner served by TACOSTAO\nA full bar for eligible adult guests\nFree non-alcoholic drinks for children\nDancing with a DJ\nYard games\nA community fundraiser atmosphere\n\nThe event description does not currently publish a detailed entertainment schedule\, DJ name\, dance set times\, dinner service window\, bar menu\, or yard-game list. \nThat means visitors should plan for a flexible social evening rather than expecting a minute-by-minute stage program. \nHow Much Are Let’s Fiesta! Tickets?\nCurrent Visit Big Bear pricing is: \n\nAdults: $50\nAges 13 to 18: $10\nChildren 12 and under: $5\n\nThose prices make the event notably more affordable for younger guests than for adults\, reinforcing its family-friendly setup. \nBecause fundraising-event ticketing can change as the event approaches\, confirm the current price and registration process through the organizer before making final plans. \nWhat Is the Free TACOSTAO Dinner Offer?\nThe event currently advertises that the first 200 adults to register will receive one free dinner ticket for TACOSTAO. \nThis wording matters: the complimentary dinner ticket is tied to early adult registration rather than being described as automatically included with every adult admission. \nIf dinner is an important part of your evening\, verify whether complimentary dinner tickets are still available at the time you register. \nThe event description does not currently publish the dinner menu\, serving portions\, dietary accommodations\, or whether food will also be available for purchase after the first 200 dinner tickets are claimed. \nGuests with allergies or dietary restrictions should contact the organizer in advance rather than assuming a particular menu option will be available. \nIs Let’s Fiesta! Family-Friendly?\nYes. The published ticket structure specifically includes ages 13 to 18 and kids 12 and under\, and the event advertises free non-alcoholic drinks for kids. \nYard games also add an activity beyond dinner and dancing. \nParents should still keep the 11:00 PM end time in mind. Younger children may enjoy the earlier part of the evening more than the full five-hour event. \nThe presence of a full bar does not change normal age requirements for alcoholic beverages. \nWho Is Organizing the Event?\nThe current Rotary Club of Big Bear Lake calendar lists the event as the Latin American Fiesta Celebration. \nThe club operates under Rotary’s familiar “Service Above Self” model and holds regular meetings and community-service activities in Big Bear Lake. \nRotary clubs typically use fundraising events to support service programs and community projects\, but the current public Let’s Fiesta! description does not identify a specific beneficiary or allocation for the 2026 proceeds. \nVisitors should therefore describe the event broadly as a Rotary fundraiser rather than claiming ticket revenue is earmarked for any particular cause unless the club publishes additional details. \nWhat Is Sunnybrook Estate?\nSunnybrook Estate is a purpose-built event venue in Big Bear Lake at 42488 Moonridge Road. \nThe venue’s current website describes a connected mix of indoor and outdoor event spaces set among mountain landscaping and mature trees. \nIts primary indoor space\, the Grand Room\, can accommodate large gatherings\, while outdoor areas include the Garden Terrace and landscaped grounds. \nThat combination fits an event like Let’s Fiesta!\, which includes dinner and dancing as well as outdoor-style yard games. \nSunnybrook’s official website lists the same Moonridge Road address as the event announcement\, removing ambiguity about the venue location. \nParking and Transportation\nThe event is being held at Sunnybrook Estate\, and visitors should follow the parking directions provided by event staff and current venue signage on September 26. \nBecause Let’s Fiesta! continues until 11:00 PM and includes a full bar\, transportation planning deserves extra attention. \nIf anyone in your party expects to drink alcohol\, establish a designated driver or arrange a safe ride before the event begins. \nStaying overnight in Big Bear also removes the pressure to begin a long mountain drive immediately after a late-night event. \nWhat Should You Bring?\nYou do not need specialized equipment for Let’s Fiesta!\, but a few practical items can make the night easier: \n\nYour ticket or registration confirmation\nValid identification if purchasing alcoholic beverages\nA payment method for additional food\, drinks\, or fundraiser purchases\nA light jacket or layer for nighttime mountain temperatures\nComfortable shoes for dancing and yard games\nAny essential medications\nA plan for safe transportation after the event\n\nThe event does not currently advertise a dress code\, so guests should prioritize comfortable\, festive clothing appropriate for dinner\, dancing\, and an indoor-outdoor mountain venue. \nHow to Make a Weekend of Let’s Fiesta!\nFriday: Arrive and Settle Into Big Bear\nFor travelers who want a full weekend rather than a one-night trip\, arrive Friday afternoon and check into your cabin. \nUse the evening for dinner\, groceries\, and a relaxed start to the weekend. \nSaturday Morning: Explore Big Bear Lake\nKeep Saturday daytime flexible. \nYou might spend the morning in The Village\, enjoy a scenic local walk\, or simply relax at the cabin before getting ready for the evening fundraiser. \nA lighter daytime schedule can be especially helpful for families planning to stay at Let’s Fiesta! until later in the evening. \nSaturday Evening: Head to Sunnybrook Estate\nArrive with enough time to park\, check in\, and confirm your dinner-ticket status before the evening gets busy. \nEnjoy TACOSTAO dinner\, DJ music\, dancing\, yard games\, and the social atmosphere of the fundraiser. \nIf your adult registration includes one of the first 200 complimentary dinner tickets\, keep any related confirmation handy. \nAfter the Fiesta: Return to Your Cabin\nInstead of driving out of Big Bear at 11:00 PM\, return to your vacation rental for the night. \nThat makes the event easier for families and groups and allows designated drivers to focus only on the local trip back to the cabin. \nCheck A Chalet availability for the September 26 fiesta weekend. \nSunday: Enjoy a Slow Mountain Morning\nSleep in\, make breakfast at the cabin\, and give yourself time to enjoy Big Bear before checking out. \nA Sunday morning without an event deadline is one of the strongest reasons to make a Saturday-night fundraiser part of an overnight getaway. \nWhere to Stay for Let’s Fiesta! 2026\nBecause Sunnybrook Estate is located in Big Bear Lake\, an A Chalet rental in Big Bear Lake is the most practical lodging choice for this event. \nFor a larger family or friend group\, Conklin Canopy is a current A Chalet property in Big Bear Lake with three bedrooms\, two bathrooms\, and space for up to eight guests. \nIts verified current amenities include a fully equipped kitchen\, washer and dryer\, Wi-Fi\, game room\, barbecue\, secure deck\, and parking for up to three vehicles. \nThose features work well for a group attending an evening fundraiser. Guests have shared space to get ready\, a kitchen for breakfast and snacks\, and somewhere comfortable to relax when the event ends. \nA Chalet also currently features a range of two-\, three-\, and four-bedroom properties across Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City\, so couples and larger groups can choose a cabin size that matches their party rather than booking unnecessary space. \nAlways verify the live listing before booking for current occupancy\, parking\, amenities\, pet policies\, and house rules. \nBrowse current A Chalet rentals for Let’s Fiesta! 2026. \nTips for Booking a Let’s Fiesta! Weekend Cabin\nStay Saturday night at minimum. The event ends at 11:00 PM\, making a same-night drive down the mountain much less appealing. \nChoose Big Bear Lake first. Sunnybrook Estate is in Big Bear Lake\, so nearby lodging keeps your event-day travel simpler. \nConfirm parking limits at your rental. Groups attending together may arrive in several cars\, but cabin parking restrictions still apply. \nPlan transportation before drinking. Staying locally is useful\, but you still need safe transportation between Sunnybrook and your cabin. \nVerify the dinner offer. The complimentary TACOSTAO dinner ticket is advertised specifically for the first 200 adults who register. \nLeave Saturday afternoon open. A relaxed pre-event schedule gives everyone time to get ready without rushing. \nConsider a two-night stay. Friday arrival and Sunday departure turns the event into a full weekend rather than a single late-night trip. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is Let’s Fiesta! 2026?\nLet’s Fiesta! is scheduled for Saturday\, September 26\, 2026\, from 6:00 PM to 11:00 PM. \nWhere Is Let’s Fiesta!?\nThe event takes place at Sunnybrook Estate\, 42488 Moonridge Road\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. \nHow Much Are Tickets?\nCurrent published pricing is $50 for adults\, $10 for ages 13 to 18\, and $5 for children 12 and under. \nDoes Admission Include Dinner?\nThe event says the first 200 adults to register receive one free dinner ticket for TACOSTAO. Confirm current dinner-ticket availability when you register because the offer is limited. \nCan Kids Attend Let’s Fiesta!?\nYes. The event has specific youth and child ticket prices and advertises free non-alcoholic drinks for kids. \nWill There Be Dancing?\nYes. The current event details include dancing with a DJ\, along with dinner and yard games. \nWhere Should I Stay for Let’s Fiesta!?\nAn A Chalet cabin in Big Bear Lake is a practical choice for a late-evening event at Sunnybrook Estate. Staying overnight lets you enjoy the fundraiser through 11:00 PM without immediately starting a mountain drive home. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for the September 26 weekend. \nPlan Your Let’s Fiesta! 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nLet’s Fiesta! 2026 brings dinner\, music\, dancing\, games\, and a community fundraiser to Sunnybrook Estate on Saturday\, September 26. \nThe evening runs from 6:00 PM to 11:00 PM\, with current admission priced at $50 for adults\, $10 for ages 13 to 18\, and $5 for kids 12 and under. The first 200 registered adults are also being offered a complimentary TACOSTAO dinner ticket. \nBecause the event runs late and includes a full bar\, an overnight stay is particularly useful. Arrive earlier in the weekend\, enjoy Big Bear during the day\, spend Saturday night at Sunnybrook\, and return to your cabin for a relaxed end to the evening. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Let’s Fiesta! 2026 weekend in Big Bear Lake. \n\n“`
URL:https://achalet.com/event/__trashed-11__trashed-2/
LOCATION:Sunnybrook Estate\, 42430 Moonridge Rd\, Big Bear Lake\, CA\, 92315\, United States
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260926T180000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260926T210000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215627Z
CREATED:20261016T215627Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215627Z
UID:14023-1790445600-1790456400@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Live Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany's Bistro
DESCRIPTION:Live Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro 2026: Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nLive Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro 2026 is a recurring Friday and Saturday evening music series at Chateau Big Bear in Big Bear Lake. The current venue schedule lists live music every Friday and Saturday from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM\, with pianist Mike Cross and rotating guest performers playing beneath the Chateau’s restored Tiffany dome. \nTiffany’s Bistro is located inside Chateau Big Bear at 42200 Moonridge Road\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. The bistro is currently open Thursday\, Friday\, and Saturday from 4:00 PM to 11:00 PM\, with food served until 9:30 PM. That makes it easy to combine dinner\, drinks\, and live music in one evening. \nVisit Big Bear’s current event calendar shows the music series continuing through the 2026-27 winter season\, with upcoming dates beginning September 11 and 12 and continuing on Fridays and Saturdays into March 2027. \nFor travelers coming from outside the mountains\, an overnight Big Bear stay can make the evening more relaxed. Instead of driving down the mountain after a 9:00 PM set\, guests can return to a nearby A Chalet cabin and continue their trip the following morning. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear live-music weekend. \nLive Music at Chateau Big Bear 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nLive Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro\n\n\nSchedule\nFridays and Saturdays\n\n\nLive music hours\n6:00 PM-9:00 PM\n\n\nVenue\nTiffany’s Bistro at Chateau Big Bear\n\n\nAddress\n42200 Moonridge Road\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nRegular featured artist\nMike Cross with rotating guest performers\n\n\nBistro hours\nThursday-Saturday\, 4:00 PM-11:00 PM\n\n\nFood service\n4:00 PM-9:30 PM\n\n\nAdmission\nNo universal live-music cover charge is published on the current official venue page\n\n\nParking\nParking available at Chateau Big Bear\n\n\nPhone\n909-866-6666\n\n\nOfficial venue page\nTiffany’s Bistro at Chateau Big Bear\n\n\n\nThe official venue currently states that Mike Cross and selected guests perform every Friday and Saturday from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. Visit Big Bear independently lists the same recurring event and venue address. \nWhat Is Live Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro?\nThe event is a recurring live-music night inside Tiffany’s Bistro\, the restaurant and lounge at Chateau Big Bear. Rather than functioning as a stand-alone concert with a fixed touring lineup\, it is designed as an ongoing dinner-and-music experience. \nThe Chateau has a long connection with performing arts. Its own current event description recalls productions and entertainment held there during the late 1980s and early 1990s\, including opera\, theater\, and dance events. Today\, the venue continues that tradition through weekly live music beneath its distinctive stained-glass dome. \nPianist Mike Cross is a regular headliner. Chateau Big Bear says he performs with a rotating selection of guest musicians\, including vocalists and instrumentalists. The venue’s recent guide describes musical styles that can include blues\, jazz standards\, and original material. \nBecause the performers may change from one weekend to another\, guests interested in a particular artist should check Chateau Big Bear’s current social media or contact the venue rather than assuming every Friday and Saturday has the same lineup. \nWhen Is Live Music at Chateau Big Bear in 2026?\nThe current recurring schedule is simple: \n\nFridays: 6:00 PM-9:00 PM\nSaturdays: 6:00 PM-9:00 PM\n\nAs of September 10\, Visit Big Bear lists upcoming 2026 dates including: \n\nFriday\, September 11\nSaturday\, September 12\nFriday\, September 18\nSaturday\, September 19\nFriday\, September 25\nSaturday\, September 26\nFriday\, October 2\nSaturday\, October 3\nFriday\, October 9\nSaturday\, October 10\n\nThe calendar continues with additional Friday and Saturday performances later in fall and winter and currently shows the recurring series extending into March 2027. \nBecause this is an ongoing venue series rather than a one-time concert\, check the official Tiffany’s Bistro page before your trip for weekly performer updates. \nWhere Is Tiffany’s Bistro?\nLive music takes place at: \nTiffany’s Bistro at Chateau Big Bear\n42200 Moonridge Road\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nChateau Big Bear sits in Big Bear Lake’s Moonridge area. Visit Big Bear confirms the same address and identifies Tiffany’s Bistro as the hotel’s restaurant\, cocktail\, wine\, and live-music venue. \nThe venue phone number is 909-866-6666. \nWhat Can Visitors Expect?\nThe experience combines three elements: live music\, dinner service\, and the setting beneath Chateau Big Bear’s stained-glass Tiffany dome. \nMusic generally runs from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM\, while Tiffany’s Bistro opens at 4:00 PM and serves food until 9:30 PM. Guests can therefore arrive before the music begins for an early meal or plan dinner during the performance. \nThe venue serves casual bistro fare along with cocktails and wine. Chateau Big Bear also promotes its own private-label wines\, while its current bar program includes classic and house cocktails. \nThe music lineup is not identical every weekend. Mike Cross is the recurring featured performer\, but guest musicians rotate. Chateau Big Bear advises visitors to follow its social accounts for the latest weekly artist announcements. \nWhat Is Special About the Tiffany Dome?\nThe dome above Tiffany’s Bistro is one of the most distinctive features of the space. Chateau Big Bear says the stained-glass dome has been extensively restored and remains a centerpiece of the room. \nThe venue’s history article says the dome originally came from Paris and was later dismantled and reconstructed in Big Bear Lake. Chateau Big Bear reports that a recent restoration project cost roughly $500\,000. \nFor guests choosing between a conventional restaurant and somewhere with more atmosphere\, the combination of live music and the historic dome is part of what distinguishes Tiffany’s Bistro. \nDo You Need Tickets for Live Music at Tiffany’s Bistro?\nThe current official venue page does not publish a universal live-music ticket price or regular cover charge for the Friday and Saturday series. \nTiffany’s Bistro is open to the public\, not just hotel guests\, so visitors can come for dinner\, drinks\, and live music without staying at Chateau Big Bear itself. \nBecause individual special events or holiday weekends may operate differently\, call 909-866-6666 if you need to confirm reservations\, seating policies\, cover charges\, or special-event arrangements for a specific date. \nShould You Make a Dinner Reservation?\nThe current public event information does not state that every live-music night requires a reservation. However\, if your evening depends on having a dinner table during a particular set\, contacting the venue ahead of time is sensible. \nThe live music falls directly within dinner service\, so Friday and Saturday evenings may draw both hotel guests and local visitors. \nA practical schedule would be to arrive between 5:00 PM and 5:30 PM for dinner before the 6:00 PM music begins. This is a planning recommendation\, not an official arrival requirement. \nWhere Do You Park?\nVisit Big Bear’s event listing states that parking is available at Chateau Big Bear. \nNo separate shuttle or event-specific remote parking system is currently published. Follow posted signs and any instructions from hotel staff when you arrive. \nAllowing a little extra time is useful on Friday and Saturday evenings\, especially if you want to be seated before the music starts. \nIs Tiffany’s Bistro Open Before the Music Starts?\nYes. Tiffany’s Bistro currently opens at 4:00 PM on Thursday\, Friday\, and Saturday. Live music begins at 6:00 PM on Friday and Saturday\, while food service continues until 9:30 PM and the bistro remains open until 11:00 PM. \nThe venue also currently advertises a happy hour from 4:00 PM to 6:00 PM\, which lines up directly with the period before the live music begins. \nHappy-hour offerings can change\, so check the current menu or venue information before planning around a specific drink or food special. \nIs Live Music at Chateau Big Bear Family-Friendly?\nThe current event listing does not publish a universal minimum age for the live-music series. Tiffany’s Bistro operates as a restaurant and bar serving food\, cocktails\, and wine. \nFamilies planning to bring children should contact the venue before visiting if age policies\, seating arrangements\, or evening atmosphere are important to their plans. Do not assume bar-area policies based on another Big Bear restaurant. \nThe current event pages also do not provide detailed accessibility information for the live-music seating area. Guests needing a specific accommodation should call Chateau Big Bear at 909-866-6666 in advance. \nHow to Make a Weekend of Live Music at Chateau Big Bear\nFriday: Check In and Head to Tiffany’s Bistro\nArrive in Big Bear during the afternoon\, check into your cabin\, and give yourself time to settle in before heading to Moonridge. \nIf you want dinner before the music begins\, arrive at Tiffany’s Bistro ahead of the 6:00 PM set. Alternatively\, plan your meal during the performance since food service continues until 9:30 PM. \nAfter the music ends at 9:00 PM\, return to your cabin rather than immediately starting a nighttime drive out of the mountains. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your live-music weekend. \nSaturday: Enjoy Big Bear During the Day\nKeep Saturday open for the part of Big Bear that interests you most. Depending on the season and current operating conditions\, that could include time around Big Bear Lake\, hiking\, The Village\, or another local attraction. \nIf you enjoyed Friday’s performance\, the recurring schedule gives you the option of returning Saturday evening for another live-music session. Because guest performers can rotate\, the experience may not be identical both nights. \nSunday: Relax Before Departure\nA two-night cabin stay gives you a slower Sunday morning rather than requiring a late-night departure after Saturday’s show. Have breakfast\, enjoy one final Big Bear activity\, and then begin the drive home during daylight if your schedule allows. \nWhere to Stay for Live Music at Chateau Big Bear\nBecause Chateau Big Bear is on Moonridge Road in Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear Lake is the most straightforward lodging area for this event. Big Bear City can also work for visitors planning activities throughout the valley. \nA Chalet currently offers rentals across Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City. Current featured options include Heavenly Bay Retreat with two bedrooms and two baths\, Jaybird Cabin with two bedrooms and one bath\, Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms and two baths\, and Maverick’s Cabin with two bedrooms and two baths. \nFor larger groups\, A Chalet’s current collection also shows Boulder Landing\, Rustic Ridge\, and Elevated Escape\, each currently listed with four bedrooms and three baths. Smaller parties can also compare options such as Bear Den. \nBedroom counts are only one part of choosing a rental. Verify current occupancy limits\, parking\, kitchens\, pet policies\, outdoor amenities\, and other features on the live individual listing before booking. \nFor a live-music weekend\, the main benefit of staying nearby is schedule flexibility: enjoy dinner and the full 6:00-9:00 PM music set without building the evening around an immediate drive down the mountain. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking a Live-Music Weekend Cabin\nChoose Friday\, Saturday\, or both. Live music currently runs on both evenings from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. \nCheck the weekly artist lineup. Mike Cross is a recurring featured performer\, but guest musicians rotate. \nConfirm dining plans. If you want a table at a specific time\, contact Tiffany’s Bistro before the weekend rather than assuming walk-in availability. \nStay in Big Bear Lake or Big Bear City. These destinations are more geographically relevant to Moonridge than Lake Arrowhead for this event. \nVerify cabin parking. Groups arriving in several vehicles should check each rental’s permitted vehicle count. \nConsider two nights. Staying Friday and Saturday gives you a full mountain day between evening performances. \nCheck weather before traveling. The recurring series continues into winter\, when mountain road and weather conditions can materially affect travel plans. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is Live Music at Chateau Big Bear in 2026?\nLive music is currently scheduled every Friday and Saturday from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM\, with the recurring Visit Big Bear calendar extending into March 2027. \nWhere Is Live Music at Tiffany’s Bistro?\nThe performances take place at Tiffany’s Bistro inside Chateau Big Bear\, 42200 Moonridge Road\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. \nWho Performs at Chateau Big Bear?\nMike Cross is the venue’s recurring featured musician\, joined by rotating guest performers. Chateau Big Bear recommends checking its social channels for weekly lineup updates. \nDo You Need Tickets?\nThe current official venue information does not publish a universal ticket price or regular cover charge for the Friday and Saturday music series. Contact Tiffany’s Bistro for any date-specific requirements. \nCan You Eat During the Live Music?\nYes. Tiffany’s Bistro currently serves food from 4:00 PM to 9:30 PM\, while live music runs from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. \nIs Parking Available?\nYes. Visit Big Bear states that parking is available at Chateau Big Bear. \nWhere Should I Stay for Live Music at Chateau Big Bear?\nBig Bear Lake is the most practical general lodging area for an event on Moonridge Road. A Chalet offers cabins in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City for couples\, families\, and larger groups. \nBrowse A Chalet availability for your live-music dates. \nPlan Your Live Music at Chateau Big Bear 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nLive Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro 2026 offers a straightforward Friday or Saturday night plan: arrive for dinner or drinks\, settle in beneath the restored Tiffany dome\, and hear Mike Cross and rotating guest musicians from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. \nThe venue is at 42200 Moonridge Road in Big Bear Lake\, parking is available at Chateau Big Bear\, and Tiffany’s Bistro currently serves food until 9:30 PM. The live-music series continues regularly through fall and winter\, so check the latest performer information before choosing your weekend. \nFor travelers coming from outside Big Bear\, staying overnight turns the evening into a more comfortable mountain trip. Check into a cabin before the show\, enjoy the full performance without rushing toward a late-night departure\, and leave the following day open for Big Bear Lake\, Moonridge\, or another local activity. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around Live Music at Chateau Big Bear 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/live-music-at-chateau-big-bear-tiffanys-bistro-12/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260926T170000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260926T200000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215628Z
CREATED:20261016T215628Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215628Z
UID:14022-1790442000-1790452800@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Live Music at Barrel 33
DESCRIPTION:Live Music at Barrel 33 2026: September & October Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nLive Music at Barrel 33 2026 brings acoustic afternoons and evening performances to Barrel 33 in Big Bear Lake throughout September and into early October. The venue combines live music with its food\, craft beer\, and wine offerings at 40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. Performance times vary by artist and date\, so checking the schedule before arriving is important.  \nAs of September 10\, the next confirmed performances begin with Matt & Emily on September 11 from 5:00 PM to 8:00 PM\, followed by Local Legends on September 12. Additional September performers include Brad\, Tanner\, Sergio Snow\, Matt & Emily\, and The Blackwells. Ryan Bieber is currently scheduled for October 2 and October 3.  \nOne schedule detail deserves attention: Visit Big Bear currently lists Brad on September 30 and again on October 6\, but Barrel 33’s own live event calendar currently identifies September 30 as Locals Night and a Pirate Ship Wine Cruise rather than a Brad performance\, and it does not currently display an October 6 Brad event. Because the venue is the primary source\, this guide treats those two performances as unconfirmed and recommends checking Barrel 33 directly before planning around them.  \nVisitors traveling from outside Big Bear can easily build a cabin stay around one of these performances. A Chalet currently offers Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City vacation rentals for couples\, families\, and groups\, making an overnight stay practical if you’d rather enjoy the evening without immediately driving down the mountain afterward.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear live music trip. \nLive Music at Barrel 33 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nLive Music at Barrel 33\n\n\nCurrent event period\nSeptember 2026 into early October 2026\n\n\nVenue\nBarrel 33\n\n\nAddress\n40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nPerformance times\nVary by date\, generally between 1:30 PM and 8:00 PM\n\n\nConfirmed upcoming artists\nMatt & Emily\, Local Legends\, Brad\, Tanner\, Sergio Snow\, The Blackwells\, and Ryan Bieber\n\n\nAdmission\nNo universal live-music admission charge is currently published on Barrel 33’s event listings\n\n\nFood and drinks\nFood\, craft beer\, and wine are promoted alongside the live music\n\n\nParking\nUse appropriate public parking serving The Village and follow posted restrictions\n\n\nPhone\n909-878-0838\n\n\nRecommended arrival\nNo official early-arrival time is published; arriving 15-30 minutes before your chosen performance is a practical buffer\n\n\nOfficial venue calendar\nBarrel 33 Events\n\n\n\nVisit Big Bear describes the live-music series as a recurring event from September 1 through October 6\, while Barrel 33’s own calendar confirms individual performances through October 3 at the time of writing. Because performer schedules can change\, use the venue calendar as the final source before traveling.  \nWhat Is Live Music at Barrel 33?\nLive Music at Barrel 33 is a series of individual acoustic and live-band performances at Barrel 33 in Big Bear Lake’s Village area. Rather than one large concert with a fixed lineup and ticket package\, the venue schedules different performers on selected afternoons and evenings. \nBarrel 33 promotes these performances alongside food\, craft beer\, wine\, and a casual social atmosphere. That makes the series easy to add to a Big Bear itinerary without dedicating an entire day to an event.  \nSome performances are early-afternoon acoustic sets\, while many Friday and Saturday appearances run from 5:00 PM to 8:00 PM. This variation is useful for travelers: an afternoon Brad performance can fit between daytime activities\, while an evening show can serve as the main plan after hiking\, lake time\, shopping\, or sightseeing. \nThe current event descriptions do not publish reserved seating arrangements\, a universal cover charge\, or a formal concert-style admission process. Visitors should therefore check the listing for their specific date rather than assuming every performance operates identically. \nWhen Is Live Music at Barrel 33 in 2026?\nThe official Barrel 33 calendar and Visit Big Bear currently confirm a substantial September schedule\, followed by Ryan Bieber performances on October 2 and October 3.  \nAs of September 10\, the confirmed upcoming schedule is: \n\n\n\nDate\nPerformer\nTime\n\n\n\n\nSeptember 11\, 2026\nMatt & Emily\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 12\, 2026\nLocal Legends\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 15\, 2026\nBrad\n1:30 PM-3:30 PM\n\n\nSeptember 17\, 2026\nTanner\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 18\, 2026\nSergio Snow\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 19\, 2026\nSergio Snow\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 22\, 2026\nBrad\n1:30 PM-3:30 PM\n\n\nSeptember 25\, 2026\nMatt & Emily\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 26\, 2026\nThe Blackwells\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 29\, 2026\nBrad\n1:30 PM-3:30 PM\n\n\nOctober 2\, 2026\nRyan Bieber\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nOctober 3\, 2026\nRyan Bieber\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\n\nThese dates and times are confirmed on Barrel 33’s current official event calendar.  \nEarlier September performances included Brad on September 1 and September 8\, Katie on September 4\, Austin Rogers on September 5\, and Dana on September 6.  \nWhat About the September 30 and October 6 Performances?\nThere is currently a discrepancy between published sources. \nVisit Big Bear’s event page lists Brad on September 30 from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM and Brad on October 6 from 1:30 PM to 3:30 PM.  \nHowever\, Barrel 33’s own current calendar lists September 30 as Locals Night from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM and also lists a Pirate Ship Wine Cruise that evening. It does not currently show a September 30 Brad performance or October 6 Brad event.  \nBecause Barrel 33 is the venue and primary source\, travelers should not plan a trip specifically around September 30 or October 6 live music unless the venue confirms those performances. This is exactly the kind of schedule detail worth rechecking shortly before your visit. \nWhere Is Barrel 33 in Big Bear Lake?\nBarrel 33 is located at: \nBarrel 33\n40754 Village Dr.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315\nPhone: 909-878-0838 \nVisit Big Bear confirms the venue at 40754 Village Dr. in Big Bear Lake. Barrel 33’s own event calendar also lists the Village Drive location and the same phone number.  \nThe location places visitors in The Village area\, so a live-music performance can be combined naturally with time spent walking through central Big Bear Lake before or afterward. \nWhat Can Visitors Expect?\nThe experience depends somewhat on the day you attend. Brad’s Tuesday appearances are promoted as Afternoon Acoustic sessions and currently run from 1:30 PM to 3:30 PM. Friday and Saturday live-music events usually run in the early evening\, often from 5:00 PM to 8:00 PM.  \nBarrel 33 promotes live music alongside: \n\nFood\nCraft beer\nWine\nIndividual acoustic artists and bands\nA casual Village setting\n\nThe venue’s current event descriptions do not publish a detailed set list\, number of performance breaks\, stage schedule\, reserved-seat system\, or performer-specific admission fee. Those details should not be invented or assumed from another date. \nIf seeing a particular artist is the reason for your trip\, check Barrel 33’s calendar on the day of the performance. Live entertainment schedules can change due to artist availability\, weather\, or venue considerations. \nTickets\, Parking\, and Transportation\nDo You Need Tickets for Live Music at Barrel 33?\nBarrel 33’s current individual live-music listings do not publish a universal ticket price or cover charge. The venue simply invites guests to attend for live music\, food\, craft beer\, and wine.  \nThat does not guarantee that every future performance will always operate without special admission terms. Check your chosen date or call 909-878-0838 if admission arrangements are important to your plans. \nWhere Should You Park?\nBarrel 33 is located in The Village area of Big Bear Lake. Visitors should use appropriate public parking serving The Village and follow all posted parking restrictions. \nWeekend evenings can bring more activity to The Village\, so leave enough time to park and walk to Barrel 33 rather than arriving exactly when the band is scheduled to begin. \nHow Early Should You Arrive?\nNo official early-arrival requirement is published. A practical approach is to reach the area 15 to 30 minutes before the scheduled start\, particularly for Friday and Saturday evening performances. \nThis is a travel-planning recommendation rather than an official Barrel 33 check-in rule. If the venue publishes different instructions for your date\, follow those instead. \nWhat Should You Bring?\nLive music at Barrel 33 requires relatively little preparation\, but a few items can make your evening easier: \n\nValid identification: Bring appropriate ID if you intend to purchase alcoholic beverages.\nA warm layer: Big Bear evenings can cool quickly\, even after a warm afternoon.\nYour chosen event details: Confirm the artist and start time before leaving.\nA transportation plan: Decide how you’ll return to your cabin if you plan to drink.\nA charged phone: Useful for navigation\, parking\, and checking last-minute venue updates.\n\nBecause the performances are at an established Village venue rather than a trail\, lake\, or mountaintop event\, you do not need specialized outdoor equipment. \nIs Live Music at Barrel 33 Family Friendly?\nThe current live-music listings do not publish a universal age restriction. However\, Barrel 33 serves craft beer and wine\, so families should not assume that every scheduled event has the same age policy. \nIf you’re considering attending with children or teenagers\, contact Barrel 33 at 909-878-0838 to confirm the venue’s current policy for that particular performance. \nSimilarly\, no detailed accessibility information is included in the individual live-music listings. Visitors requiring specific accommodations should contact the venue directly before arrival. \nHow to Make a Weekend of Live Music at Barrel 33\nArrival Day: Check Into Big Bear\nIf you’re coming from outside the mountains for a Friday or Saturday performance\, consider arriving earlier in the afternoon rather than trying to time a mountain drive around a 5:00 PM start. \nCheck into your cabin\, unpack\, and review the latest Barrel 33 listing. That gives your group time to settle in before heading toward The Village. \nBefore the Music: Explore The Village\nArriving in The Village ahead of the performance gives you flexibility if parking takes longer than expected. Spend some time walking around the area and then head to Barrel 33 before your chosen artist begins. \nFor Tuesday afternoon performances with Brad\, the 1:30 PM to 3:30 PM schedule leaves plenty of time for another Big Bear activity afterward. Friday and Saturday shows running until 8:00 PM work better as the main evening plan.  \nAfter the Performance: Return to Your Cabin\nAfter an evening performance\, an overnight cabin provides an easy place for your group to wind down without immediately starting a long drive out of Big Bear. \nIf anyone has been drinking alcohol\, use a safe transportation plan rather than driving. Planning that before the performance keeps the evening simple. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Barrel 33 live-music dates. \nNext Morning: Enjoy More of Big Bear\nUse the following morning for another local experience before departure. Depending on the season and conditions\, that could mean time around Big Bear Lake\, an appropriate trail outing\, or a relaxed morning in The Village. \nIf you’re attending Ryan Bieber on October 2 or October 3\, remember that early October mountain conditions can differ noticeably from September. Check the weather before packing and before any outdoor plans. \nWhere to Stay for Live Music at Barrel 33\nBecause Barrel 33 is in Big Bear Lake\, visitors should concentrate on Big Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear City accommodations. Staying in Lake Arrowhead solely for an evening at Barrel 33 would add unnecessary mountain travel. \nA Chalet currently lists vacation rentals in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City\, with properties suited to different group sizes. Its current collection includes two-bedroom stays such as Heavenly Bay Retreat\, Jaybird Cabin\, and Maverick’s Cabin; three-bedroom Conklin Canopy; and four-bedroom choices including Boulder Landing\, Rustic Ridge\, and Elevated Escape.  \nFor a couple attending a single acoustic or evening performance\, a smaller cabin can keep the trip straightforward. A group of friends planning dinner\, live music\, and another day in Big Bear may appreciate additional bedrooms and common living space. \nA Chalet’s current site also lists a one-bedroom Bear Den\, providing another smaller-stay option.  \nDo not assume that every property has identical amenities. If a kitchen\, hot tub\, pet-friendly policy\, laundry facilities\, or a particular number of parking spaces matters to your trip\, verify that feature on the current property listing before booking. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking an Event Weekend Cabin\nChoose your performer first. Start with the live schedule so you know whether you’re planning around a Tuesday acoustic afternoon\, a Thursday performance\, or a Friday or Saturday evening show. \nVerify the date directly with Barrel 33. This is especially important for September 30 and October 6 because the tourism calendar and venue calendar currently conflict. \nStay in the Big Bear area. Barrel 33 is in Big Bear Lake\, making Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City the logical lodging choice. \nMatch the cabin to your group. Couples can compare smaller stays\, while groups of friends may prefer several bedrooms and shared gathering space. \nCheck parking rules at your cabin. If several friends are arriving in separate vehicles\, verify the property’s maximum allowed vehicle count. \nPlan for the evening after the music. An overnight stay is particularly useful for shows finishing at 8:00 PM and for anyone who wants to enjoy Barrel 33’s beverage selection without a long drive afterward. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen is Live Music at Barrel 33 in 2026?\nThe current series includes numerous September dates and confirmed performances on October 2 and October 3. Visit Big Bear lists the broader recurring period through October 6\, but Barrel 33’s own current calendar should be treated as the final source for individual performances.  \nWhere is Live Music at Barrel 33?\nThe performances take place at Barrel 33\, 40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315.  \nWho is performing at Barrel 33 in September 2026?\nUpcoming confirmed September performers include Matt & Emily\, Local Legends\, Brad\, Tanner\, Sergio Snow\, and The Blackwells. Performance dates and times vary.  \nDo you need tickets for the live music?\nNo universal ticket price or cover charge is currently published for the standard live-music performances. Check Barrel 33’s calendar or call the venue before attending if admission terms are important to your trip. \nWhere do you park for Barrel 33?\nBarrel 33 is in The Village area. Use appropriate public parking serving The Village\, obey posted restrictions\, and allow extra time on busy evenings. \nCan kids attend Live Music at Barrel 33?\nThe current event listings do not publish a universal age restriction. Because Barrel 33 serves beer and wine\, contact the venue to confirm its current policy before bringing younger guests. \nWhere should I stay for Live Music at Barrel 33?\nBig Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City is the most convenient area. A Chalet currently offers both smaller cabins and multi-bedroom vacation rentals in the Big Bear area. Browse A Chalet’s current availability for your music weekend. \nPlan Your Live Music at Barrel 33 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nLive Music at Barrel 33 2026 gives Big Bear visitors an easy way to add local entertainment to a mountain trip without committing to an all-day festival. The remaining September schedule includes afternoon acoustic sessions and evening performances by Matt & Emily\, Local Legends\, Brad\, Tanner\, Sergio Snow\, and The Blackwells\, followed by Ryan Bieber on October 2 and October 3.  \nCheck the venue calendar before traveling\, especially if you’re planning around a particular artist. The September 30 and October 6 entries shown by Visit Big Bear are not currently matched by Barrel 33’s primary event calendar\, so those dates should be confirmed directly with the venue.  \nFor travelers coming from outside the mountains\, an overnight stay can make the experience much easier. Arrive earlier\, check into your cabin\, spend time in The Village\, enjoy the performance\, and return somewhere comfortable afterward instead of immediately driving out of Big Bear. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around Live Music at Barrel 33 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/live-music-at-barrel-33-23/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260926T100000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260926T120000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215629Z
CREATED:20261016T215629Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215629Z
UID:13887-1790416800-1790424000@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Joao Miyao Brazilian Jiu Jitsu Seminar
DESCRIPTION:Joao Miyao Brazilian Jiu Jitsu Seminar 2026: Date\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nThe Joao Miyao Brazilian Jiu Jitsu Seminar 2026 takes place on Saturday\, September 26\, 2026\, from 10:00 AM to 12:00 PM at The Lighthouse Academy inside High Alpine Training Club\, 40679 Big Bear Blvd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. \nThe two-hour workshop is built around Brazilian Jiu Jitsu instruction from Joao Miyao\, one of the sport’s best-known modern lightweight competitors and a practitioner strongly associated with the berimbolo and De La Riva-based game. The event specifically highlights the opportunity to learn the berimbolo from Miyao. \nThe seminar is listed for ages 8 and older\, costs $100 per participant\, and is limited to 75 spots. Parking is available at High Alpine Training Club. \nCurrent IBJJF records reinforce Miyao’s competitive pedigree: his profile lists first-place finishes at the 2026 Brazilian and Pan IBJJF championships in the Master 1 rooster division\, along with multiple recent World\, Pan\, European\, and no-gi titles. \nIf you are traveling from outside the Big Bear Valley\, staying overnight can make a high-altitude training weekend much easier. Arrive Friday\, sleep locally\, eat and hydrate before the seminar\, then return to an A Chalet cabin after training rather than immediately beginning a long mountain drive home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for the Joao Miyao seminar weekend. \nJoao Miyao Brazilian Jiu Jitsu Seminar 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nJoao Miyao Brazilian Jiu Jitsu Seminar\n\n\nDate\nSaturday\, September 26\, 2026\n\n\nTime\n10:00 AM-12:00 PM\n\n\nInstructor\nJoao Miyao\n\n\nSeminar focus\nBrazilian Jiu Jitsu with an emphasis on the berimbolo\n\n\nMinimum age\n8+\n\n\nPublished cost\n$100 per participant\n\n\nCapacity\n75 spots\n\n\nHost\nThe Lighthouse Academy\n\n\nVenue\nHigh Alpine Training Club\n\n\nAddress\n40679 Big Bear Blvd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nParking\nAvailable at High Alpine Training Club\n\n\nEvent contact\nJessica Deffenbaugh\n\n\nPhone\n626-848-2145\n\n\nOfficial event information\nVisit Big Bear\n\n\nVenue information\nHigh Alpine Training Club\n\n\n\nWhat Is the Joao Miyao Brazilian Jiu Jitsu Seminar?\nThe Joao Miyao seminar is a focused Brazilian Jiu Jitsu training session hosted by The Lighthouse Academy at High Alpine Training Club in Big Bear Lake. \nThe event gives local and visiting grapplers a chance to learn directly from a competitor whose name has become closely associated with highly technical guard play\, inversions\, De La Riva guard\, and the berimbolo. \nThe published event description singles out the berimbolo as a central reason to attend. Rather than advertising a broad beginner introduction to Brazilian Jiu Jitsu\, the workshop is positioned as an opportunity to study a movement system from an athlete who helped popularize it at the sport’s highest competitive levels. \nThe seminar lasts two hours\, which makes it compact enough to fit into a weekend trip while still providing time for technical explanation\, drilling\, and whatever additional training format the instructor chooses on the day. \nA detailed minute-by-minute curriculum\, gi requirement\, sparring format\, belt restriction\, or specific sequence of techniques has not been publicly posted. Participants should therefore confirm attire and training requirements before arriving. \nWho Is Joao Miyao?\nJoao Miyao is a Brazilian Jiu Jitsu black belt and longtime elite competitor known particularly for his guard work and technical innovations in lighter weight divisions. \nAlong with his twin brother Paulo Miyao\, Joao became closely associated with the modern development and competitive use of the berimbolo\, a rotational guard attack often used to create back-take opportunities or improve position. \nHis current IBJJF athlete profile lists an extensive recent record. In 2026\, he is shown with first-place finishes at both the Brazilian and Pan IBJJF championships in the Master 1 rooster division. The same profile also records World Master\, Pan\, European\, Brazilian\, and no-gi championship results across recent seasons. \nThat ongoing competition activity is important context for the Big Bear seminar. Attendees are not simply studying techniques associated with Miyao’s earlier career; they are learning from an athlete who remains active in high-level competition. \nWhat Is a Berimbolo?\nThe berimbolo is a Brazilian Jiu Jitsu movement and positional system most commonly initiated from guard\, particularly De La Riva-style positions. \nIn simplified terms\, the athlete underneath uses grips\, leg positioning\, off-balancing\, and rotational movement to move around or underneath an opponent with the goal of improving position\, commonly toward the back. \nThe technique can look acrobatic to newcomers\, but effective berimbolo work depends on details such as distance\, timing\, control of the opponent’s hips and legs\, grip management\, and maintaining connection throughout the rotation. \nMiyao’s competitive reputation makes this a particularly relevant subject for his seminar. His technical style helped make the berimbolo a major feature of modern sport Jiu Jitsu. \nParticipants should not assume that the seminar will teach only one isolated movement. The public event description highlights the berimbolo\, but the exact progression and supporting positions will be determined by Miyao during the workshop. \nWhen and Where Is the Seminar?\nThe seminar is confirmed for: \nSaturday\, September 26\, 2026\n10:00 AM to 12:00 PM \nat: \nThe Lighthouse Academy inside High Alpine Training Club\n40679 Big Bear Blvd.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nBoth Visit Big Bear and High Alpine Training Club’s current website confirm the 40679 Big Bear Blvd. address. \nHigh Alpine Training Club is a large high-altitude fitness\, recovery\, and performance facility in Big Bear Lake. Current local tourism information describes it as a roughly 16\,000-square-foot training campus at approximately 6\,752 feet above sea level. \nThe facility serves local members\, outdoor athletes\, visiting teams\, and performance-focused guests\, making it a logical setting for a specialty combat-sports seminar. \nWho Can Attend?\nThe seminar is listed as suitable for ages 8 and older. \nNo public belt-level restriction is currently stated. That means the published listing does not limit attendance to advanced belts\, although the technical nature of a berimbolo workshop may be easier to follow for students who already understand basic BJJ positions and movement. \nParents considering the seminar for a younger child should assess the child’s prior grappling experience and ability to participate in a two-hour technical session. \nIf the participant is completely new to Brazilian Jiu Jitsu\, contact the organizer before registering to confirm whether the seminar is appropriate for a first-time student. \nHow Much Does the Joao Miyao Seminar Cost?\nThe published price is $100 per participant. \nThe event is limited to 75 spots. \nBecause a fixed participant cap is published\, it is better to secure a place through the organizer rather than assuming walk-in availability on September 26. \nThe public listing does not currently spell out a refund policy\, transfer policy\, spectator fee\, payment deadline\, or whether registration includes any additional gym access. \nFor registration questions\, contact Jessica Deffenbaugh at 626-848-2145. \nWhat Can Participants Expect?\nThe confirmed focus is Brazilian Jiu Jitsu instruction with a strong emphasis on learning the berimbolo from Joao Miyao. \nParticipants should expect a technical seminar rather than an ordinary open mat. \nDepending on how Miyao structures the class\, a seminar of this kind may involve demonstration\, partner drilling\, positional troubleshooting\, and questions. However\, those elements have not all been promised publicly\, so the exact format should be treated as instructor-dependent. \nNo current public listing specifies: \n\nA detailed technique sequence\nWhether the seminar is gi or no-gi\nWhether live rolling is included\nWhether photographs or autographs are included\nA belt requirement\nA spectator policy\nSpecific check-in time\n\nConfirm any of those details that matter to you before traveling. \nParking and Arrival\nThe event listing states that parking is available at High Alpine Training Club. \nThe facility is located directly on Big Bear Boulevard\, but participants should still allow time to park\, find The Lighthouse Academy training area\, check in\, change if necessary\, and be ready before the 10:00 AM start. \nFor a specialty seminar with a published 75-person capacity\, arriving early is preferable to entering the room at the scheduled starting time. \nFollow venue staff instructions if parking or entry procedures are adjusted for the event. \nWhat Should You Bring?\nThe organizer has not published a complete equipment list\, so the most important step is confirming whether the seminar will be gi\, no-gi\, or another format. \nA useful BJJ seminar packing list includes: \n\nAppropriate gi or no-gi training gear once confirmed\nRash guard or athletic shirt as appropriate\nWater bottle\nSmall towel\nSandals or slides for leaving the mat area\nA clean change of clothes\nAthletic tape\, braces\, or supports you normally use\nPersonal medications\nRegistration or payment confirmation\nA notebook for recording technical notes after training\n\nWear clean equipment\, trim fingernails and toenails\, and avoid walking barefoot outside the mat area. \nIf you are bringing a child\, pack additional water\, snacks for after training\, and a dry change of clothes. \nHow Should You Prepare for Training at Altitude?\nHigh Alpine Training Club is located at roughly 6\,752 feet above sea level\, so athletes visiting from lower elevations may notice that strenuous exercise feels different. \nBrazilian Jiu Jitsu can demand repeated bursts of muscular effort along with sustained cardiovascular work\, even during drilling. \nPractical preparation includes: \n\nArriving rested\nHydrating before the seminar\nEating enough beforehand without having a heavy meal immediately before training\nPacing yourself during repeated drills\nTaking normal breaks when needed\nAvoiding unnecessary hard training immediately before the seminar\n\nArriving in Big Bear the night before can be useful for athletes who normally live near sea level because it removes an early mountain drive from the morning schedule and gives you more time to settle in. \nIf you experience unusual or concerning symptoms during exercise\, stop and follow appropriate medical guidance rather than treating altitude discomfort as something you need to push through. \nIs the Seminar Good for Youth BJJ Athletes?\nThe event is explicitly advertised for ages 8+\, making youth practitioners part of the intended audience. \nFor a young athlete who already trains Brazilian Jiu Jitsu\, exposure to a specialist such as Miyao can provide a different perspective from regular academy classes. \nParents should consider whether the child is comfortable with complex guard movements and a longer seminar format. \nThe event information does not state whether youth participants will be separated by age or paired with adults\, so parents who need specific pairing or supervision information should ask the organizer before registration. \nHow to Make a Weekend of the Joao Miyao Seminar\nFriday: Arrive in Big Bear Lake\nDrive up Friday afternoon or evening and check into your cabin. \nKeep the night simple. Eat a balanced dinner\, drink water\, organize your training gear\, and confirm that the seminar is still scheduled for 10:00 AM. \nSaturday Morning: Eat\, Hydrate\, and Head to HATC\nHave breakfast early enough that you are comfortable training later in the morning. \nBring your gear and registration information\, then leave enough time to park and find The Lighthouse Academy inside the training facility. \n10:00 AM-12:00 PM: Train With Joao Miyao\nUse the two-hour workshop to focus on the details rather than trying to memorize every movement. \nFor a technical topic such as the berimbolo\, small adjustments in angle\, grips\, hip position\, and connection often matter more than simply copying the overall rotation. \nSaturday Afternoon: Recover\nAfter training\, change into clean clothes\, rehydrate\, and have lunch. \nA cabin gives you somewhere comfortable to shower\, rest\, and write down key details from the seminar while they are still fresh. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for the September 26 seminar weekend. \nSunday: Keep the Pace Easy\nIf you stay through Sunday\, choose activities based on how you feel after the seminar. \nA relaxed breakfast\, time around Big Bear Lake\, or an easy local outing may be more appealing than scheduling another demanding athletic session. \nGiving yourself a full weekend also provides room to review and mentally organize what you learned before returning to normal training. \nWhere to Stay for the Joao Miyao Brazilian Jiu Jitsu Seminar\nBecause the seminar takes place in Big Bear Lake\, an A Chalet property in Big Bear Lake is the most practical choice for visiting athletes. \nFor a small family or pair of training partners\, Dream Lake Cabin is a verified Big Bear Lake option currently listed for up to four guests with two bedrooms and one bathroom. Its current booking page confirms a kitchen\, Wi-Fi\, outdoor grill\, air conditioning\, and pet-friendly accommodations. \nFor a larger group of teammates\, Conklin Canopy is currently listed with three bedrooms\, two bathrooms\, and room for up to eight guests. \nIts verified amenities include a fully equipped kitchen\, washer and dryer\, Wi-Fi\, game room\, barbecue\, secure deck\, and parking for up to three vehicles. \nFor a BJJ weekend\, a washer and dryer can be especially useful for sweaty training clothing\, while a kitchen makes it easier to manage pre-seminar meals and post-training food without depending on restaurant schedules. \nAlways review the live property listing before booking to confirm occupancy\, parking limits\, amenities\, pet policies\, and current house rules. \nBrowse current A Chalet cabins for the Joao Miyao seminar. \nTips for Booking a BJJ Seminar Weekend Cabin\nArrive Friday night. This removes the need to combine an early mountain drive with a 10:00 AM training start. \nChoose Big Bear Lake first. High Alpine Training Club is in Big Bear Lake at 40679 Big Bear Blvd. \nLook for laundry. If several teammates are traveling together\, a washer and dryer can be particularly useful after the seminar. \nCheck the sleeping layout. Maximum occupancy does not necessarily mean every guest has a separate bed. \nConfirm vehicle limits. Training partners often arrive separately\, so make sure the cabin can legally accommodate the number of cars in your group. \nLeave Saturday afternoon open. After two hours of technical training at altitude\, you may prefer food\, a shower\, and recovery instead of a tightly packed itinerary. \nConfirm seminar equipment requirements before packing. Do not assume gi or no-gi until the organizer provides the final instruction. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is the Joao Miyao Brazilian Jiu Jitsu Seminar 2026?\nThe seminar is scheduled for Saturday\, September 26\, 2026\, from 10:00 AM to 12:00 PM. \nWhere Is the Joao Miyao Seminar?\nIt takes place at The Lighthouse Academy inside High Alpine Training Club\, 40679 Big Bear Blvd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. \nHow Much Does the Seminar Cost?\nThe published price is $100 per participant. The event has a listed capacity of 75 spots. \nWhat Ages Can Attend?\nThe seminar is advertised for ages 8 and older. No public belt-level requirement is currently listed. \nWhat Will Joao Miyao Teach?\nThe event specifically highlights the opportunity to learn the berimbolo from Miyao. A more detailed technique curriculum has not been publicly announced. \nIs Parking Available?\nYes. The event listing states that parking is available at High Alpine Training Club. \nWhere Should I Stay for the Joao Miyao Seminar?\nAn A Chalet cabin in Big Bear Lake provides a practical home base close to the event. Staying overnight can help athletes arrive rested\, prepare meals locally\, recover after training\, and avoid a rushed same-day drive. \nCheck A Chalet availability for the September 26 training weekend. \nPlan Your Joao Miyao Brazilian Jiu Jitsu Seminar Getaway With A Chalet\nThe Joao Miyao Brazilian Jiu Jitsu Seminar 2026 gives grapplers a rare opportunity to study one of modern sport Jiu Jitsu’s signature movement systems with an athlete closely associated with its development. \nThe workshop is scheduled for Saturday\, September 26\, from 10:00 AM to 12:00 PM at The Lighthouse Academy inside High Alpine Training Club. Admission is listed at $100 per participant\, ages 8 and older\, with 75 available spots. \nFor visitors coming from outside Big Bear\, make the training day easier by arriving Friday\, getting a full night’s sleep\, eating and hydrating locally\, then returning to your cabin after the seminar to recover. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Joao Miyao Brazilian Jiu Jitsu Seminar 2026 getaway. \n\n“`
URL:https://achalet.com/event/__trashed-12__trashed-2/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260926T090000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260926T150000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215630Z
CREATED:20261016T215630Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215630Z
UID:14021-1790413200-1790434800@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Green Thumbs - Forest Restoration Volunteers
DESCRIPTION:Green Thumbs Forest Restoration Volunteers 2026: Dates\, Volunteer Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nGreen Thumbs Forest Restoration Volunteers 2026 is a hands-on conservation program in the San Bernardino National Forest that gives volunteers an opportunity to help restore and protect Southern California’s mountain environment. The 2026 season runs on select dates from April 25 through October 24\, 2026\, with most volunteer projects scheduled from 9:00 AM to 3:00 PM. Pre-registration is required. Visit Big Bear’s official event listing provides the current schedule and registration instructions. \nProjects may include collecting native seed\, planting native trees and plants\, supporting Forest Service nurseries\, weeding and watering restoration areas\, and cleaning up trash and graffiti. The exact project location is provided to registered volunteers before the event rather than published as one permanent meeting address. \nFor volunteers traveling to the Big Bear area\, turning the service day into an overnight mountain trip can make an early start much easier. A Chalet offers cabins in the Big Bear area where couples\, families\, friends\, and volunteer groups can stay before or after their project day. \nGreen Thumbs Forest Restoration Volunteers 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent name\nGreen Thumbs – Forest Restoration Volunteers\n\n\n2026 dates\nApril 25; May 2; May 16; June 3–5; July 11; August 1; September 26; October 10; October 24\n\n\nHours\n9:00 AM–3:00 PM on scheduled volunteer days\n\n\nGeneral location\nSan Bernardino National Forest / Big Bear area; specific project locations are sent to registered volunteers in advance\n\n\nAdmission\nNo admission or ticket price is listed; pre-registration is required\n\n\nRegistration\nRequired in advance so organizers can plan appropriate staffing and tools\n\n\nParking\nParking instructions depend on the individual restoration site and should be confirmed with the location information sent to registered volunteers\n\n\nRecommended arrival time\nFollow the arrival instructions supplied by the organizers after registration; do not assume the published 9:00 AM start time is the requested check-in time\n\n\nOfficial event information\nGreen Thumbs – Forest Restoration Volunteers\n\n\n\nWhat Is Green Thumbs Forest Restoration Volunteers?\nGreen Thumbs is a volunteer restoration program that puts participants directly to work caring for public lands in the San Bernardino National Forest. Rather than simply attending an environmental event\, participants take part in practical conservation projects designed to improve habitat and support healthier forest landscapes. \nThe program is a collaboration involving the San Bernardino National Forest and Southern California Mountains Foundation. The U.S. Forest Service has documented previous Green Thumbs restoration work\, including projects where volunteers planted native vegetation and helped restore areas affected by unauthorized use. \nAccording to the Forest Service\, Green Thumbs volunteers have historically contributed to work such as planting\, seed dispersal and collection\, invasive plant removal\, and other labor needed for successful restoration projects. The 2026 program expands on that hands-on stewardship approach. \nFor the current season\, listed activities include collecting native seeds\, planting native trees and other plants\, assisting Forest Service nurseries\, weeding and watering restoration areas\, and removing trash and graffiti. \nThe program is a good fit for people who enjoy the outdoors and want their visit to the mountains to include meaningful conservation work. Returning volunteers are welcome\, but the organizers also specifically invite people who are new to volunteering. \nWhen and Where Is Green Thumbs Forest Restoration Volunteers 2026?\nThe published Green Thumbs Forest Restoration Volunteers 2026 schedule includes: \n\nApril 25\, 2026 – Earth Day volunteer project\nMay 2\, 2026\nMay 16\, 2026\nJune 3–5\, 2026 – National Forest Week\nJuly 11\, 2026\nAugust 1\, 2026\nSeptember 26\, 2026 – National Public Lands Day\nOctober 10\, 2026\nOctober 24\, 2026\n\nThe published volunteer hours are 9:00 AM to 3:00 PM. Visit Big Bear currently lists the overall 2026 program as running from April 25 through October 24. \nOne of the most important planning details is that there is not a single public meeting address for every Green Thumbs project. After prospective volunteers contact the organizers\, they are notified of upcoming projects approximately two weeks in advance and receive the location information. Volunteers then reply to sign up for the project they want to attend. \nTo register or arrange participation for a group\, the event listing directs volunteers to contact Lisa Underwood at Lunderwood@mountainsfoundation.org or Drew Farr at Drew.Farr@USDA.gov. \nWhat Can Volunteers Expect?\nGreen Thumbs is a working volunteer day\, so visitors should expect to participate rather than observe. The exact assignment can change according to the restoration site’s needs. \nPotential activities identified for the 2026 season include: \n\nCollecting native plant seeds\nPlanting native trees and plants\nHelping at Forest Service nurseries\nRemoving weeds from restoration areas\nWatering restoration sites\nPicking up trash\nHelping remove graffiti\n\nThese projects support habitat restoration and long-term forest resilience. Previous Forest Service coverage demonstrates how tangible that work can be: volunteers have helped install hundreds of native plants while restoring areas damaged by unauthorized activity. \nThe precise work planned for each 2026 date has not been published as a detailed project-by-project schedule. Volunteers should therefore wait for the organizers’ instructions rather than assuming a particular activity will be offered on a particular date. \nRegistration\, Parking\, and Transportation\nDo you need to register for Green Thumbs?\nYes. Pre-registration is required. Organizers specifically request advance registration so they can prepare enough staff and tools for the number of participants expected. \nThis is especially important for families\, clubs\, community organizations\, or groups hoping to volunteer together. Groups should contact the organizers ahead of time rather than arriving without notice. \nWhere do volunteers park?\nA universal parking location has not been published because Green Thumbs projects can take place at different restoration sites. Registered volunteers should use the parking and meeting instructions provided for their specific project. \nDo not use the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center as an assumed event meeting point simply because Visit Big Bear publishes the event. Wait for the location sent by the Green Thumbs organizers. \nHow should you plan transportation?\nBecause projects take place on public lands in the San Bernardino National Forest\, participants should review the location they receive before leaving for the event. Check the route\, road conditions\, and organizer instructions in advance\, particularly if the project site is unfamiliar. \nMountain weather and road conditions can also vary considerably through a season that stretches from April into late October. Check current conditions shortly before your volunteer date and allow enough time to reach the designated meeting point. \nWhat Should You Bring to a Green Thumbs Volunteer Day?\nYour final packing decisions should follow the instructions provided by the organizers for your particular restoration project. A sensible starting list for a six-hour outdoor volunteer day includes: \n\nSturdy\, comfortable closed-toe footwear appropriate for outdoor work\nComfortable clothing suitable for physical activity\nLayers for changing mountain temperatures\nSun protection\, including sunscreen and a hat\nPlenty of drinking water\nWork gloves if requested or recommended by the organizers\nSnacks or food based on the instructions for your project\nAny identification\, paperwork\, or confirmation requested during registration\n\nBecause assignments and locations vary\, do not bring specialized tools unless the organizers ask you to. Pre-registration helps the Green Thumbs team plan staffing and equipment for each project. \nHow to Make a Weekend of Green Thumbs Forest Restoration Volunteers\nA 9:00 AM start makes Green Thumbs a natural candidate for an overnight Big Bear trip\, especially for volunteers traveling from outside the mountain communities. \nFriday: Arrive and settle in\nIf your project is on a Saturday\, consider arriving in the Big Bear area Friday afternoon or evening. Check into your cabin\, pick up any food and supplies you need\, review the organizer’s meeting instructions\, and prepare your outdoor clothing and water for the following morning. \nA quiet evening can be more useful than trying to combine a long drive with an early volunteer check-in the next day. If your cabin includes a kitchen\, preparing breakfast or packing food the night before can also simplify the morning. \nSaturday: Volunteer and recover\nHave breakfast and leave with enough time to reach the assigned restoration location according to the organizer’s directions. Green Thumbs projects are scheduled from 9:00 AM until 3:00 PM\, giving volunteers a substantial day of hands-on conservation work. \nAfterward\, return to your cabin\, clean up\, have dinner\, and enjoy a slower evening in the mountains rather than immediately beginning the drive home. \nIf you’re ready to build a weekend around your volunteer date\, browse A Chalet cabins for your Green Thumbs weekend and choose a property that works for your group size. \nSunday: Spend a little more time outdoors\nBefore leaving Big Bear\, keep the conservation theme going with a low-impact morning outdoors. A walk around the lake\, an appropriate local trail\, or a relaxed visit to the Big Bear area can provide time to enjoy the environment you helped support the previous day. \nCare for Big Bear’s volunteer resources also highlight ways locals and visitors can be better stewards of the area’s natural environment\, from staying on designated trails to participating in additional volunteer programs. \nWhere to Stay for Green Thumbs Forest Restoration Volunteers\nBecause Green Thumbs projects are associated with the San Bernardino National Forest and the exact restoration location is provided after registration\, volunteers should first obtain their project details before choosing lodging solely on the basis of distance. \nFor projects in or around the Big Bear area\, A Chalet’s current cabin collection includes vacation rentals in Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, Sugarloaf\, and surrounding Big Bear communities. The company also manages Lake Arrowhead properties\, but a Lake Arrowhead cabin should not automatically be selected for a Big Bear-based volunteer assignment because the actual project location and mountain travel route matter. \nCouples or solo volunteers can look for a smaller cabin rather than paying for unnecessary space. Families and groups can compare two-\, three-\, and four-bedroom options based on the number of people traveling together. \nFor example\, the currently listed Stargazer in Sugarloaf accommodates up to seven guests in two bedrooms and two bathrooms. Its current listing includes a kitchen\, which can be useful for preparing breakfast before an early volunteer start or making dinner after returning from the forest. \nLarger volunteer groups can consider options such as Pendleton Pines\, currently listed in the Sugarloaf community for up to eight guests with three bedrooms and two bathrooms. Its current amenities include a hot tub and sauna\, giving groups options for relaxing after an active day outdoors. \nAnother current option\, Big Blue\, accommodates up to eight guests with three bedrooms and two bathrooms and lists a kitchen among its amenities. \nProperty details\, rules\, and availability can change\, so review the live listing before reserving. Once you know the location of your volunteer project\, check A Chalet cabin availability near your Green Thumbs date. \nTips for Booking an Event Weekend Cabin\nRegister for Green Thumbs first. Because the project location is distributed to participants before the volunteer date\, registering early gives you better information for choosing where to stay. \nConfirm your volunteer date. The program runs on multiple dates rather than every Saturday. Make sure your chosen date is part of the published schedule and that your registration has been accepted. \nChoose the cabin for your actual group size. A smaller rental can make sense for a couple\, while families\, clubs\, and groups volunteering together may benefit from multiple bedrooms and shared common areas. \nReview the current property rules and amenities. Do not assume that every A Chalet property has the same features. Check the live listing for bedroom configuration\, guest capacity\, kitchen facilities\, parking information\, pet policies\, and other details important to your group. \nConsider arriving the day before. For a 9:00 AM volunteer project\, a Friday arrival can remove the pressure of combining a long drive with an early morning start. \nConsider an additional night. Staying Saturday night gives volunteers time to clean up\, eat\, relax\, and recover after six hours of outdoor work before traveling home. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen is Green Thumbs Forest Restoration Volunteers 2026?\nThe published 2026 dates are April 25\, May 2\, May 16\, June 3–5\, July 11\, August 1\, September 26\, October 10\, and October 24. Volunteer hours are listed as 9:00 AM to 3:00 PM. \nWhere is Green Thumbs Forest Restoration Volunteers held?\nThe program supports restoration work in the San Bernardino National Forest. There is no single meeting address published for every date. Volunteers receive information about upcoming projects and their locations after contacting the organizers\, with notifications sent approximately two weeks in advance. \nAre tickets required for Green Thumbs?\nThere is no ticket price listed\, but pre-registration is required. Contact Lisa Underwood at Lunderwood@mountainsfoundation.org or Drew Farr at Drew.Farr@USDA.gov according to the current event instructions. \nIs Green Thumbs suitable for children and families?\nThe Forest Service has documented families participating in previous Green Thumbs restoration projects\, but the current 2026 event information does not publish a universal minimum age or age policy for every project. Families should ask the organizers whether a specific restoration assignment is appropriate for their children’s ages before registering. \nWhere do Green Thumbs volunteers park?\nParking information varies by restoration site and is not published as one universal location. Use the directions and parking instructions supplied by the organizers for the project you register to attend. \nWhat should volunteers bring?\nPrepare for several hours of outdoor conservation work with sturdy footwear\, practical clothing\, layers\, sun protection\, and water. Follow the organizer’s project-specific instructions regarding food\, gloves\, equipment\, and any other supplies because assignments vary. \nWhere should I stay for Green Thumbs Forest Restoration Volunteers?\nIf your assigned project is in the Big Bear area\, A Chalet offers cabins in Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, Sugarloaf\, and nearby communities\, with options suitable for couples\, families\, and larger groups. Because the precise volunteer location is provided after registration\, confirm it before deciding which area is most convenient. Browse A Chalet cabins and current availability for your volunteer weekend. \nPlan Your Green Thumbs Forest Restoration Volunteers Getaway With A Chalet\nGreen Thumbs Forest Restoration Volunteers 2026 offers a practical way to contribute to the San Bernardino National Forest while spending a day outdoors in the mountains. With projects scheduled from April through October\, volunteers can help with native plants\, restoration sites\, nursery work\, cleanup efforts\, and other conservation needs. \nThe most important first step is to register. Confirm your volunteer date\, wait for the organizers to provide the project location and instructions\, and then plan transportation and lodging around the actual assignment. \nFor volunteers coming from outside Big Bear\, staying overnight can turn a 9:00 AM–3:00 PM service project into a more manageable mountain weekend. Arrive the day before\, get a full night’s rest\, spend Saturday contributing to the forest\, and return to a cabin afterward rather than immediately making the drive home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your 2026 Green Thumbs volunteer weekend and find a stay that fits your group. \n\n“`
URL:https://achalet.com/event/green-thumbs-forest-restoration-volunteers-4/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260926T083000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260926T172500
DTSTAMP:20261016T215619Z
CREATED:20261016T215619Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215619Z
UID:14020-1790411400-1790443500@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Trolley To Trails
DESCRIPTION:Trolley to Trails 2026: Schedule\, Trail Stops\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nTrolley to Trails 2026 is a free seasonal Mountain Transit route around Big Bear Lake that connects riders with popular hiking and recreation stops without requiring them to drive to every trailhead. The route operates on Saturdays\, Sundays\, and holiday Fridays\, with current Visit Big Bear information showing service from 8:30 AM to 5:25 PM. The 2026 season runs through October 3\, 2026. \nAs of September 10\, the remaining published dates are September 12\, 13\, 19\, 20\, 26\, 27\, and October 3. Riders can begin at the Village-Knickerbocker stop at 630 Knickerbocker Road\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\, where parking is available at the public lot. \nThe route serves multiple outdoor stops\, including Towne Trail\, Stanfield Marsh Boardwalk\, Woodland Trail\, Nature Discovery Trail\, Cougar Crest Trail\, Grays Peak Trail\, Castle Rock Trail\, and Pine Knot Trail. You do not need to hike to enjoy the route; Visit Big Bear also promotes it as a free scenic ride around Big Bear Lake. \nFor visitors planning more than one trail or a full weekend outdoors\, staying locally can make the route more useful. A Chalet currently offers vacation rentals in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City\, so travelers can ride the trolley during the day and return to a cabin afterward instead of building a same-day mountain drive around the schedule. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Trolley to Trails weekend. \nTrolley to Trails 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nService\nTrolley to Trails\n\n\nOperator\nMountain Transit\n\n\nCost\nFree\n\n\nOperating days\nSaturdays\, Sundays\, and holiday Fridays\n\n\n2026 season\nMay 2-October 3\, 2026\n\n\nDaily service window\n8:30 AM-5:25 PM\n\n\nRemaining dates\nSeptember 12\, 13\, 19\, 20\, 26\, 27\, and October 3\n\n\nPrimary boarding point\nVillage-Knickerbocker Road\n\n\nAddress\n630 Knickerbocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nParking\nKnickerbocker Public Parking Lot\n\n\nAccessibility\nMountain Transit states that all of its vehicles are wheelchair accessible\n\n\nBikes\nMountain Transit vehicles are equipped with bike racks\n\n\nService animals\nWelcome aboard Mountain Transit vehicles\n\n\nPhone\n909-878-5200\n\n\nOfficial route information\nTrolley to Trails at Visit Big Bear\n\n\n\nMountain Transit’s own accessibility information confirms that its vehicles are wheelchair accessible\, equipped with bike racks\, and allow service animals. Big Bear fixed-route transportation is fare-free. \nWhat Is Trolley to Trails?\nTrolley to Trails is a seasonal Big Bear transportation service created by Mountain Transit in partnership with Visit Big Bear. Its purpose is to connect riders with hiking trails and outdoor recreation locations around Big Bear Lake while reducing the need to find parking at each trailhead. \nThe service is also useful for visitors who simply want to see the lake and mountain scenery. Visit Big Bear specifically notes that non-hikers can ride the trolley for the scenic experience\, so there is no requirement to get off and complete a trail. \nMountain Transit approved the route as a demonstration service through a partnership with Visit Big Bear\, with the partnership supporting fare-free operation. That makes Trolley to Trails different from a paid guided tour: riders use a public-transit-style route with scheduled stops rather than joining a fixed excursion. \nWhen Does Trolley to Trails Run in 2026?\nThe current public schedule lists Trolley to Trails on Saturdays\, Sundays\, and holiday Fridays from the first weekend of May through the first weekend of October. \nAs of September 10\, the remaining 2026 dates published by Visit Big Bear are: \n\nSaturday\, September 12\nSunday\, September 13\nSaturday\, September 19\nSunday\, September 20\nSaturday\, September 26\nSunday\, September 27\nSaturday\, October 3\n\nThe current event page lists October 3\, 2026 as the last scheduled date of the season. \nBecause public transportation schedules can change because of weather\, road conditions\, or operational needs\, check the latest route information before planning a day around the final trolley. \nWhat Is the Trolley to Trails Schedule?\nThe route currently begins at Village-Knickerbocker Road at 8:30 AM and completes its final listed return there at 5:25 PM. The published timetable shows repeated loops throughout the day. \n\n\n\nStop\nFirst Published Stop Time\nFinal Published Stop Time\n\n\n\n\nVillage – Knickerbocker Rd.\n8:30 AM\n5:25 PM return\n\n\nBig 5 – Conklin Rd. & Big Bear Blvd.\n8:32 AM\n4:27 PM\n\n\nTowne Trail – Snow Summit\n8:37 AM\n4:32 PM\n\n\nStater Bros – Big Bear Blvd.\n8:43 AM\n4:38 PM\n\n\nStanfield Marsh Boardwalk\n8:44 AM\n4:39 PM\n\n\nWoodland Trail\n8:47 AM\n4:42 PM\n\n\nNature Discovery Trail\n8:52 AM\n4:47 PM\n\n\nCougar Crest Trail\n8:55 AM\n4:50 PM\n\n\nFawnskin – Fire Station\n9:04 AM\n4:59 PM\n\n\nGrays Peak Trail\n9:07 AM\n5:02 PM\n\n\nCastle Rock Trail\n9:18 AM\n5:13 PM\n\n\nPine Knot Trail\n9:25 AM\n5:20 PM\n\n\n\nThe full published timetable includes several departures at each stop\, generally following the same loop approximately every 95 minutes. Riders should check the current full schedule before choosing a hike so they know when the trolley will return to that trailhead. \nWhich Trails Does Trolley to Trails Serve?\nThe 2026 route reaches a useful cross-section of Big Bear recreation areas rather than serving only one trail. Current stops include: \n\nTowne Trail near Snow Summit\nStanfield Marsh Boardwalk\nWoodland Trail\nNature Discovery Trail\nCougar Crest Trail\nGrays Peak Trail\nCastle Rock Trail\nPine Knot Trail\n\nVisit Big Bear also notes that Grays Peak Trail is now being serviced following its reopening. \nEach trail offers a different experience and level of difficulty. Do not assume that because the trolley serves a trail\, that trail is suitable for every rider. Check current trail distance\, elevation gain\, closures\, weather\, and your group’s abilities separately before getting off. \nWhere Do You Board Trolley to Trails?\nThe primary published pickup and drop-off location is: \nVillage – Knickerbocker Rd.\n630 Knickerbocker Rd.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nVisit Big Bear lists parking at the Knickerbocker Public Parking Lot. The first trolley departs this stop at 8:30 AM. \nYou can also board at other scheduled stops along the route. If you are staying near one of those stops\, review the timetable before automatically driving to The Village. \nIs Trolley to Trails Really Free?\nYes. Visit Big Bear and Mountain Transit identify Trolley to Trails as a free seasonal service. \nNo event ticket is required simply to ride the trolley. However\, using the trolley does not automatically waive any separate recreation permit\, trail-use requirement\, admission fee\, or reservation that could apply at an individual destination. \nCheck the rules for the specific trail or recreation site you plan to visit rather than assuming the free ride makes every activity along the route free. \nIs Trolley to Trails Accessible?\nMountain Transit states that all of its vehicles are wheelchair accessible. Its vehicles are also equipped with bike racks\, and service animals are welcome on board. \nThat does not mean every trail stop itself is wheelchair accessible. Accessibility can differ significantly between a paved boardwalk\, parking area\, and natural hiking trail. Travelers who need accessible outdoor options should research the specific stop separately before choosing where to exit. \nFor transportation-specific accessibility questions\, Mountain Transit maintains dedicated accessibility information and rider services. \nCan You Bring a Bike?\nMountain Transit says its vehicles are equipped with bike racks. That can make the system useful for riders combining transit with cycling\, but rack capacity may be limited. \nIf transporting a bicycle is essential to your plans\, check Mountain Transit’s current bike-on-bus policies before departure and have a backup plan in case rack space is unavailable. \nWhat Should You Bring for Trolley to Trails?\nYour packing list should be based primarily on the trail you plan to hike\, not just the trolley ride. Useful basics include: \n\nWater appropriate for the length of your outing\nComfortable hiking or walking shoes\nWeather-appropriate layers\nSun protection\nTrail map or navigation information\nSnacks\nAny necessary medications\nA charged phone\nThe current trolley timetable\n\nBefore leaving the trolley\, note the return schedule for your stop. Build in extra time rather than planning to finish a hike only a few minutes before the final pickup. \nHow Should You Plan a Hike Around the Trolley Schedule?\nThe biggest planning mistake would be choosing a trail based only on the outbound trolley time. You also need to know how long the hike normally takes and when the next return trips are scheduled. \nFor example\, if you leave the trolley for a longer hike late in the afternoon\, the remaining service window may not be sufficient. The final published route reaches Pine Knot Trail at 5:20 PM and returns to Village-Knickerbocker at 5:25 PM\, so that final loop is not designed to drop riders off for a new multi-hour hike. \nChoose an earlier departure for longer trails. For shorter walks\, scenic stops\, or boardwalk experiences\, later loops may offer more flexibility. \nAlways consider your actual pace\, trail conditions\, daylight\, and weather rather than relying solely on an estimated hiking time. \nCan You Ride Trolley to Trails Without Hiking?\nYes. Visit Big Bear specifically encourages non-hikers to use the service as a scenic ride around Big Bear Lake. \nThat makes the route useful for mixed-interest groups. One person may want to hike while another prefers a scenic ride or a less demanding stop. \nIt can also be a simple way to see different parts of the lake without repeatedly looking for parking\, although riders should remember that this is scheduled public transportation rather than a narrated sightseeing tour. \nHow to Make a Weekend of Trolley to Trails\nFriday: Arrive and Plan Your Route\nArrive in Big Bear on Friday\, check into your cabin\, and decide which trail or stops you want to visit the next morning. Review the latest trail conditions and save the trolley timetable so you are not making route decisions at the last minute. \nIf your group has different hiking abilities\, choose stops that allow everyone to enjoy the day without forcing the same itinerary. \nSaturday: Ride From The Village to the Trails\nFor maximum flexibility\, consider boarding one of the earlier morning loops. Starting early provides more options for completing a hike and catching a later trolley back. \nYou might choose one main trail for the morning\, return toward town\, and use the remainder of the afternoon for The Village or another Big Bear activity. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Trolley to Trails weekend. \nSunday: Try a Different Stop\nBecause the service also runs Sundays\, a two-night stay gives you another opportunity to explore without moving your car from trailhead to trailhead. \nKeep Sunday’s plans realistic if you need to check out or drive home later that day. A short outdoor stop may work better than committing to a long hike close to your departure time. \nWhere to Stay for Trolley to Trails\nBecause the route begins in Big Bear Lake and circles recreation sites around Big Bear Lake and Fawnskin\, Big Bear Lake is the most straightforward A Chalet destination for this itinerary. Big Bear City can also work for visitors exploring the broader valley. \nA Chalet currently offers multiple Big Bear lodging sizes. Featured properties include Heavenly Bay Retreat with two bedrooms and two baths\, Jaybird Cabin with two bedrooms and one bath\, Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms and two baths\, and Maverick’s Cabin with two bedrooms and two baths. \nFor larger groups\, A Chalet currently lists Boulder Landing\, Rustic Ridge\, and Elevated Escape with four bedrooms and three baths. Bear Den is currently shown as a one-bedroom option. \nA cabin stay can work particularly well with this route because you can arrive the night before\, leave your main driving plans behind for part of the day\, ride to a trail\, and return to your lodging afterward. \nVerify occupancy limits\, parking\, kitchen facilities\, pet policies\, and other amenities on the current individual listing before booking\, since features vary from cabin to cabin. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking a Trolley to Trails Weekend Cabin\nChoose your hiking date first. Only seven published service dates remain after September 10\, with October 3 currently listed as the final day. \nStay Friday night for a Saturday hike. That allows you to use an early trolley without first making a morning drive into Big Bear. \nStudy both outbound and return times. A trail that fits the morning schedule may not fit the last return of the day. \nChoose the trail separately from the transportation. The trolley is free\, but trail difficulty\, access rules\, and current conditions still need independent research. \nConsider Big Bear Lake lodging. It places you in the same city as the Knickerbocker starting point. \nVerify parking at your cabin. Larger groups should check the number of permitted vehicles before booking. \nCheck current weather and closures. Late September and early October conditions can affect both hiking plans and mountain travel. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Does Trolley to Trails Run in 2026?\nTrolley to Trails runs Saturdays\, Sundays\, and holiday Fridays during its seasonal operating period. As of September 10\, remaining dates are September 12\, 13\, 19\, 20\, 26\, 27\, and October 3\, 2026. \nHow Much Does Trolley to Trails Cost?\nThe service is free. It is operated by Mountain Transit in partnership with Visit Big Bear. \nWhere Does Trolley to Trails Start?\nThe primary published starting point is Village-Knickerbocker Road\, 630 Knickerbocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. Parking is available in the Knickerbocker Public Parking Lot. \nWhich Trails Can You Reach?\nThe current route serves stops including Towne Trail\, Stanfield Marsh Boardwalk\, Woodland Trail\, Nature Discovery Trail\, Cougar Crest Trail\, Grays Peak Trail\, Castle Rock Trail\, and Pine Knot Trail. \nDo You Have to Be a Hiker to Ride?\nNo. Visit Big Bear encourages non-hikers to ride the trolley for the scenic mountain and lake views as well. \nIs the Trolley Wheelchair Accessible?\nMountain Transit states that all of its vehicles are wheelchair accessible. Accessibility of individual trails and recreation stops varies\, so research your intended destination separately. \nWhere Should I Stay for Trolley to Trails?\nBig Bear Lake is the most practical general lodging base because the primary trolley pickup is at Knickerbocker Road in Big Bear Lake. A Chalet offers rentals in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City for couples\, families\, and larger groups. \nCheck A Chalet availability for your Trolley to Trails dates. \nPlan Your Trolley to Trails 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nTrolley to Trails 2026 makes it easier to explore several Big Bear recreation areas without driving from one trailhead to the next. The free seasonal route runs on Saturdays\, Sundays\, and holiday Fridays\, with service between 8:30 AM and 5:25 PM and seven currently published dates remaining through October 3. \nThe route reaches hiking and recreation stops around Big Bear Lake\, including Woodland Trail\, Cougar Crest\, Grays Peak\, Castle Rock\, Pine Knot Trail\, and Stanfield Marsh. Mountain Transit vehicles are wheelchair accessible and equipped with bike racks\, while non-hikers are also welcome to ride simply for the scenery. \nFor a more relaxed trip\, arrive in Big Bear the night before\, choose an early trolley\, spend the day exploring the trails\, and return to a cabin instead of scheduling the entire outing around a same-day mountain drive. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around Trolley to Trails 2026. \n\n“`
URL:https://achalet.com/event/trolley-to-trails-8/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260926T070000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260927T140000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215619Z
CREATED:20261016T215619Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215619Z
UID:14019-1790406000-1790517600@achalet.com
SUMMARY:WON Big Bear Troutfest
DESCRIPTION:WON Big Bear Troutfest 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nWON Big Bear Troutfest 2026 returns to Big Bear Lake on Saturday\, September 26 and Sunday\, September 27\, 2026 for the event’s 20th annual edition. \nOrganized by Western Outdoor News\, Troutfest is a family-oriented fishing derby with adult and junior divisions\, trophies\, raffle prizes\, cash awards\, and thousands of dollars in prizes. Fishing runs from 7:00 AM to 4:00 PM Saturday and 7:00 AM to 2:00 PM Sunday. \nAdult registration is currently $75\, while junior registration for anglers age 14 and under is $50. Friday evening check-in takes place from 4:00 PM to 9:00 PM at the Big Bear Marina / Big Bear Municipal Water District gravel parking area\, and organizers strongly recommend using Friday check-in instead of waiting until Saturday morning. \nThe current official WON rules state that anglers age 16 and older must carry a valid California fishing license. Boats must comply with Big Bear Lake regulations and are subject to a Quagga Mussel inspection before launching. \nBecause check-in begins Friday and fishing starts at 7:00 AM Saturday\, Troutfest is particularly well suited to an overnight trip. Staying in an A Chalet cabin in Big Bear Lake allows anglers to arrive Friday\, organize tackle and clothing\, get an early night’s rest\, and reach the lake without starting tournament morning with a long drive into the mountains. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for WON Big Bear Troutfest weekend. \nWON Big Bear Troutfest 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nWON Big Bear Troutfest\n\n\nEdition\n20th annual\n\n\nFishing dates\nSaturday\, September 26-Sunday\, September 27\, 2026\n\n\nFriday check-in\nSeptember 25\, 4:00 PM-9:00 PM\n\n\nSaturday fishing\n7:00 AM-4:00 PM\n\n\nSunday fishing\n7:00 AM-2:00 PM\n\n\nSaturday weigh-in\nOfficial rules list scales open 1:00 PM-4:00 PM; anglers must be in line by 4:00 PM\n\n\nSunday weigh-in\n11:00 AM-2:00 PM; anglers must be in line by 2:00 PM\n\n\nRegistration / activity area\nBig Bear Marina / Big Bear Municipal Water District gravel parking area\n\n\nPrimary address\n40524 Lakeview Drive\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nAdult entry\n$75\n\n\nJunior entry\n$50 for anglers age 14 and under\n\n\nFishing license\nRequired for contestants age 16 and older under current tournament rules\n\n\nFish limit for weigh-in\nUp to five fish per angler per day\n\n\nMinimum trout length\n10 inches\n\n\nContact\nBilly Egan\, (949) 366-0248\n\n\nOfficial registration and rules\nWestern Outdoor News Big Bear Troutfest\n\n\nVisitor information\nVisit Big Bear Troutfest\n\n\n\nWhat Is WON Big Bear Troutfest?\nWON Big Bear Troutfest is one of Big Bear Lake’s signature fishing tournaments\, bringing recreational and competitive anglers together for a weekend of trout fishing\, weigh-ins\, prizes\, and family-friendly competition. \nThe 2026 event is promoted as the 20th annual Troutfest. Western Outdoor News organizes the tournament\, while Big Bear Lake and the Big Bear Municipal Water District provide the setting and lake infrastructure. \nThe format is designed to accommodate more than one type of angler. Adults compete in separate male and female divisions\, while younger anglers have junior categories. The event also includes recognition for large fish\, raffle prizes\, and the tournament’s Blind Bogey cash-prize program. \nIt is not limited to serious tournament anglers. Families can fish together\, and junior competitors have their own entry pricing and prize opportunities. \nWhen and Where Is Big Bear Troutfest 2026?\nThe fishing portion of Troutfest takes place on: \nSaturday\, September 26 and Sunday\, September 27\, 2026 \nOfficial tournament activities\, including check-in\, weigh-ins\, and the Sunday awards program\, are centered around the Big Bear Marina / BBMWD gravel parking area. \nThe primary tournament address published by Western Outdoor News is: \n40524 Lakeview Drive\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nVisit Big Bear also references Big Bear Marina at 500 Paine Court as part of the event location. Competitors should follow the exact arrival\, parking\, and check-in directions included with their registration because tournament activities use the marina and water district area together. \nWhat Is the 2026 Troutfest Schedule?\nFriday\, September 25: Angler Check-In\nCheck-in is scheduled for 4:00 PM to 9:00 PM at the Big Bear Marina gravel parking area. \nAnglers receive their wristband\, tournament rules and itinerary\, goodie bag when applicable\, and raffle number. Late registrations may also be accepted if space remains\, with the current WON information listing a $15 late fee. \nWestern Outdoor News strongly recommends Friday evening check-in. \nSaturday\, September 26\nFishing begins at 7:00 AM and ends at 4:00 PM. \nA Saturday morning late check-in is available at the marina area\, but competitors should consult the final event instructions for the precise closing time because different portions of WON’s current page contain slightly different check-in windows. \nThere is also a discrepancy in published Saturday scale-opening times. Visit Big Bear and one section of the WON page say noon\, while the current official tournament rules state 1:00 PM to 4:00 PM. Because the rules govern competition\, anglers should plan around the official rules and confirm the final itinerary at Friday check-in. \nMost importantly\, competitors must be in the weigh-in line by 4:00 PM. \nSunday\, September 27\nFishing runs from 7:00 AM to 2:00 PM. \nSunday scales are scheduled from 11:00 AM to 2:00 PM\, and anglers must be in line by 2:00 PM for their fish to count. \nThe raffle drawing and awards ceremony are expected Sunday afternoon in the marina parking area. WON currently indicates an approximate 3:30 PM start for awards and raffle activities. \nHow Much Does Troutfest Cost?\nCurrent 2026 registration prices are: \n\nAdults: $75\nJuniors age 14 and under: $50\n\nWestern Outdoor News states that the first 600 registered anglers will receive a sponsor goodie bag. \nRegistration also places the angler’s number into the event raffle\, making registered competitors eligible for prize drawings subject to the official rules. \nEntry fees do not replace other costs that may apply\, such as a California fishing license\, boat permit\, launch costs\, marina services\, equipment\, lodging\, or other lake-related fees. \nWhat Are the Main Troutfest Fishing Rules?\nCompetitors should read the complete official rules before fishing. Several particularly important 2026 rules include: \n\nFishing is limited to Big Bear Lake during official tournament hours.\nFish must be caught live by rod and reel in accordance with California fishing regulations.\nTrout submitted for weight must measure at least 10 inches.\nEach angler may weigh up to five fish per day.\nAn angler may weigh fish only once each day.\nAfter weighing fish for the day\, that angler may not continue fishing.\nCompetitors age 16 and older must possess and carry a valid California fishing license.\nFishing outside official contest hours can result in disqualification.\n\nThe tournament director controls the official event time\, so instructions provided during registration should take priority if a website schedule and the final onsite itinerary differ. \nWhat Divisions and Prizes Are Offered?\nTroutfest advertises tens of thousands of dollars in cash and prizes. \nCurrent event information lists competitive recognition for adult men\, adult women\, junior anglers\, and overall big fish. WON’s detailed rules reference trophies and prizes for the top finishers in several categories along with Sunday raffle prizes. \nThere is a minor wording inconsistency in the published age descriptions: the registration page sells the junior entry for anglers 14 and under\, while one section describing award categories uses “under 14.” Families with a 14-year-old competitor should rely on the current registration category and confirm the awards division at check-in. \nRaffle winners generally must be present to claim their prize\, according to the official tournament rules. \nWhat Is the Blind Bogey Contest?\nRegistered Troutfest anglers are also included in the event’s Blind Bogey contest. \nCurrent rules say $5 from each entry is allocated to the program. Seventy-five percent of those funds goes to the Big Bear Municipal Water District specifically for trout restocking\, while the remaining 25% is distributed to participating anglers through cash prizes. \nBlind Bogey awards are scheduled as part of Sunday’s awards ceremony. \nWill Big Bear Lake Be Stocked Before Troutfest?\nYes. Current Visit Big Bear event information says the Big Bear Municipal Water District plans to stock Big Bear Lake with thousands of pounds of trout shortly before the tournament. \nThe stocking is intended to support an active fishing weekend for competitors. \nStocking does not guarantee any individual angler a catch\, of course. Weather\, water conditions\, fishing pressure\, location\, tackle choice\, and angler technique can all influence results. \nCan You Fish Troutfest From a Boat?\nYes\, but boaters have additional responsibilities. \nAll vessels are subject to a Quagga Mussel inspection before launch\, and competitors must comply with California boating laws and Big Bear Lake Municipal Water District regulations. \nWON currently recommends that anglers bringing their own boats arrange inspection and permitting early rather than waiting until tournament morning. \nThe rules identify the BBMWD East Ramp as a recommended location for inspection and permit procedures based on the organizer’s current understanding. \nBoat operators should confirm current launch hours\, permits\, inspections\, ramp conditions\, and marina availability directly before the trip. \nWhat Should Families Know About Life Jackets?\nThe tournament rules state that participants under age 13 fishing from a vessel 26 feet or shorter must wear a U.S. Coast Guard-approved personal flotation device during tournament hours. \nBoaters should review current California boating regulations as well as tournament-specific rules before launching. \nEven when not specifically required by a particular tournament provision\, properly fitted personal flotation devices are an important part of planning a safe day on the lake. \nParking at WON Big Bear Troutfest\nParking deserves special attention because the gravel area used for tournament operations is not simply an unrestricted contestant parking lot. \nThe official WON rules state that no parking will be permitted in the BBMWD parking lot from Friday\, September 25 through Sunday\, September 27. They also state that truck-and-trailer parking is not permitted in the Big Bear Marina parking lot. \nThat distinction is important: registration\, weigh-ins\, and awards take place in the marina/BBMWD area\, but competitors cannot assume they may leave any vehicle or trailer wherever tournament activities are happening. \nFollow final organizer parking instructions and allow extra time\, especially if launching a personal boat. \nWhat Should You Bring to Big Bear Troutfest?\nYour setup will depend on whether you fish from shore or a boat\, but useful basics include: \n\nFishing rod\, reel\, tackle\, bait\, and legal fishing equipment\nValid California fishing license if required for your age\nTournament wristband and registration materials\nWeather-appropriate layers\nSun protection and sunglasses\nWater and food for the day\nPersonal flotation devices when boating\nBoat permits and inspection documentation when applicable\nA cooler or other legal method of handling your catch\nCharged phone\nCurrent tournament rules and itinerary\n\nSeptember mornings on Big Bear Lake can feel much colder than afternoon temperatures\, especially when you are on the water before or shortly after sunrise. Layering is useful. \nHow to Make a Weekend of WON Big Bear Troutfest\nFriday: Arrive and Check In\nArrive in Big Bear Lake Friday afternoon\, check into your A Chalet cabin\, and organize your fishing gear before heading to official tournament check-in between 4:00 PM and 9:00 PM. \nUsing Friday check-in means you can start Saturday focused on fishing rather than paperwork. \nSaturday: First Day of Competition\nBe ready for fishing to begin at 7:00 AM. Keep the 4:00 PM deadline firmly in mind and allow enough time to reach the scales before the line closes. \nOnce you weigh your fish\, your tournament fishing is finished for that day. \nAfterward\, return to your cabin\, prepare dinner\, organize tackle\, and rest before Sunday’s early start. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for September 25-27 Troutfest weekend. \nSunday: Fish\, Weigh In\, and Attend Awards\nSunday fishing begins at 7:00 AM and ends earlier\, at 2:00 PM. \nScales operate from 11:00 AM to 2:00 PM. After fishing\, competitors can stay for the afternoon awards\, raffle prizes\, trophies\, and Blind Bogey awards. \nIf you do not want to drive out of Big Bear immediately after a full tournament weekend\, consider keeping the cabin through Sunday night and departing Monday. \nWhere to Stay for WON Big Bear Troutfest 2026\nFor Troutfest\, an A Chalet cabin in Big Bear Lake is the most practical choice because registration\, weigh-ins\, awards\, and all tournament fishing are centered around Big Bear Lake. \nFor groups\, Conklin Canopy is currently listed in Big Bear Lake with three bedrooms\, two bathrooms\, and sleeping space for up to eight guests. \nVerified current amenities include a fully equipped kitchen\, Wi-Fi\, washer and dryer\, game room\, secure private deck\, barbecue\, and parking for up to three vehicles. \nThe kitchen and laundry facilities can be particularly useful during a fishing weekend when anglers are leaving early\, returning with outdoor gear\, and preparing for another morning on the lake. \nHowever\, anglers traveling with boats or trailers should never assume a vacation rental can accommodate them. Confirm the property’s parking rules and any restrictions on trailers\, boats\, or oversized vehicles before booking. \nA Chalet also offers additional current rentals throughout Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City for couples\, families\, and larger groups. \nBrowse current A Chalet cabins for Big Bear Troutfest. \nTips for Booking a Troutfest Weekend Cabin\nArrive Friday. Official check-in runs from 4:00 PM to 9:00 PM\, and WON recommends completing it that evening. \nChoose Big Bear Lake when possible. It keeps your lodging closer to the tournament’s central activities. \nConfirm boat and trailer parking before booking. Cabin parking capacity does not automatically mean trailer storage is permitted. \nPlan for early mornings. Fishing begins at 7:00 AM both days. \nRead the official rules before traveling. Tournament deadlines\, weigh-in procedures\, licenses\, minimum fish size\, and boating requirements can affect whether a catch counts. \nConsider Sunday night. Staying an extra night can let you attend the entire awards program without immediately starting the drive down the mountain. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is WON Big Bear Troutfest 2026?\nWON Big Bear Troutfest 2026 is September 26-27\, with official angler check-in available Friday\, September 25. \nWhat Time Does Fishing Start?\nFishing starts at 7:00 AM both Saturday and Sunday. Saturday fishing ends at 4:00 PM\, while Sunday fishing ends at 2:00 PM. \nHow Much Is Troutfest Registration?\nCurrent registration is $75 for adults and $50 for juniors age 14 and under. \nDo I Need a California Fishing License?\nYes\, if you are age 16 or older. The 2026 official tournament rules require contestants age 16 and above to possess and carry a valid California fishing license. \nHow Many Trout Can I Weigh?\nEach angler may weigh up to five fish per day. Anglers may weigh only once each day\, and once they weigh their fish\, they cannot continue fishing that day. \nCan I Bring My Own Boat?\nYes\, but boats are subject to Quagga Mussel inspection and applicable permits and regulations. Confirm current BBMWD inspection\, launch\, and parking procedures before tournament weekend. \nWhere Should I Stay for Big Bear Troutfest?\nAn A Chalet cabin in Big Bear Lake gives anglers a convenient overnight base for Friday check-in\, two early tournament mornings\, and Sunday’s awards. Groups should choose a property that fits their occupancy and vehicle needs and separately confirm any boat or trailer restrictions. \nCheck A Chalet availability for Troutfest weekend. \nPlan Your WON Big Bear Troutfest 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nWON Big Bear Troutfest 2026 brings two days of competitive trout fishing to Big Bear Lake on September 26 and 27\, with Friday evening check-in\, adult and junior divisions\, trophies\, raffle prizes\, cash awards\, and thousands of dollars in prizes. \nCompetitors should pay particular attention to the official rules. Fishing begins at 7:00 AM each day\, Saturday ends at 4:00 PM\, Sunday ends at 2:00 PM\, and anglers must meet strict weigh-in deadlines. California fishing licenses are required for anglers age 16 and older\, while boaters need to account for lake permits\, inspections\, and parking restrictions. \nFriday arrival makes the weekend considerably easier. Check in with tournament organizers\, settle into an A Chalet cabin\, prepare your tackle the night before\, and start Saturday morning already in Big Bear instead of racing the clock on mountain roads. \nAfter Sunday’s fishing and awards\, your cabin also gives you somewhere to relax before heading home—or a reason to add another quiet night beside Big Bear Lake. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your WON Big Bear Troutfest 2026 getaway. \n\n“`
URL:https://achalet.com/event/won-big-bear-troutfest-4/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260926T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260926T000000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215625Z
CREATED:20261016T215625Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215625Z
UID:14012-1790380800-1790380800@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours
DESCRIPTION:Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer approximately 90-minute narrated sightseeing cruises on Big Bear Lake from Pine Knot Marina. The published 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, with daytime departures at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM. A 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise is listed for Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday evenings. Tours are weather permitting and require a minimum number of passengers to operate.  \nThe cruise combines lake views with narration covering Big Bear history dating back to 1845\, folklore\, local stories\, and possible celebrity sightings. Pine Knot Marina recommends advance reservations and asks guests to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before departure.  \nFor visitors coming from outside the mountains\, the cruise is easy to turn into a one- or two-night Big Bear trip. A Chalet offers vacation cabins in Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and other nearby mountain communities\, giving couples\, families\, and groups a place to relax before or after a day on the lake.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Miss Liberty cruise weekend. \nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\n\n\n2026 season\nAugust 19-November 1\, 2026\n\n\nTour length\nApproximately 90 minutes\n\n\nDaytime departures\n12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\n\n\nTwilight Cruise\n6:00 PM Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday\n\n\nVenue\nPine Knot Marina\n\n\nAddress\n439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nAdult daytime ticket\n$32 for ages 13 and older\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nChild daytime ticket\n$21 for ages 4-14\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nSenior / military daytime ticket\n$26\, Wednesday-Friday\n\n\nTwilight adult ticket\n$36 for ages 13 and older\n\n\nTwilight child ticket\n$26 for ages 4-14\n\n\nParking\nAvailable at Pine Knot Marina\n\n\nRecommended arrival\n15-30 minutes before departure\n\n\nOfficial tour website\nPine Knot Marina Miss Liberty Tours\n\n\n\nThe 2026 schedule and ticket information above are currently published by Visit Big Bear. Pine Knot Marina notes that schedules and pricing can change\, so travelers should verify the details shown during booking for their specific cruise date.  \nWhat Is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty is a narrated sightseeing boat operating from Pine Knot Marina on Big Bear Lake. Instead of renting a boat and navigating the lake yourself\, you can board for a guided cruise while learning more about the history and character of Big Bear Valley. \nThe approximately 90-minute narration covers highlights of Big Bear history dating to 1845\, along with folklore\, interesting facts\, and local stories. This makes the cruise especially appealing for first-time visitors who want to understand more about the destination while enjoying views from the water.  \nPine Knot Marina identifies Miss Liberty as a 64-foot Skipperliner 1500LX built in 1994 and refurbished in 2006. The operator currently lists a shaded upper deck\, enclosed and heated main salon\, modern restrooms\, small-group seating areas\, and capacity for 80 passengers.  \nThe vessel also has a galley where passengers can purchase light snacks and beverages. The current operator information mentions soft drinks as well as beer\, wine\, and champagne. Available items can change\, so do not plan a meal around the onboard selection without checking first.  \nMiss Liberty can work well for couples\, families\, multigenerational groups\, and visitors looking for an activity that does not require operating their own watercraft. The combination of an outdoor upper deck and enclosed salon also provides flexibility when mountain temperatures change. \nWhen and Where Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026.  \nThe current daytime schedule lists departures at: \n\n12:00 PM\n2:00 PM\n4:00 PM\n\nFriday\, Saturday\, and Sunday also have a published 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise.  \nAll cruises depart from: \nPine Knot Marina\n439 Pine Knot Ave\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nPine Knot Marina describes its location as the point “where the Village meets the lake\,” which makes the cruise easy to combine with time around Big Bear Lake’s Village area.  \nThe marina asks guests to arrive approximately 15 to 30 minutes before departure. Give yourself additional time if you’re driving into Big Bear on the same day\, since parking\, mountain traffic\, weather\, or road conditions can affect your arrival.  \nWhat Can Visitors Expect on Miss Liberty?\nThe Miss Liberty experience is primarily a scenic and educational cruise rather than a high-speed boating activity. Once onboard\, passengers can settle in and enjoy approximately an hour and a half on Big Bear Lake while listening to the narrated tour. \nHistory is a central part of the experience. The narration highlights Big Bear’s past beginning in the mid-19th century while mixing in folklore and other stories connected to the valley.  \nThe shaded upper deck provides an open-air vantage point\, while the heated enclosed salon offers another place to sit when conditions are cooler. This can be particularly useful later in the 2026 season\, when an evening on the lake may feel noticeably colder than an afternoon in town.  \nPine Knot Marina states that Miss Liberty is handicapped accessible. Travelers with particular mobility needs should still contact the operator before booking to ask about boarding\, seating\, restroom access\, and any assistance they may require.  \nThe boat is also available for private parties\, corporate groups\, and other group arrangements. Travelers interested in a private use of the vessel should contact Pine Knot Marina for current rates\, capacity requirements\, and available amenities rather than relying on standard tour ticket pricing.  \nHow Much Are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour Tickets?\nThe current 2026 event listing publishes the following prices:  \n\n\n\nTicket\nPublished Price\nSchedule\n\n\n\n\nAdult\, age 13+\n$32\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nChild\, ages 4-14\n$21\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nSenior 65+ / Military\n$26\nWednesday-Friday daytime\n\n\nTwilight Cruise adult\, age 13+\n$36\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\nTwilight Cruise child\, ages 4-14\n$26\nFriday-Sunday\n\n\n\nThose are the currently published 2026 rates rather than guaranteed future prices. Pine Knot Marina specifically states that its schedules and pricing are subject to change\, so confirm the amount shown during the reservation process.  \nTickets\, Parking\, and Transportation\nDo You Need to Reserve Miss Liberty Tickets in Advance?\nPine Knot Marina says reservations are suggested and should be made early. Booking ahead is particularly useful if you want a specific departure time or a weekend Twilight Cruise.  \nThe operator also notes that all tours are weather permitting. In addition\, the published 2026 event information states that a minimum number of guests is required for the boat to tour the lake. Check any communication from the marina before traveling\, especially if weather conditions are uncertain.  \nWhere Do You Park for Miss Liberty?\nThe 2026 event listing states that parking is available at Pine Knot Marina.  \nArriving early is still important\, especially during busy weekends. The marina is close to The Village\, so the surrounding area can see additional pedestrian and vehicle activity during popular travel periods. \nHow Early Should You Arrive?\nPlan to arrive 15 to 30 minutes before your departure time. This gives you time to park\, locate the correct boarding area\, check in\, and be ready before the vessel departs.  \nIf you’re driving up the mountain on the day of your cruise\, leave considerably more than a 15-minute buffer. Traffic\, road work\, weather\, and mountain driving conditions can all affect travel time. \nWhat Should You Bring on a Miss Liberty Cruise?\nYou do not need much equipment for a 90-minute sightseeing cruise\, but these items can make the outing more comfortable: \n\nLayers: Big Bear Lake can feel cooler on the water than conditions onshore.\nA jacket: Particularly useful for the 6:00 PM Twilight Cruise or late-season departures.\nSun protection: Bring sunscreen\, sunglasses\, and a hat for daytime tours.\nYour reservation information: Keep your booking confirmation accessible.\nA charged phone or camera: Expect plenty of lake and mountain views.\nPersonal accessibility necessities: Contact Pine Knot Marina before your trip if you need assistance boarding.\n\nThe vessel has a shaded upper deck and an enclosed heated salon\, but passengers should still check the day’s forecast and dress appropriately.  \nHow to Make a Weekend of Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nArrival Day: Check In and Explore Big Bear\nArrive in Big Bear Lake the afternoon or evening before your cruise if your schedule allows. Checking into your cabin before tour day eliminates the need to coordinate a mountain drive with a fixed boat departure. \nOnce settled\, spend some time around The Village or enjoy a relaxed dinner. Pine Knot Marina’s location close to The Village makes it straightforward to combine shopping\, dining\, and the waterfront within the same portion of your trip.  \nCruise Day: See Big Bear Lake From the Water\nFor a daytime tour\, have a relaxed morning and head to the marina early enough to be there 15 to 30 minutes before departure. \nAfter your approximately 90-minute cruise\, keep the remainder of the day flexible. You could spend additional time near the lake or return to the cabin for a slower afternoon. \nFor a Friday\, Saturday\, or Sunday Twilight Cruise\, leave your late afternoon relatively open. The current Twilight departure is at 6:00 PM\, so you do not want another activity running late and forcing you to rush to the marina.  \nOnce the boat returns\, having an overnight cabin means you can enjoy the rest of your evening in Big Bear rather than immediately starting a drive down the mountain. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Miss Liberty weekend. \nDeparture Day: Enjoy More of the Lake\nUse the following morning for another Big Bear experience before heading home. Pine Knot Marina currently offers additional boating and water activities beyond Miss Liberty\, including seasonal rentals and recreation. Verify what’s operating on your travel date before adding another lake activity.  \nA slower departure morning also gives your group time to eat\, pack\, and leave the mountains without turning the entire weekend into a tight driving schedule. \nWhere to Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours\nBecause Miss Liberty departs from Big Bear Lake\, accommodations in Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear communities are the logical choices for most visitors. Staying in Lake Arrowhead solely for a Miss Liberty trip would add unnecessary mountain travel. \nA Chalet currently offers vacation rentals across Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear City\, and Lake Arrowhead\, with a mix of smaller and larger properties. For this particular cruise\, focus your search on the Big Bear inventory.  \nA couple can consider a smaller one- or two-bedroom cabin for a simple lake weekend. Families often benefit from two or three bedrooms and a shared living area\, while groups traveling together can compare larger properties that keep everyone under one roof. \nA Chalet’s current collection includes examples ranging from the one-bedroom Bear Den to two-bedroom properties such as Heavenly Bay Retreat and Jaybird Cabin\, three-bedroom options such as Conklin Canopy\, and four-bedroom properties including Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge. Bedroom and bathroom counts should always be rechecked on the live listing before booking.  \nIf cooking at the cabin is important to your trip\, confirm that the particular property you choose currently lists a kitchen. The same rule applies to hot tubs\, pet-friendly policies\, parking\, air conditioning\, and other amenities: different A Chalet properties have different features. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your 2026 Big Bear Lake cruise dates. \nTips for Booking an Event Weekend Cabin\nReserve your cruise first. Knowing whether you have a noon\, afternoon\, or Twilight departure makes it easier to choose check-in and checkout dates. \nStay in the Big Bear area. The tour leaves from Pine Knot Marina in Big Bear Lake\, so prioritize Big Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities. \nChoose the correct cabin size. A couple does not necessarily need a large group property\, while families and friends may appreciate additional bedrooms and gathering space. \nVerify current property details. Check guest capacity\, bedrooms\, parking\, amenities\, house rules\, and cancellation terms on the current listing. \nConsider arriving the day before. This removes much of the risk associated with combining mountain traffic and a fixed cruise departure. \nConsider staying after a Twilight Cruise. An extra night allows you to relax after the evening cruise rather than immediately making a nighttime drive home. \nKeep weather flexibility in mind. Miss Liberty cruises are weather permitting\, so avoid building a trip where every other reservation depends on the boat operating exactly as planned.  \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen are Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours in 2026?\nThe published season runs from August 19 through November 1\, 2026. Daytime cruises are listed at 12:00 PM\, 2:00 PM\, and 4:00 PM\, with 6:00 PM Twilight Cruises on Friday\, Saturday\, and Sunday.  \nWhere is the Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour?\nMiss Liberty departs from Pine Knot Marina\, 439 Pine Knot Ave\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315.  \nDo You Need Tickets for Miss Liberty?\nYes. The cruise is a ticketed attraction\, and Pine Knot Marina recommends making reservations early. Published 2026 prices vary by passenger category and cruise type.  \nIs Miss Liberty Good for Children?\nThe sightseeing format can work well for families\, and the published 2026 ticket structure includes a child category for ages 4-14. Families traveling with younger children should confirm current ticket and boarding requirements directly with Pine Knot Marina.  \nWhere Do You Park for the Miss Liberty Tour?\nParking is currently listed as available at Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes before the cruise to give yourself time to park and board.  \nWhat Should I Bring on the Cruise?\nBring layers\, a jacket for cooler departures\, sun protection for daytime cruises\, your reservation details\, and a phone or camera. Check the forecast because conditions can feel cooler on the water. \nWhere Should I Stay for Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours?\nBig Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear communities are the most practical lodging areas. A Chalet offers cabins for couples\, families\, and groups across the Big Bear area. Browse current A Chalet availability for your Miss Liberty cruise dates. \nPlan Your Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nMiss Liberty Paddlewheel Tours 2026 offer an easy way to experience Big Bear Lake from the water while learning about the valley’s history\, folklore\, and local stories. The 2026 season is currently scheduled through November 1\, with approximately 90-minute daytime tours and weekend Twilight Cruises.  \nStart by choosing your cruise and confirming the current schedule with Pine Knot Marina. Arrive 15 to 30 minutes early\, check the weather before traveling\, and keep enough flexibility in your itinerary for changing lake or mountain conditions. \nFor visitors coming from outside Big Bear\, an overnight stay makes it easier to enjoy the cruise without planning the entire day around driving. Arrive early\, spend some time in The Village\, cruise the lake\, return to your cabin afterward\, and enjoy another morning in the mountains before heading home. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and reserve a Big Bear stay that fits your 2026 Miss Liberty Paddlewheel Tour plans.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/miss-liberty-paddlewheel-tours-28/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260926T000000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260926T000000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215622Z
CREATED:20261016T215622Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215622Z
UID:13467-1790380800-1790380800@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Plein Air Art Competition
DESCRIPTION:Plein Air Art Competition 2026: Dates\, Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nThe Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026 is Visit Big Bear’s third annual plein air competition and a month-long celebration of outdoor painting across the Big Bear Valley. Artists can create their competition work between September 12 and October 10\, 2026\, with gallery events beginning in September and the main Competition Gallery and awards scheduled for October. \nRegistered artists first complete online registration\, then visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center at 40824 Big Bear Boulevard to have their painting substrates stamped. The Visitor Center is currently listed as open daily from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. Artists may have multiple substrates stamped\, but the competition information says there is one submission per artist for galleries.  \nThe main submitted works will be displayed at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake. Visit Big Bear lists the principal competition awards as $2\,000 for first place\, $1\,500 for second place\, and $500 for third place. The awards ceremony is scheduled for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nThis event is particularly well suited to an overnight or multi-night Big Bear trip because artists are intentionally given time to explore the valley\, choose landscapes\, return to locations\, and continue developing their work. A Chalet offers cabins in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City that can serve as a base between painting sessions\, gallery visits\, and other fall activities.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear art trip. \nPlein Air Art Competition 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nBig Bear Plein Air Art Competition & Festival of Artist Events\n\n\nOrganizer\nVisit Big Bear\n\n\nCompetition year\n2026 — 3rd annual event\n\n\nCreate period\nSeptember 12-October 10\, 2026\n\n\nArtist registration\nOnline registration required before arrival\n\n\nMaximum artists\n75 participants\n\n\nSubstrate stamping\nBig Bear Lake Visitor Center\n\n\nVisitor Center\n40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nVisitor Center hours\nDaily\, 9:00 AM-5:00 PM\n\n\nCompetition Gallery\nDestination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake\n\n\nMain gallery period\nOctober 14-18\, 2026\n\n\nAwards ceremony\nOctober 18\, 2026 at 10:00 AM\n\n\nMain awards\n1st: $2\,000; 2nd: $1\,500; 3rd: $500\n\n\nPublic gallery access\nPublic invited; artwork available for purchase\n\n\nParking\nNo single competition-wide parking plan is published; follow instructions and posted rules at each location\n\n\nOfficial website\nVisit Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition\n\n\n\nVisit Big Bear confirms the September 12-October 10 creation period and lists every day in that period as part of the recurring competition calendar.  \nWhat Is the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition?\nThe Plein Air Art Competition invites artists to create landscapes outdoors in the Big Bear Valley\, working directly from the scenery rather than solely from photographs or studio references. \nWhat distinguishes the Big Bear format is its extended creation period. Artists do not have to arrive on one morning and complete their work under a short time limit. Visit Big Bear gives participants from September 12 through October 10 to explore\, select a location\, paint\, and potentially return to Big Bear to continue their work.  \nThat format encourages artists to experience the valley during early fall\, when the character of the landscape can change with light\, weather\, and seasonal conditions. Participants choose their own Big Bear landscape subject rather than being assigned one specific painting location for the main competition. \nFor 2026\, Visit Big Bear has expanded the program with a Festival of Artist Events. Registration in the main competition includes access to the highlighted festival activities\, and artists may choose to participate in one or several. The competition is limited to a maximum of 75 artist participants.  \nWhen Is the Plein Air Art Competition 2026?\nThe competition is not a single-day event. Instead\, it unfolds across several phases. \nSeptember 12-October 10: Create\nArtists may visit Big Bear at any point during this period to create their competition work. Before arriving\, participants are instructed to complete online registration. \nAfter reaching Big Bear\, artists must stop at the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center\, 40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, to have their painting substrates stamped. Visit Big Bear says artists can have as many substrates stamped as they wish. Completed competition artwork is then returned to the Visitor Center for storage before the gallery opens.  \nOctober 14-18: Competition Gallery\nVisit Big Bear’s dedicated competition page identifies the main gallery and awards period as October 14-18. The event calendar separately shows the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition Gallery running during this same mid-October period at 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake.  \nThe public is invited to view the competition artwork\, and Visit Big Bear states that artwork at the galleries will be available for purchase.  \nOctober 18: Awards Ceremony\nThe awards ceremony is scheduled for Sunday\, October 18 at 10:00 AM at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.  \nWhat Special Artist Events Are Part of the 2026 Festival?\nThe expanded 2026 Festival of Artist Events adds several opportunities beyond the main competition. \nArtist’s Best Work en Plein Air Gallery — September 18-19\nThis gallery gives participating artists another chance to exhibit and sell plein air work. Visit Big Bear lists a $500 Best of Show award for this portion of the festival.  \nThe Village Paint-Out — September 19\nA dedicated Paint-Out is scheduled in The Village Big Bear Lake on September 19. This provides a more concentrated event within the broader month-long competition period.  \nMoonridge Corridor Paint-Out — October 3\nAnother Paint-Out takes place in the Moonridge Corridor on October 3\, followed by a gallery on October 4. Visit Big Bear lists a separate $500 Best of Show award for this event.  \nMain Competition Gallery and Awards — October 14-18\nThe main competition concludes with the complete collection of submitted works and the awards ceremony. The principal prizes currently published are: \n\nFirst Place: $2\,000\nSecond Place: $1\,500\nThird Place: $500\n\nVisit Big Bear lists John Budicin\, Diane Moore\, and Lisa Mozzini-McDill as distinguished judges associated with the 2026 competition.  \nHow Do Artists Register and Submit Their Work?\nArtists should begin at the official Visit Big Bear Plein Air Competition page and complete the linked registration before traveling to Big Bear. \nThe currently published process is: \n\nComplete registration online before arriving.\nVisit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center during operating hours.\nHave the painting substrates you may use stamped.\nExplore Big Bear and create the work during the September 12-October 10 competition period.\nReturn the completed competition painting to the Visitor Center.\nSubmitted artwork is stored until the Competition Gallery opens.\n\nVisit Big Bear states that the 2026 competition has a maximum of 75 participating artists and allows one submission per artist for the galleries.  \nThe public page reviewed for this guide does not display a clearly stated universal competition registration price in its main event information. Artists should check the live registration form for the current fee and full participation terms rather than relying on a prior year’s price. \nWhere Are the Visitor Center and Competition Gallery?\nBig Bear Lake Visitor Center\n40824 Big Bear Boulevard\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nThe Visitor Center is currently listed as open daily from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM and is the location where artists get substrates stamped and return completed competition paintings.  \nDestination Big Bear Event Room\n713 Stocker Rd.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA \nThis is the published location for the Competition Gallery\, the October 18 awards ceremony\, and the public pop-up galleries associated with the festival.  \nNo single parking plan covering every competition location is published. Artists and gallery visitors should follow event instructions and posted parking regulations at the Visitor Center\, The Village\, Moonridge\, and the Destination Big Bear Event Room. \nCan Non-Artists Attend the Plein Air Events?\nYes. The competition is not only for participating painters. \nVisit Big Bear specifically invites art enthusiasts\, collectors\, and members of the community to attend the pop-up galleries and view the complete collection of 2026 competition artwork. Artwork will also be available for purchase.  \nThat makes the October gallery period a good option for visitors who enjoy art but do not plan to enter the competition themselves. \nA public admission charge for the galleries is not stated on the current competition page. Visitors should check the individual gallery listing closer to their chosen date if admission\, opening hours\, or purchasing procedures are important to their plans. \nWhat Should Artists Bring?\nVisit Big Bear does not publish one universal equipment list because plein air painters work with different media and setups. Participants should therefore prepare according to their own painting method and the outdoor mountain environment. \nA practical artist packing list may include: \n\nYour preferred paints\, brushes\, and painting tools\nMultiple eligible substrates to have stamped at the Visitor Center\nPortable easel or pochade setup\nWater or appropriate painting medium\nSun protection\nWeather-appropriate layers\nWater and snacks\nProtective equipment for transporting wet artwork\nAny personal medications or necessities\n\nBecause artists choose their own locations around Big Bear\, conditions can vary significantly between lakefront areas\, forested locations\, The Village\, and higher-elevation viewpoints. Check the forecast and current access conditions before setting up outdoors. \nHow to Make a Weekend of the Plein Air Art Competition\nDay 1: Arrive\, Register\, and Scout Locations\nComplete online registration before leaving home. After arriving in Big Bear\, check into your cabin and visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center between 9:00 AM and 5:00 PM to get your substrates stamped. \nInstead of immediately committing to the first landscape you see\, use part of the afternoon to explore Big Bear Valley and observe how light falls across different areas. \nDay 2: Paint en Plein Air\nStart early enough to work during the light conditions you want to capture. Because the competition gives artists nearly a month to create\, there is no need to treat the trip like a speed-painting contest unless you’re participating in a specific Paint-Out. \nReturning to a cabin between sessions can be useful for organizing supplies\, resting\, eating\, and preparing for another painting period. \nCheck A Chalet cabins for your Plein Air Competition dates. \nReturn for the Gallery or Awards\nArtists do not have to treat the September-October creation period and October gallery as a single continuous stay. Visit Big Bear explicitly allows artists to visit once or return to Big Bear to continue their work.  \nYou might therefore plan one trip for painting and another for the Competition Gallery and October 18 awards ceremony. \nWhere to Stay for the Plein Air Art Competition\nBecause the competition spans the Big Bear Valley and important event locations are in Big Bear Lake\, staying in Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City makes practical sense. \nA Chalet currently offers cabins in both destinations\, with properties ranging from smaller two-bedroom stays to larger three- and four-bedroom rentals. Current examples shown in A Chalet’s collection include Heavenly Bay Retreat and Jaybird Cabin with two bedrooms\, Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms\, and Boulder Landing and Rustic Ridge with four bedrooms.  \nFor an artist traveling alone or with a partner\, a smaller cabin can provide a straightforward base between painting sessions. Friends participating together may prefer additional bedrooms and common space for organizing the trip. \nIf you need particular features for an art-focused stay—such as parking capacity\, a kitchen\, laundry facilities\, pet permission\, or additional indoor space—verify them on the current individual property listing before booking. Amenities differ by cabin and should not be assumed. \nA multi-night stay may be especially useful for this competition because participants are encouraged to explore the landscape rather than paint against a single-day deadline. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking an Art Competition Weekend Cabin\nChoose your competition phase first. A September painting trip\, October 3 Moonridge Paint-Out weekend\, and October 14-18 gallery trip have different schedules. \nComplete artist registration before traveling. Visit Big Bear specifically instructs participants to register online before arriving. \nAllow time for the Visitor Center. Substrates need to be stamped\, and current Visitor Center hours are 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. \nConsider more than one night. One of the main advantages of this competition is the ability to explore different Big Bear landscapes and work without a short painting deadline. \nMatch the cabin to your group. Solo artists and couples may prefer smaller accommodations\, while several artists traveling together can compare multi-bedroom rentals. \nVerify amenities directly. Parking\, kitchens\, pet policies\, and other property features vary across A Chalet’s inventory. \nRecheck event details before your trip. Gallery hours\, registration availability\, and individual festival-event instructions can change. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is the Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026?\nArtists can create competition work from September 12 through October 10\, 2026. The main gallery period follows in mid-October\, with the awards ceremony scheduled for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nWhere Is the Plein Air Art Competition?\nPainting can take place across the Big Bear Valley. Substrate stamping and artwork drop-off are handled through the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center at 40824 Big Bear Boulevard\, while the main Competition Gallery is held at 713 Stocker Rd.\, Big Bear Lake.  \nDo Artists Need to Register?\nYes. Visit Big Bear directs artists to complete online registration before arriving. The 2026 competition is limited to a maximum of 75 artist participants.  \nWhat Are the 2026 Plein Air Competition Prizes?\nThe main competition awards are currently listed as $2\,000 for first place\, $1\,500 for second place\, and $500 for third place. Separate $500 Best of Show prizes are also listed for certain festival galleries.  \nCan the Public Visit the Galleries?\nYes. Visit Big Bear invites the public\, art enthusiasts\, and collectors to attend the galleries. Artwork is expected to be available for purchase.  \nWhen Is the Awards Ceremony?\nThe awards ceremony is scheduled for October 18\, 2026 at 10:00 AM at the Destination Big Bear Event Room\, 713 Stocker Rd.  \nWhere Should I Stay for the Plein Air Art Competition?\nBig Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City is practical because the competition is centered throughout the Big Bear Valley and key administrative and gallery locations are in Big Bear Lake. A Chalet offers cabins of several sizes in the Big Bear area. Browse current A Chalet availability. \nPlan Your Plein Air Art Competition 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nThe Big Bear Plein Air Art Competition 2026 gives painters something many competitions do not: time. From September 12 through October 10\, registered artists can explore Big Bear\, choose their landscape\, paint\, return to refine their work\, and participate in an expanded schedule of festival events.  \nThe 2026 festival includes the Artist’s Best Work gallery on September 18-19\, The Village Paint-Out on September 19\, the Moonridge Paint-Out on October 3\, the Moonridge gallery on October 4\, and the main Competition Gallery and awards activities in mid-October. The awards ceremony is set for October 18 at 10:00 AM.  \nArtists should register online before arriving\, visit the Big Bear Lake Visitor Center to have substrates stamped\, and verify the latest competition instructions before beginning their work. \nFor a trip built around several painting sessions—or a separate return visit for the gallery and awards—an overnight cabin gives you a comfortable base in the Big Bear Valley instead of forcing the creative process into a single day. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around the Plein Air Art Competition 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/plein-air-art-competition-17/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260925T180000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260925T210000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215627Z
CREATED:20261016T215627Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215627Z
UID:14011-1790359200-1790370000@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Live Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany's Bistro
DESCRIPTION:Live Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro 2026: Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nLive Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro 2026 is a recurring Friday and Saturday evening music series at Chateau Big Bear in Big Bear Lake. The current venue schedule lists live music every Friday and Saturday from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM\, with pianist Mike Cross and rotating guest performers playing beneath the Chateau’s restored Tiffany dome. \nTiffany’s Bistro is located inside Chateau Big Bear at 42200 Moonridge Road\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. The bistro is currently open Thursday\, Friday\, and Saturday from 4:00 PM to 11:00 PM\, with food served until 9:30 PM. That makes it easy to combine dinner\, drinks\, and live music in one evening. \nVisit Big Bear’s current event calendar shows the music series continuing through the 2026-27 winter season\, with upcoming dates beginning September 11 and 12 and continuing on Fridays and Saturdays into March 2027. \nFor travelers coming from outside the mountains\, an overnight Big Bear stay can make the evening more relaxed. Instead of driving down the mountain after a 9:00 PM set\, guests can return to a nearby A Chalet cabin and continue their trip the following morning. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear live-music weekend. \nLive Music at Chateau Big Bear 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nLive Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro\n\n\nSchedule\nFridays and Saturdays\n\n\nLive music hours\n6:00 PM-9:00 PM\n\n\nVenue\nTiffany’s Bistro at Chateau Big Bear\n\n\nAddress\n42200 Moonridge Road\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nRegular featured artist\nMike Cross with rotating guest performers\n\n\nBistro hours\nThursday-Saturday\, 4:00 PM-11:00 PM\n\n\nFood service\n4:00 PM-9:30 PM\n\n\nAdmission\nNo universal live-music cover charge is published on the current official venue page\n\n\nParking\nParking available at Chateau Big Bear\n\n\nPhone\n909-866-6666\n\n\nOfficial venue page\nTiffany’s Bistro at Chateau Big Bear\n\n\n\nThe official venue currently states that Mike Cross and selected guests perform every Friday and Saturday from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. Visit Big Bear independently lists the same recurring event and venue address. \nWhat Is Live Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro?\nThe event is a recurring live-music night inside Tiffany’s Bistro\, the restaurant and lounge at Chateau Big Bear. Rather than functioning as a stand-alone concert with a fixed touring lineup\, it is designed as an ongoing dinner-and-music experience. \nThe Chateau has a long connection with performing arts. Its own current event description recalls productions and entertainment held there during the late 1980s and early 1990s\, including opera\, theater\, and dance events. Today\, the venue continues that tradition through weekly live music beneath its distinctive stained-glass dome. \nPianist Mike Cross is a regular headliner. Chateau Big Bear says he performs with a rotating selection of guest musicians\, including vocalists and instrumentalists. The venue’s recent guide describes musical styles that can include blues\, jazz standards\, and original material. \nBecause the performers may change from one weekend to another\, guests interested in a particular artist should check Chateau Big Bear’s current social media or contact the venue rather than assuming every Friday and Saturday has the same lineup. \nWhen Is Live Music at Chateau Big Bear in 2026?\nThe current recurring schedule is simple: \n\nFridays: 6:00 PM-9:00 PM\nSaturdays: 6:00 PM-9:00 PM\n\nAs of September 10\, Visit Big Bear lists upcoming 2026 dates including: \n\nFriday\, September 11\nSaturday\, September 12\nFriday\, September 18\nSaturday\, September 19\nFriday\, September 25\nSaturday\, September 26\nFriday\, October 2\nSaturday\, October 3\nFriday\, October 9\nSaturday\, October 10\n\nThe calendar continues with additional Friday and Saturday performances later in fall and winter and currently shows the recurring series extending into March 2027. \nBecause this is an ongoing venue series rather than a one-time concert\, check the official Tiffany’s Bistro page before your trip for weekly performer updates. \nWhere Is Tiffany’s Bistro?\nLive music takes place at: \nTiffany’s Bistro at Chateau Big Bear\n42200 Moonridge Road\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315 \nChateau Big Bear sits in Big Bear Lake’s Moonridge area. Visit Big Bear confirms the same address and identifies Tiffany’s Bistro as the hotel’s restaurant\, cocktail\, wine\, and live-music venue. \nThe venue phone number is 909-866-6666. \nWhat Can Visitors Expect?\nThe experience combines three elements: live music\, dinner service\, and the setting beneath Chateau Big Bear’s stained-glass Tiffany dome. \nMusic generally runs from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM\, while Tiffany’s Bistro opens at 4:00 PM and serves food until 9:30 PM. Guests can therefore arrive before the music begins for an early meal or plan dinner during the performance. \nThe venue serves casual bistro fare along with cocktails and wine. Chateau Big Bear also promotes its own private-label wines\, while its current bar program includes classic and house cocktails. \nThe music lineup is not identical every weekend. Mike Cross is the recurring featured performer\, but guest musicians rotate. Chateau Big Bear advises visitors to follow its social accounts for the latest weekly artist announcements. \nWhat Is Special About the Tiffany Dome?\nThe dome above Tiffany’s Bistro is one of the most distinctive features of the space. Chateau Big Bear says the stained-glass dome has been extensively restored and remains a centerpiece of the room. \nThe venue’s history article says the dome originally came from Paris and was later dismantled and reconstructed in Big Bear Lake. Chateau Big Bear reports that a recent restoration project cost roughly $500\,000. \nFor guests choosing between a conventional restaurant and somewhere with more atmosphere\, the combination of live music and the historic dome is part of what distinguishes Tiffany’s Bistro. \nDo You Need Tickets for Live Music at Tiffany’s Bistro?\nThe current official venue page does not publish a universal live-music ticket price or regular cover charge for the Friday and Saturday series. \nTiffany’s Bistro is open to the public\, not just hotel guests\, so visitors can come for dinner\, drinks\, and live music without staying at Chateau Big Bear itself. \nBecause individual special events or holiday weekends may operate differently\, call 909-866-6666 if you need to confirm reservations\, seating policies\, cover charges\, or special-event arrangements for a specific date. \nShould You Make a Dinner Reservation?\nThe current public event information does not state that every live-music night requires a reservation. However\, if your evening depends on having a dinner table during a particular set\, contacting the venue ahead of time is sensible. \nThe live music falls directly within dinner service\, so Friday and Saturday evenings may draw both hotel guests and local visitors. \nA practical schedule would be to arrive between 5:00 PM and 5:30 PM for dinner before the 6:00 PM music begins. This is a planning recommendation\, not an official arrival requirement. \nWhere Do You Park?\nVisit Big Bear’s event listing states that parking is available at Chateau Big Bear. \nNo separate shuttle or event-specific remote parking system is currently published. Follow posted signs and any instructions from hotel staff when you arrive. \nAllowing a little extra time is useful on Friday and Saturday evenings\, especially if you want to be seated before the music starts. \nIs Tiffany’s Bistro Open Before the Music Starts?\nYes. Tiffany’s Bistro currently opens at 4:00 PM on Thursday\, Friday\, and Saturday. Live music begins at 6:00 PM on Friday and Saturday\, while food service continues until 9:30 PM and the bistro remains open until 11:00 PM. \nThe venue also currently advertises a happy hour from 4:00 PM to 6:00 PM\, which lines up directly with the period before the live music begins. \nHappy-hour offerings can change\, so check the current menu or venue information before planning around a specific drink or food special. \nIs Live Music at Chateau Big Bear Family-Friendly?\nThe current event listing does not publish a universal minimum age for the live-music series. Tiffany’s Bistro operates as a restaurant and bar serving food\, cocktails\, and wine. \nFamilies planning to bring children should contact the venue before visiting if age policies\, seating arrangements\, or evening atmosphere are important to their plans. Do not assume bar-area policies based on another Big Bear restaurant. \nThe current event pages also do not provide detailed accessibility information for the live-music seating area. Guests needing a specific accommodation should call Chateau Big Bear at 909-866-6666 in advance. \nHow to Make a Weekend of Live Music at Chateau Big Bear\nFriday: Check In and Head to Tiffany’s Bistro\nArrive in Big Bear during the afternoon\, check into your cabin\, and give yourself time to settle in before heading to Moonridge. \nIf you want dinner before the music begins\, arrive at Tiffany’s Bistro ahead of the 6:00 PM set. Alternatively\, plan your meal during the performance since food service continues until 9:30 PM. \nAfter the music ends at 9:00 PM\, return to your cabin rather than immediately starting a nighttime drive out of the mountains. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your live-music weekend. \nSaturday: Enjoy Big Bear During the Day\nKeep Saturday open for the part of Big Bear that interests you most. Depending on the season and current operating conditions\, that could include time around Big Bear Lake\, hiking\, The Village\, or another local attraction. \nIf you enjoyed Friday’s performance\, the recurring schedule gives you the option of returning Saturday evening for another live-music session. Because guest performers can rotate\, the experience may not be identical both nights. \nSunday: Relax Before Departure\nA two-night cabin stay gives you a slower Sunday morning rather than requiring a late-night departure after Saturday’s show. Have breakfast\, enjoy one final Big Bear activity\, and then begin the drive home during daylight if your schedule allows. \nWhere to Stay for Live Music at Chateau Big Bear\nBecause Chateau Big Bear is on Moonridge Road in Big Bear Lake\, Big Bear Lake is the most straightforward lodging area for this event. Big Bear City can also work for visitors planning activities throughout the valley. \nA Chalet currently offers rentals across Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City. Current featured options include Heavenly Bay Retreat with two bedrooms and two baths\, Jaybird Cabin with two bedrooms and one bath\, Conklin Canopy with three bedrooms and two baths\, and Maverick’s Cabin with two bedrooms and two baths. \nFor larger groups\, A Chalet’s current collection also shows Boulder Landing\, Rustic Ridge\, and Elevated Escape\, each currently listed with four bedrooms and three baths. Smaller parties can also compare options such as Bear Den. \nBedroom counts are only one part of choosing a rental. Verify current occupancy limits\, parking\, kitchens\, pet policies\, outdoor amenities\, and other features on the live individual listing before booking. \nFor a live-music weekend\, the main benefit of staying nearby is schedule flexibility: enjoy dinner and the full 6:00-9:00 PM music set without building the evening around an immediate drive down the mountain. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking a Live-Music Weekend Cabin\nChoose Friday\, Saturday\, or both. Live music currently runs on both evenings from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. \nCheck the weekly artist lineup. Mike Cross is a recurring featured performer\, but guest musicians rotate. \nConfirm dining plans. If you want a table at a specific time\, contact Tiffany’s Bistro before the weekend rather than assuming walk-in availability. \nStay in Big Bear Lake or Big Bear City. These destinations are more geographically relevant to Moonridge than Lake Arrowhead for this event. \nVerify cabin parking. Groups arriving in several vehicles should check each rental’s permitted vehicle count. \nConsider two nights. Staying Friday and Saturday gives you a full mountain day between evening performances. \nCheck weather before traveling. The recurring series continues into winter\, when mountain road and weather conditions can materially affect travel plans. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen Is Live Music at Chateau Big Bear in 2026?\nLive music is currently scheduled every Friday and Saturday from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM\, with the recurring Visit Big Bear calendar extending into March 2027. \nWhere Is Live Music at Tiffany’s Bistro?\nThe performances take place at Tiffany’s Bistro inside Chateau Big Bear\, 42200 Moonridge Road\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. \nWho Performs at Chateau Big Bear?\nMike Cross is the venue’s recurring featured musician\, joined by rotating guest performers. Chateau Big Bear recommends checking its social channels for weekly lineup updates. \nDo You Need Tickets?\nThe current official venue information does not publish a universal ticket price or regular cover charge for the Friday and Saturday music series. Contact Tiffany’s Bistro for any date-specific requirements. \nCan You Eat During the Live Music?\nYes. Tiffany’s Bistro currently serves food from 4:00 PM to 9:30 PM\, while live music runs from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. \nIs Parking Available?\nYes. Visit Big Bear states that parking is available at Chateau Big Bear. \nWhere Should I Stay for Live Music at Chateau Big Bear?\nBig Bear Lake is the most practical general lodging area for an event on Moonridge Road. A Chalet offers cabins in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City for couples\, families\, and larger groups. \nBrowse A Chalet availability for your live-music dates. \nPlan Your Live Music at Chateau Big Bear 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nLive Music at Chateau Big Bear / Tiffany’s Bistro 2026 offers a straightforward Friday or Saturday night plan: arrive for dinner or drinks\, settle in beneath the restored Tiffany dome\, and hear Mike Cross and rotating guest musicians from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM. \nThe venue is at 42200 Moonridge Road in Big Bear Lake\, parking is available at Chateau Big Bear\, and Tiffany’s Bistro currently serves food until 9:30 PM. The live-music series continues regularly through fall and winter\, so check the latest performer information before choosing your weekend. \nFor travelers coming from outside Big Bear\, staying overnight turns the evening into a more comfortable mountain trip. Check into a cabin before the show\, enjoy the full performance without rushing toward a late-night departure\, and leave the following day open for Big Bear Lake\, Moonridge\, or another local activity. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around Live Music at Chateau Big Bear 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/live-music-at-chateau-big-bear-tiffanys-bistro-13/
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260925T170000
DTEND;TZID=America/Los_Angeles:20260925T200000
DTSTAMP:20261016T215628Z
CREATED:20261016T215628Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20261016T215628Z
UID:14010-1790355600-1790366400@achalet.com
SUMMARY:Live Music at Barrel 33
DESCRIPTION:Live Music at Barrel 33 2026: September & October Schedule\, Travel Tips\, and Where to Stay\nQuick Answer\nLive Music at Barrel 33 2026 brings acoustic afternoons and evening performances to Barrel 33 in Big Bear Lake throughout September and into early October. The venue combines live music with its food\, craft beer\, and wine offerings at 40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315. Performance times vary by artist and date\, so checking the schedule before arriving is important.  \nAs of September 10\, the next confirmed performances begin with Matt & Emily on September 11 from 5:00 PM to 8:00 PM\, followed by Local Legends on September 12. Additional September performers include Brad\, Tanner\, Sergio Snow\, Matt & Emily\, and The Blackwells. Ryan Bieber is currently scheduled for October 2 and October 3.  \nOne schedule detail deserves attention: Visit Big Bear currently lists Brad on September 30 and again on October 6\, but Barrel 33’s own live event calendar currently identifies September 30 as Locals Night and a Pirate Ship Wine Cruise rather than a Brad performance\, and it does not currently display an October 6 Brad event. Because the venue is the primary source\, this guide treats those two performances as unconfirmed and recommends checking Barrel 33 directly before planning around them.  \nVisitors traveling from outside Big Bear can easily build a cabin stay around one of these performances. A Chalet currently offers Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City vacation rentals for couples\, families\, and groups\, making an overnight stay practical if you’d rather enjoy the evening without immediately driving down the mountain afterward.  \nBrowse A Chalet cabins for your Big Bear live music trip. \nLive Music at Barrel 33 2026 at a Glance\n\n\n\nEvent\nLive Music at Barrel 33\n\n\nCurrent event period\nSeptember 2026 into early October 2026\n\n\nVenue\nBarrel 33\n\n\nAddress\n40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315\n\n\nPerformance times\nVary by date\, generally between 1:30 PM and 8:00 PM\n\n\nConfirmed upcoming artists\nMatt & Emily\, Local Legends\, Brad\, Tanner\, Sergio Snow\, The Blackwells\, and Ryan Bieber\n\n\nAdmission\nNo universal live-music admission charge is currently published on Barrel 33’s event listings\n\n\nFood and drinks\nFood\, craft beer\, and wine are promoted alongside the live music\n\n\nParking\nUse appropriate public parking serving The Village and follow posted restrictions\n\n\nPhone\n909-878-0838\n\n\nRecommended arrival\nNo official early-arrival time is published; arriving 15-30 minutes before your chosen performance is a practical buffer\n\n\nOfficial venue calendar\nBarrel 33 Events\n\n\n\nVisit Big Bear describes the live-music series as a recurring event from September 1 through October 6\, while Barrel 33’s own calendar confirms individual performances through October 3 at the time of writing. Because performer schedules can change\, use the venue calendar as the final source before traveling.  \nWhat Is Live Music at Barrel 33?\nLive Music at Barrel 33 is a series of individual acoustic and live-band performances at Barrel 33 in Big Bear Lake’s Village area. Rather than one large concert with a fixed lineup and ticket package\, the venue schedules different performers on selected afternoons and evenings. \nBarrel 33 promotes these performances alongside food\, craft beer\, wine\, and a casual social atmosphere. That makes the series easy to add to a Big Bear itinerary without dedicating an entire day to an event.  \nSome performances are early-afternoon acoustic sets\, while many Friday and Saturday appearances run from 5:00 PM to 8:00 PM. This variation is useful for travelers: an afternoon Brad performance can fit between daytime activities\, while an evening show can serve as the main plan after hiking\, lake time\, shopping\, or sightseeing. \nThe current event descriptions do not publish reserved seating arrangements\, a universal cover charge\, or a formal concert-style admission process. Visitors should therefore check the listing for their specific date rather than assuming every performance operates identically. \nWhen Is Live Music at Barrel 33 in 2026?\nThe official Barrel 33 calendar and Visit Big Bear currently confirm a substantial September schedule\, followed by Ryan Bieber performances on October 2 and October 3.  \nAs of September 10\, the confirmed upcoming schedule is: \n\n\n\nDate\nPerformer\nTime\n\n\n\n\nSeptember 11\, 2026\nMatt & Emily\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 12\, 2026\nLocal Legends\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 15\, 2026\nBrad\n1:30 PM-3:30 PM\n\n\nSeptember 17\, 2026\nTanner\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 18\, 2026\nSergio Snow\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 19\, 2026\nSergio Snow\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 22\, 2026\nBrad\n1:30 PM-3:30 PM\n\n\nSeptember 25\, 2026\nMatt & Emily\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 26\, 2026\nThe Blackwells\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nSeptember 29\, 2026\nBrad\n1:30 PM-3:30 PM\n\n\nOctober 2\, 2026\nRyan Bieber\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\nOctober 3\, 2026\nRyan Bieber\n5:00 PM-8:00 PM\n\n\n\nThese dates and times are confirmed on Barrel 33’s current official event calendar.  \nEarlier September performances included Brad on September 1 and September 8\, Katie on September 4\, Austin Rogers on September 5\, and Dana on September 6.  \nWhat About the September 30 and October 6 Performances?\nThere is currently a discrepancy between published sources. \nVisit Big Bear’s event page lists Brad on September 30 from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM and Brad on October 6 from 1:30 PM to 3:30 PM.  \nHowever\, Barrel 33’s own current calendar lists September 30 as Locals Night from 5:00 PM to 7:00 PM and also lists a Pirate Ship Wine Cruise that evening. It does not currently show a September 30 Brad performance or October 6 Brad event.  \nBecause Barrel 33 is the venue and primary source\, travelers should not plan a trip specifically around September 30 or October 6 live music unless the venue confirms those performances. This is exactly the kind of schedule detail worth rechecking shortly before your visit. \nWhere Is Barrel 33 in Big Bear Lake?\nBarrel 33 is located at: \nBarrel 33\n40754 Village Dr.\nBig Bear Lake\, CA 92315\nPhone: 909-878-0838 \nVisit Big Bear confirms the venue at 40754 Village Dr. in Big Bear Lake. Barrel 33’s own event calendar also lists the Village Drive location and the same phone number.  \nThe location places visitors in The Village area\, so a live-music performance can be combined naturally with time spent walking through central Big Bear Lake before or afterward. \nWhat Can Visitors Expect?\nThe experience depends somewhat on the day you attend. Brad’s Tuesday appearances are promoted as Afternoon Acoustic sessions and currently run from 1:30 PM to 3:30 PM. Friday and Saturday live-music events usually run in the early evening\, often from 5:00 PM to 8:00 PM.  \nBarrel 33 promotes live music alongside: \n\nFood\nCraft beer\nWine\nIndividual acoustic artists and bands\nA casual Village setting\n\nThe venue’s current event descriptions do not publish a detailed set list\, number of performance breaks\, stage schedule\, reserved-seat system\, or performer-specific admission fee. Those details should not be invented or assumed from another date. \nIf seeing a particular artist is the reason for your trip\, check Barrel 33’s calendar on the day of the performance. Live entertainment schedules can change due to artist availability\, weather\, or venue considerations. \nTickets\, Parking\, and Transportation\nDo You Need Tickets for Live Music at Barrel 33?\nBarrel 33’s current individual live-music listings do not publish a universal ticket price or cover charge. The venue simply invites guests to attend for live music\, food\, craft beer\, and wine.  \nThat does not guarantee that every future performance will always operate without special admission terms. Check your chosen date or call 909-878-0838 if admission arrangements are important to your plans. \nWhere Should You Park?\nBarrel 33 is located in The Village area of Big Bear Lake. Visitors should use appropriate public parking serving The Village and follow all posted parking restrictions. \nWeekend evenings can bring more activity to The Village\, so leave enough time to park and walk to Barrel 33 rather than arriving exactly when the band is scheduled to begin. \nHow Early Should You Arrive?\nNo official early-arrival requirement is published. A practical approach is to reach the area 15 to 30 minutes before the scheduled start\, particularly for Friday and Saturday evening performances. \nThis is a travel-planning recommendation rather than an official Barrel 33 check-in rule. If the venue publishes different instructions for your date\, follow those instead. \nWhat Should You Bring?\nLive music at Barrel 33 requires relatively little preparation\, but a few items can make your evening easier: \n\nValid identification: Bring appropriate ID if you intend to purchase alcoholic beverages.\nA warm layer: Big Bear evenings can cool quickly\, even after a warm afternoon.\nYour chosen event details: Confirm the artist and start time before leaving.\nA transportation plan: Decide how you’ll return to your cabin if you plan to drink.\nA charged phone: Useful for navigation\, parking\, and checking last-minute venue updates.\n\nBecause the performances are at an established Village venue rather than a trail\, lake\, or mountaintop event\, you do not need specialized outdoor equipment. \nIs Live Music at Barrel 33 Family Friendly?\nThe current live-music listings do not publish a universal age restriction. However\, Barrel 33 serves craft beer and wine\, so families should not assume that every scheduled event has the same age policy. \nIf you’re considering attending with children or teenagers\, contact Barrel 33 at 909-878-0838 to confirm the venue’s current policy for that particular performance. \nSimilarly\, no detailed accessibility information is included in the individual live-music listings. Visitors requiring specific accommodations should contact the venue directly before arrival. \nHow to Make a Weekend of Live Music at Barrel 33\nArrival Day: Check Into Big Bear\nIf you’re coming from outside the mountains for a Friday or Saturday performance\, consider arriving earlier in the afternoon rather than trying to time a mountain drive around a 5:00 PM start. \nCheck into your cabin\, unpack\, and review the latest Barrel 33 listing. That gives your group time to settle in before heading toward The Village. \nBefore the Music: Explore The Village\nArriving in The Village ahead of the performance gives you flexibility if parking takes longer than expected. Spend some time walking around the area and then head to Barrel 33 before your chosen artist begins. \nFor Tuesday afternoon performances with Brad\, the 1:30 PM to 3:30 PM schedule leaves plenty of time for another Big Bear activity afterward. Friday and Saturday shows running until 8:00 PM work better as the main evening plan.  \nAfter the Performance: Return to Your Cabin\nAfter an evening performance\, an overnight cabin provides an easy place for your group to wind down without immediately starting a long drive out of Big Bear. \nIf anyone has been drinking alcohol\, use a safe transportation plan rather than driving. Planning that before the performance keeps the evening simple. \nCheck A Chalet cabin availability for your Barrel 33 live-music dates. \nNext Morning: Enjoy More of Big Bear\nUse the following morning for another local experience before departure. Depending on the season and conditions\, that could mean time around Big Bear Lake\, an appropriate trail outing\, or a relaxed morning in The Village. \nIf you’re attending Ryan Bieber on October 2 or October 3\, remember that early October mountain conditions can differ noticeably from September. Check the weather before packing and before any outdoor plans. \nWhere to Stay for Live Music at Barrel 33\nBecause Barrel 33 is in Big Bear Lake\, visitors should concentrate on Big Bear Lake and nearby Big Bear City accommodations. Staying in Lake Arrowhead solely for an evening at Barrel 33 would add unnecessary mountain travel. \nA Chalet currently lists vacation rentals in Big Bear Lake and Big Bear City\, with properties suited to different group sizes. Its current collection includes two-bedroom stays such as Heavenly Bay Retreat\, Jaybird Cabin\, and Maverick’s Cabin; three-bedroom Conklin Canopy; and four-bedroom choices including Boulder Landing\, Rustic Ridge\, and Elevated Escape.  \nFor a couple attending a single acoustic or evening performance\, a smaller cabin can keep the trip straightforward. A group of friends planning dinner\, live music\, and another day in Big Bear may appreciate additional bedrooms and common living space. \nA Chalet’s current site also lists a one-bedroom Bear Den\, providing another smaller-stay option.  \nDo not assume that every property has identical amenities. If a kitchen\, hot tub\, pet-friendly policy\, laundry facilities\, or a particular number of parking spaces matters to your trip\, verify that feature on the current property listing before booking. \nBrowse current A Chalet Big Bear cabin availability. \nTips for Booking an Event Weekend Cabin\nChoose your performer first. Start with the live schedule so you know whether you’re planning around a Tuesday acoustic afternoon\, a Thursday performance\, or a Friday or Saturday evening show. \nVerify the date directly with Barrel 33. This is especially important for September 30 and October 6 because the tourism calendar and venue calendar currently conflict. \nStay in the Big Bear area. Barrel 33 is in Big Bear Lake\, making Big Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City the logical lodging choice. \nMatch the cabin to your group. Couples can compare smaller stays\, while groups of friends may prefer several bedrooms and shared gathering space. \nCheck parking rules at your cabin. If several friends are arriving in separate vehicles\, verify the property’s maximum allowed vehicle count. \nPlan for the evening after the music. An overnight stay is particularly useful for shows finishing at 8:00 PM and for anyone who wants to enjoy Barrel 33’s beverage selection without a long drive afterward. \nFrequently Asked Questions\nWhen is Live Music at Barrel 33 in 2026?\nThe current series includes numerous September dates and confirmed performances on October 2 and October 3. Visit Big Bear lists the broader recurring period through October 6\, but Barrel 33’s own current calendar should be treated as the final source for individual performances.  \nWhere is Live Music at Barrel 33?\nThe performances take place at Barrel 33\, 40754 Village Dr.\, Big Bear Lake\, CA 92315.  \nWho is performing at Barrel 33 in September 2026?\nUpcoming confirmed September performers include Matt & Emily\, Local Legends\, Brad\, Tanner\, Sergio Snow\, and The Blackwells. Performance dates and times vary.  \nDo you need tickets for the live music?\nNo universal ticket price or cover charge is currently published for the standard live-music performances. Check Barrel 33’s calendar or call the venue before attending if admission terms are important to your trip. \nWhere do you park for Barrel 33?\nBarrel 33 is in The Village area. Use appropriate public parking serving The Village\, obey posted restrictions\, and allow extra time on busy evenings. \nCan kids attend Live Music at Barrel 33?\nThe current event listings do not publish a universal age restriction. Because Barrel 33 serves beer and wine\, contact the venue to confirm its current policy before bringing younger guests. \nWhere should I stay for Live Music at Barrel 33?\nBig Bear Lake or nearby Big Bear City is the most convenient area. A Chalet currently offers both smaller cabins and multi-bedroom vacation rentals in the Big Bear area. Browse A Chalet’s current availability for your music weekend. \nPlan Your Live Music at Barrel 33 2026 Getaway With A Chalet\nLive Music at Barrel 33 2026 gives Big Bear visitors an easy way to add local entertainment to a mountain trip without committing to an all-day festival. The remaining September schedule includes afternoon acoustic sessions and evening performances by Matt & Emily\, Local Legends\, Brad\, Tanner\, Sergio Snow\, and The Blackwells\, followed by Ryan Bieber on October 2 and October 3.  \nCheck the venue calendar before traveling\, especially if you’re planning around a particular artist. The September 30 and October 6 entries shown by Visit Big Bear are not currently matched by Barrel 33’s primary event calendar\, so those dates should be confirmed directly with the venue.  \nFor travelers coming from outside the mountains\, an overnight stay can make the experience much easier. Arrive earlier\, check into your cabin\, spend time in The Village\, enjoy the performance\, and return somewhere comfortable afterward instead of immediately driving out of Big Bear. \nBrowse A Chalet cabins and plan your Big Bear stay around Live Music at Barrel 33 2026.
URL:https://achalet.com/event/live-music-at-barrel-33-24/
END:VEVENT
END:VCALENDAR